Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9

Redefine your true self using the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem. Shed the inhibitions that are holding you back and begin your practice using the BIM Grade 8 Chapter 9 Solutions and clear the exam with better grades. Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem is given as per the latest syllabus guidelines. Enhance your math skills by making the most out of the BIM Book Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Solutions.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem

Access the Topicwise Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and Pythagorean Theorem Answers provided below via quick links. Help your child with the homework help he might need right after class and master the concepts. Kickstart your preparation taking the help of the BIM 8th Grade Ch 9 Real Numbers and Pythagorean Theorem Answer Key and identify the areas of need and allot time accordingly.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Finding Square Roots

Lesson: 2 The Pythagorean Theorem

Lesson: 3 Finding Cube Roots

Lesson: 4 Rational Numbers

Lesson: 5 Irrational Numbers

Lesson: 6 The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem

Chapter: 9 – Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Metronome Design
A metronome is a device that ticks at a constant rate. A metronome includes a pendulum, which swings back and forth in a precise time called a period. Why do musicians use metronomes?
Watch the STEAM Video “Metronome Design.” Then answer the following questions. The equation T = 0.2√L relates the period T (in seconds) and the length L (in centimeters) of a pendulum, where √L is the square root of L.
1. The table shows the square roots of several values of L. Use the pattern to find the values of √36 , √49 , and √64 .
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 1
2. What is the period of a pendulum that is 100 centimeters long? Justify your answer.

Answer:
1. √36 = 6
√49 = 7
√64 = 8
2. √100 = 10

Explanation:
In the above given table the square roots of 1,2, 3,4,5 are given
square root of 36 = 6
6 x 6 = 36
square root of  49 = 7
7 x 7 =49
square root of  64 = 8
8 x 8 =64
2. given that period of the pendulum is 100 centimeters.
square root of 100 =10
10 x 10 = 100

Performance Task

Identify and Correct the Error!
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the lengths of several pendulums.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 2
You will be asked to identify and correct errors in calculations of periods. Why is it important to pay attention to units when substituting values into a formula?

Answer:
0.438 sec, 1.219 sec, 1.612sec.

Explanation:
1 feet = 0.3048 seconds
so in the question given that the length of 1.44= 1.44 x 0.3048 sec
0.438 sec
4 x 0.3048 = 1.219 sec
5.29 x 0.3048 = 1.612 sec.

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Getting Ready for Chapter 9

Chapter Exploration

When you multiply a number by itself, you square the number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 3
To“undo” this, take the square root of the number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 4
1. Work with a partner. Find the radius of each circle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 5

Answer:
a. 6 in
b. 1 yd
c. 0.5 ft
d. (3/9) m
e. 0.7 cm
f. 1.2 in

Explanation:
a. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = 36 π in²
radius = (√ 36 π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canclled.
radius = ( √ 36)
square root of 36 is 6 x 6
√ 36 = √ 6²
where square and square root get cancelled.
radius = 6 in
b. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = π yd²
radius = (√ π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ 1)
the square root of 1 is 1 x 1
√ 1= √ 1²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius =1 yd
c. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = 0.25 π ft
radius = (√ 0.25π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ 0.25)
the square root of 0.25 is 0.5 x 0.5
√ 0.25 = √ 0.5²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = 0.5 ft
c. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = 0.25 π ft
radius = (√ 0.25π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ 0.25)
the square root of 0.25 is 0.5 x 0.5
√ 0.25 = √ 0.5²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = 0.5 ft
d. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = (9/16) π m²
radius = (√ (9/16)π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ (9/16)
the square root of (9/16) is (3/4) x (3/4)
√ (9/16) = √ (3/4)²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = (3/4) m
e. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = (0.49) πcm²
radius = (√ (0.49)π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ (0.49)
the square root of (0.49) is (0.7) x (0.7)
√ (0.49) = √ (0.7)²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = (0.7) cm
f. The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
given that area = (1.44) π in²
radius = (√ (1.44)π / π )
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ (1.44)
the square root of (1.44) is (1.2) x (1.2)
√ (1.44) = √ (1.2)²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = (1.2) in

2. WRITING GUIDELINES Work with a partner. Explain how you can find the radius and diameter of a circular object when you are given its area. Justify your answer using an example that is different from those in Exercise 1.

Answer:
The radius of circle = 8 cm
The diameter of circle = 16 cm

Explanation:
for example, we have to consider the area of a circle is  64π cm² given.
we have to find the radius and diameter of the circle.
The radius of circle = (√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
the radius of circle = (√64π/π)
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
radius = ( √ (64)
the square root of (64) is (8) x (8)
√ (64) = √ (8)²
where square and square root get canceled.
radius = 8 cm
The radius of circle = (2√A/π)
where A = area of a circle, π = 3.14
the radius of circle = (2√64π/π)
both in the numerator and denominator π  get canceled.
diameter = ( 2√ (64)
the square root of (64) is (8) x (8)
√ (64) = 2√ (8)²
where square and square root get canceled.
diameter = 2 x 8 cm
diameter = 16 cm
Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what the terms might mean and record your thoughts.
square root
cube root
irrational number
perfect square
perfect cube

Answer:
square root = a number that produces a specified quantity when multiplied by itself.
cube root = the number which produces a given number when cubed.
irrational number = an irrational number is a number that cannot be expressed as a fraction for any integers.
perfect square = perfect square is another term for square number.
perfect cube = a perfect cube is an integer that is equal to some other integer raised to the third power
square root  of 36

Explanation:
36 = 6 x 6
√ 36 = √ 6 ²
where square and square root get canceled.
36 = 6
cube root of 343
343 = 7 x 7 x 7
3√ 343 = √ 7  ³
where cube and cube root get canceled.
343 = 7
irrational number
Example : √ 2, √ 3, √ 5, √ 11, √ 12, π (pi) are  all irrational.
perfect square
9 = 3 x 3
perfect cube
125 = 5 x 5 x 5

Lesson 9.1 Finding Square Roots

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Side Lengths
Work with a partner. Find the side length of each square. Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 1

Answer:
a. 9yd
b. 18 cm
c. 19 mi
d. 15 mi
e. 1.7 in
f. 0.2 ft

Explanation:
Area of a square = a ²
where a = side
Given that A = 81yd ²
A = s x s
A = 9 x 9
a = 9
b.Given that A =324cm ²
A = s x s
A = 18 x 18
a = 18 cm
c. Given that A =361 mi ²
A = s x s
A = 19 x 19
a = 19 mi
d. Given that A =225 mi²
A = s x s
A = 15 x 15
a = 15 mi
e. Given that A =2.89in ²
A = s x s
A = 1.7 x 1.7
a = 1.7 in
f. Given that A =(4/9) ft ²
A = s x s
A = (2/3) x (2/3)
a = (2/3) ft

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Solutions of Equations
Work with a partner. Use mental math to solve each equation. How many solutions are there for each equation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 2

Answer:
x = +0, -0
x = +1, -1
x = +2, -2
x = +3, -3
x = +4, -4
x = +5, -5

Explanation:
x² = 0, x = +0, -0
x² = 1, x =+1, -1
x² = 4, x = +2, -2
x² = 9, x = +3, -3
x² = 16, x = +4, -4
x² = 25, x = +5, -5

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 3

Try It

Find the two square roots of the number.
Question 1.
36

Answer:
6 , -6

Explanation:
square root of 36 = 6x 6
6 and -6

Question 2.
100

Answer:
10 , – 10

Explanation:
square root of 100 = 10 x 10
10 and – 10

Question 3.
121

Answer:
11,  – 11

Explanation:
square root of 121 = 11 x 11
11 and – 11

Find the square root(s).
Question 4.
\(\sqrt{4}\)

Answer:
2

Explanation:
square root of 4 = 2 x 2
2

Question 5.
– \(\sqrt{81}\)

Answer:
9

Explanation:
square root of 81 = 9 x 9
9

Question 6.
± \(\sqrt{64}\)

Answer:
8

Explanation:
square root of 64 = 8 x 8
8

Find the square root(s).
Question 7.
– \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{100}}\)

Answer:
– 0.1

Explanation:
square root of (1/100) = (1/10 x 10)
(1/10) = 0.1
– 0.1

Question 8.
± \(\sqrt{\frac{4}{25}}\)

Answer:
± 0.4

Explanation:
square root of (4/25) = 0.16
0.16 = 0.4 x 0.4

Question 9.
\(\sqrt{12.25}\)

Answer:
3.5

Explanation:
square root of (12.25) = 3.5
12.25 = 3.5 x 3.5

Evaluate the expression.
Question 10.
12 – 3\(\sqrt{25}\)

Answer:
-3

Explanation:
square root of 25 = 5
12 – 3 (5)
12 – 15
-3

Question 11.
\(\sqrt{\frac{28}{7}}\) + 2.4

Answer:
4.4

Explanation:
(28/7) = 4
square root of 4 = 2
2 + 2.4
4.4

Question 12.
15 – (√4)2

Answer:
11

Explanation:
square root of 16  = 4
15 – 4
11

Solve the equation.
Question 13.
k2 = 169

Answer:
k = 13

Explanation:
square root of 169 = 13 x 13
k = 13

Question 14.
7n2 = 175

Answer:
n = 5

Explanation:
n² = (175/7)
n = 25
square root of 25  = 5 x 5
n = 5

Question 15.
190 = 4b2 – 6

Answer:
b = 7

Explanation:
190 = 4b2 – 6
4b² = 190 + 6
4b²=196
b² = (196/4)
b² = 49
b = 7

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING SQUARE ROOTS Find the square root(s).
Question 16.
\(\sqrt{256}\)

Answer:
16

Explanation:
square root of 256  = 16 x 16
16

Question 17.
– \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{9}}\)

Answer:
– (1/3)

Explanation:
square root of (1/9)  = (1/3)
square root of 9 = 3 x 3
given in – ve symbol
– (1/3)

Question 18.
± \(\sqrt{1.44}\)

Answer:
± 1.2

Explanation:
square root of 1.44 = 1.2
square root of 1.44 = 1.2 x 1.2
given in ± symbol
± 1.2

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 19.
\(\sqrt{\frac{81}{9}}\) – 7

Answer:
– 4

Explanation:
square root of 81 = 9 x 9
square root of  9 = 3x   3
(9/3) = 3
3 – 7 = -4

Question 20.
– 1 – \(\sqrt{121}\)

Answer:
-12

Explanation:
square root of 121  = 11 x 11
– 1 – 11
– 12

Question 21.
5 + (\(\sqrt{2}\))2

Answer:
7

Explanation:
square root of 4   = 2 x 2
5 + 2
7

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation.
Question 22.
2r2 = 162

Answer:
r = 9

Explanation:
2r2 = 162
r ² = (162/2)
r² = 81
square root of 81   = 9 x 9
r = 9

Question 23.
d2 + 5 = 41

Answer:
d = 6

Explanation:
d2 + 5 = 41
d ² = 41 – 5
d ²  = 36
square root of 36   = 6 x 6
d = 6

Question 24.
– 42 = 7b2 – 385

Answer:
b = – 7

Explanation:
– 42 = 7b2 – 385
7b ²  = – 385 + 42
7b ²  = – 343
b ²  = (- 343/7)
b ²  = – 49
square root of  – 49 = 7 x 7
b = – 7

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 25.
Your distance d (in miles) from the horizon can be approximated by d = 1.22√h, where h is your eye level (in feet above ground level). What is your eye level when you are 9.76 miles from the horizon?

Answer:
The eye level when you are 9.76 miles from the horizon = 11.907 ft

Explanation:
Given that the horizon can be approximated by 1.22 feet
so 1.22 x 11.907
11.907 ft
the eye level when you are 9.76 miles from the horizon = 11.907 ft.

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
The speed s (in meters per second) of a tsunami can be modeled by the function s = √9.8d, where d is the water depth (in meters).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 4
a.What is the speed of the tsunami when the water depth is 500 meters?
b. What happens to the speed of the tsunami as the depth decreases? Explain.

Answer:
a. The speed of tsunami  = 4,900 sq meters.
b. if the speed of the tsunami as depth decreases it has low flow.

Explanation:
a. Given that the speed of the tsunami = √9.8d
√9.8 x 500 where d = 500 given
4,900 sq meters
b. if the speed of the tsunami as depth decreases the flow of the water is also less.

Finding Square Roots Homework & Practice 9.1

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 1.
(4.3 × 103) + (2.4 × 103)

Answer
6.7 x 10 ³

Explanation:
(4.3 × 103) + (2.4 × 103)
(4.3 + 2.4) x 10³
6.7 x 10 ³

Question 2.
(1.5 × 10-2) – (3.5 × 10-3)

Answer:
2 × 10-2

Explanation:
(1.5 × 10-2) – (3.5 × 10-3)
(1.5 – 3.5) x 10-2
2 × 10-2

Question 3.
9 × (7 × 10-2)

Answer:
6.3 x  10 ¹

Explanation:
9 × (7 × 10-2)
(9 x 10) x 10-2
6.3 x  10 ¹

Question 4.
(6.6 × 10-5) ÷ (1.1 × 104)

Answer:
6 x 10-5

Explanation:
(6.6 × 10-5) ÷ (1.1 × 104)
(6.6/ 1.1) x 10-5
6 x 10-5

Make a scatter plot of the data. Identify any outliers, gaps, or clusters.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 5

Answer:

Explanation:
outliers = (8,33) and (9,36)
gap = 3.5 meters to 8 meters.
fillers=2 meters to 3 meters.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 6

Answer:

Explanation:
outliers = (1,4.05) and (1, 4.00)
gap = 0.5 gallons to 1 gallon
fillers =1meter to 1.5 meters.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING SIDE LENGTHS Find the side length s of the square. (See Exploration 1, p. 373.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 7

Answer:
S = 21 cm

Explanation:
Area = 441 cm²
Area of square = a ²
where a = side
square root of 441 = 21 x 21
side length = 21

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 8

Answer:
S = 1.3 km

Explanation:
Area = 1.69 km²
Area of square = a ²
where a = side
square root of 1.69 = 1.3 x 1.3
side length = 1.3km

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 9

Answer:
S = (6/7) yd

Explanation:
Area = (36/49)²
Area of square = a ²
where a = side
square root of (36/49) = (6/7) x (6/7)
side length =(6/7) yd

FINDING SQUARE ROOTS OF A PERFECT SQUARE Find the two square roots of the number.
Question 10.
9

Answer:
3, – 3

Explanation:
square root of 9 = 3 x 3
3
given that two square roots
3, -3

Question 11.
64

Answer:
8, – 8

Explanation:
square root of 64 = 8 x 8
8
given that two square roots
8, -8

Question 12.
4

Answer:
2, -2

Explanation:
square root of 4 = 2 x 2
2
given that two square roots
2, -2

Question 13.
144

Answer:
12, -12

Explanation:
square root of 144 = 12 x 12
12
given that two square roots
12, -12

FINDING SQUARE ROOTS Find the square root(s).
Question 14.
√625

Answer:
25

Explanation:
√625
√25² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 625 is 25

Question 15.
± √196

Answer:
± 14

Explanation:
± √196
√14² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 196 is 14

Question 16.
– √1600

Answer:
– 40

Explanation:
– √1600
√40² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 1600 is 40

Question 17.
± √2500

Answer:
± 50

Explanation:
± √2500
√50² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 2500 is 50

Question 18.
\(\sqrt{\frac{1}{16}}\)

Answer:
(1/4)

Explanation:
√(1/16)
√(1/4)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of (1/16) is (1/4)

Question 19.
\(\sqrt{\frac{49}{576}}\)

Answer:
(7/24)

Explanation:
√(49/576)
√(7/24)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of (49/576) is (7/24)

Question 20.
± \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{961}}\)

Answer:
±(1/31)

Explanation:
√(1/961)
√(1/31)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of (1/961) is (1/31)

Question 21.
– \(\sqrt{\frac{9}{100}}\)

Answer:
– (3/10)

Explanation:
√(9/100)
√(3/10)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of (9/100) is (3/10)

Question 22.
± √4.84

Answer:
± 2.2

Explanation:
√4.84
√2.2² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 4.84 is 2.2

Question 23.
√7.29

Answer:
2.7

Explanation:
√7.29
√27² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of 7.29 is 2.7

Question 24.
– √361

Answer:
– 19

Explanation:
-√361
√19² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of  361 is 19

Question 25.
– √2.25

Answer:
– 1.5

Explanation:
– √2.25
√15² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of  2.25 is 1.5

Question 26.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds ± \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{4}}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 10
Answer:
± (1/2)

Explanation:
±√(1/4)
√(1/2)² therefore square and square root get canceled.
the square root of  (1/4) is (1/2)

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The area of a square patch of fabric is 2.25 square inches. What is the side length of the patch?

Answer:
1.5 inch

Explanation:
Area of a square patch of fabric is 2.25
area of a square is s²
area = 1.5 x 1.5
side = 1.5 inch

Question 28.
CRITICAL THINKING
There are two square roots of 25. Why is there only one answer for the radius of the button?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 11

Answer:
The radius of the button = 5 mm

Explanation:
Given that the area of a circle = πr²
25π = πr²
where π get canceled on both sides.
25 = r²
r = 5

NUMBER SENSE Copy and complete the statement with <, >, or =.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 12

Answer:
√81 >  8

Explanation:
square root  of 81 = 9 x 9
9 is greater then  8

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 13

Answer:
0.5  = √0.25

Explanation:
square root  of 0.25 = 0.5 x 0.5
0.5 is equal to 0.5

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 14

Answer:
(3/2)  < √(25/4)

Explanation:
square root  of (25/4) = (5/2) x (5/2)
(3/2) is less than (5/2)
(3/2) = 1.5
(5/2) = 3.5

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 32.
(√9)2 + 5

Answer:
14

Explanation:
square and square root get canceled.
9 + 5
14

Question 33.
28 – (√144)2

Answer:
-116

Explanation:
square and square root get canceled.
28 – 144
-116

Question 34.
3√16 – 5

Answer:
7

Explanation:
the square root of 16 is 4
16 = 4 x 4
3 x 4 – 5
12 – 5
7

Question 35.
10 – 4\(\sqrt{\frac{1}{16}}\)

Answer:
9

Explanation:
the square root of 16 is 4
16 = 4 x 4
10 – 4 (1/4)
10 – 4 (0.25)
10 – 1
9

Question 36.
√6.76 + 5.4

Answer:
12.56

Explanation:
square and square root get canceled
6.76 + 5.4
12.16

Question 37.
8√8.41 + 1.8

Answer:
25

Explanation:
square and square root get canceled
8 x 8.41 + 1.8
67.28 + 1.8
69.08

Question 38.
2(\(\sqrt{\frac{80}{5}}\) – 5)

Answer:
3

Explanation:
the square root of 16 is 4 x 4
(80/5) = 16
2 x 4 -5
8 – 5
3

Question 39.
4(\(\sqrt{\frac{147}{3}}\) + 3

Answer:
40

Explanation:
the square root of 49 is 7 x 7
(147/3) = 49
4 x 7 + 3
37 + 3
40

Question 40.
NUMBER SENSE
Without calculating, describe how the value of \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{a}}\) changes as a increases. Assume a > 0.
Answer:
0.5

Explanation:
Assuming a > 0
a = 4
the square root of 4 is 2
4 = 2 x 2
(1/2) = 0.5

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation.
Question 41.
x2 = 100

Answer:
x = 10 , x = -10

Explanation:
x2 = 100
x² = 10²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 10

Question 42.
42 = d2 – 22

Answer:
d = 8 , d = 8

Explanation:
42 = d2 – 22
d² = 42 + 22
d² = 64
d² = 8²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
d = 8

Question 43.
4z2 = 144

Answer:
z = 6, z = -6

Explanation:
4z2 = 144
z² = (144/4)
z² = 36
z² = 6²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
z = 6

Question 44.
\(\sqrt{\frac{136}{9}}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) m2 – 10

Answer:
m = 4.8335, m = -4.8335

Explanation:
(136/9) = 45.33
(1/3) = 0.333
0.3333 m2 – 10
m2  = 10 – 0.33
m2 = 9.67
m = 4.835

Question 45.
0.25r2 = 49

Answer:
r = 14, r = -14

Explanation:
0.25r2 = 49
r² = (49/0.25)
r² = 196
r² = 14²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
r = 14

Question 46.
3h2 = h2 + 18

Answer:
h = 3, h = -3

Explanation:
3h2 = h2 + 18
3h² – h²  = 18
2h²  = 18
h²  = (18/2)
h²  = 9
h²  = 3²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
h = 3

Question 47.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation 9x2 = 36. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 15

Answer:
Yes, my friend is correct.

Explanation:
9x2 = 36
x² = (36/9)
x² = 4
x² = 2²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x =2

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The period of a pendulum is the time the pendulum takes to complete one back-and-forth T swing. The period T (in seconds) can be modeled by the function T = 1.1√L, where L is the length (in feet) of the pendulum. Estimate the length of a pendulum with a period of 1.65 seconds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 16

Answer:
The length of the pendulum with a period of 1.65 seconds = 0.50292 sec

Explanation:
Given that the period (in seconds) is 1.1
1.65 x 0.3048
1 feet = 0.3048 sec
0.50292

Question 49.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The area of a sail is 40\(\frac{1}{2}\) square feet. The base and the height of the sail are equal. What is the height of the sail?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 17

Answer:
The height of the sail = 9 ft

Explanation:
Area of triangle = (b h/2)
area = 40 x (1/2)
40 x 0.5 = 20
h = 9 , b = 4
(9 x 4/2) = (36/2)
18 = area

Question 50.
REASONING
Is the product of two perfect squares always a perfect square? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Yes, the product of two perfect squares always a perfect square.

Explanation:
for example, we take 9
the square root of 9 = 3 x 3
3 is also a perfect square.

Question 51.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The kinetic energy (in joules) of a falling apple is represented byK = \(\frac{v^{2}}{2}\), where v is the speed of the apple (in meters per second). How fast is the apple traveling when the kinetic energy is 32 joules?

Answer:
The apple traveling when the kinetic energy is 32 joules = 8 meter per second.

Explanation:
Given that the apple is  represented by k
k = 2 x 2
k = 4
also given that 32 joules.
32 / 4 = 8 meter per sec.

Question 52.
PRECISION
The areas of the two watch faces have a ratio of 16:25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 18
a. What is the ratio of the radius of the smaller watch face to the radius of the larger watch face?
b. What is the radius of the larger watch face?

Answer:
a. The ratio of the radius of the smaller watch face to the radius of the larger watch face = 4: 5
b. the radius of the larger watch face = 25

Explanation:
a. square root of (16/25) = (4/5)
ratio = 4: 5
b. the radius of the larger watch = 25

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The cost (in dollars) of making a square window with a side length of n inches is represented by C = \(\frac{n^{2}}{2}\) + 175. A window costs $355. What is the side length (in feet) of the window? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The side length of the window = 2.5  feet

Explanation:
Given that the window costs = 355$
the side length of n inches is represented by c
the side length of the window  355 =  n x n /5+ 175
n = 30
(30/12)
2.5 ft
Question 54.
DIG DEEPER!
Albert Einstein’s most famous equation is E = mc2, where E is the energy of an object (in joules), is the mass of the object (in kilograms), and c is the speed of light (in meters per second). A hydrogen atom has 15.066 × 10-7 joule of energy and a mass of 1.674 × 10-27 kilogram. What is the speed of light? Write your answer in scientific notation.

Answer:
The speed of the light =3 x 10²⁰ meters per second.

Explanation:
Given that mass of the object = 1.674 x  10-27
energy of the object = 15.066 x 10-7
Albert Einsteins equation = E = mc2
where m = mass , e = energy, c = speed
c² = (E/M)
c² = (15.066/1.674)
c² = 9 x 10²⁰
c² = 3²
c = 3 x 10²⁰

Question 55.
GEOMETRY
The area of the triangle is represented by the formula A = \(\sqrt{s(s-21)(s-17)(s-10)}\), where s is equal to half the perimeter. What is the height of the triangle?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.1 19
Answer:
The height of the triangle = 8 cm

Explanation:
Area of the triangle = 2 (A/b)
where b = base A = area
area = 2 x 4
area = 8 cubic cm

Question 56.
WRITING
Can you find the square root of a negative number? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, we can find the square root of a negative number.

Explanation:
The square root of – 144 is – 12 x 12
the square root of – ve number is also a + ve.

REASONING Without solving, determine the number of solutions of the equation.
Question 57.
x2 = 1

Answer:
2 solutions
x = 1, x = -1

Explanation:
x² = 1²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 1

Question 58.
b2 = – \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{9}}\)

Answer:
b = -0.16, b = 0.16

Explanation:
b2 = – \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{9}}\)
square root of (1/9) = (1/3)
b² = – (1/3)
b² = – 0.33
b = 0.16

Question 59.
z = √-144

Answer:
z = 0

Explanation:
√-144 = √(12 x 12 )²
√-144 = 12
square and square root get cancelled.
z = -12

Lesson 9.2 The Pythagorean Theorem

Pythagoras was a Greek mathematician and philosopher who proved one of the most famous rules in mathematics. In mathematics, a rule is called a theorem. So, the rule that Pythagoras proved is called the Pythagorean Theorem.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 1

EXPLORATION 1

Discovering the Pythagorean Theorem
Work with a partner.

  • On grid paper,draw a right triangle with one horizontal side and one vertical side.
  • Label the lengths of the two shorter sides a and b. Label the length of the longest side c.
  • Draw three squares that each share a side with your triangle. Label the areas of the squares a2, b2, and c2.
  • Cut out each square. Then make eight copies of the right triangle and cut them out.

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 2
a. Arrange the figures to show how a2 and b2 relate to c2. Use an equation to represent this relationship.
b. Estimate the side length of your triangle. Then use the relationship in part(a) to find c. Compare the values.

Answer:
a. a² + b² = c²
b. 9 + 16 = 25

Explanation:
a. a² + b² = c²
b. we are estimating a = 3 , b = 4 , c =5
a² + b² = c²
3² + 4² = 5²
9 + 16 = 25

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 3

Try It

Find the length of the hypotenuse of the triangle.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 4

Answer:
Length = -6, 6

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
15 – 8 = 6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 5

Answer:
Length = 0.7

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
0.4² + 0.3² =0.7²
length = 0.7

Find the missing length of the triangle.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 6

Answer:
Length of the triangle = 8 , -8

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
16² -8 =8²
length = 8yd

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 7

Answer:
Length of the triangle = 0.8 m

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
0.8² + 9.6² =10.4²
length = 0.8 m

Find x
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 8

Answer:
x = 10 yd

Explanation:
a² + b² = x²
9² + 1² =10²
length = 10 yd

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 9

Answer:
x = 15.4 ft

Explanation:
a² + b² = x²
6.6² + 8.8² =15.4²
length = 15.4 ft

Find the distance between the points.
Question 7.
(3, 6) and (7, 9)

Answer:
3, 2

Explanation:
(3,6) = (6- 3) = 3
(7 , 9) = (9 – 7) = 2

Question 8.
(- 3, – 4) and (2, 8)

Answer:
-7 , 6

Explanation:
(-3 ,-4) = (-4- -3) = -7
(2 , 8) = (8 – 2) = 6

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING A MISSING LENGTH Find x.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 10

Answer:
The missing length = 1.6 ft

Explanation:
a² + x² = c²
2.4² + 1.6² =4²
length = 1. 6 ft

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 11

Answer:
The missing length = 2.8 cm

Explanation:
a² + x² = c²
1.6² + 1.2² =2.8²
length = 2.8 cm

Question 11.
FINDING A DISTANCE
Find the distance between (- 5, 2) and (7, – 7).

Answer:
– 3 , 0

Explanation:
(-5 ,2) = (-4 -2) = -3
(7 , -7) = (7 – 7) = 0
-3 , 0

Question 12.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 12

Answer:
The hypotenuse = c
longest side = c
leg = c
opposite to right angle = c

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + x² = c²
The hypotenuse = c
longest side = c
leg = c
opposite to right angle = c

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
A zoo keeper knows that an escaped red panda is hiding somewhere in the triangular region shown. What is the area (in square miles) that the zoo keeper needs to search? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 13

Answer:
The area that zoo keeper needs to search = 9.8 sq m

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
2.4 + 7.4 = 9.8 sq m
c² = a² + b²

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Objects detected by radar are plotted in a coordinate plane where each unit represents 1 mile. The point (0, 0) represents the location of a shipyard. A cargo ship is traveling at a constant speed and in a constant direction parallel to the coastline. At9 A.M., the radar shows the cargo ship at(0, 15). At 10 A.M., the radar shows the cargo ship at(16, 15). How far is the cargo ship from the shipyard at 4 P.M.? Explain.

Answer:
The cargo ship from the shipyard at 4 p.m = (16, 0)

Explanation:
Given that cargo ship at (0, 15) 9 a.m
cargo ship at (16, 15) 10 a.m
(16 – 0) , (15 – 15)
(16, 0) at 4 p.m

The Pythagorean Theorem Homework & Practice 9.2

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation.
Question 1.
7z2 = 252

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
7z2 = 252
z² = (252/7)
z² = 36
z² = 6²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
z = 6

Question 2.
0.75 q2 = 108

Answer:
q = 12

Explanation:
0.75 q2 = 108
q² = (108/0.75)
q² = 144
q² = 12²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
q = 12

Question 3.
\(\sqrt{\frac{1000}{10}}\) = n2 – 54

Answer:
n = 8

Explanation:
(1000/10) = 100
square root of 100 = 10 x 10
10 = n² – 54
n² = 10 + 54
n² = 64
n² = 8²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
n = 8

Question 4.
What is the solution of the system of linear equations y = 4x + 1 and 2x + y = 13?
A. (1, 5)
B. (5, 3)
C. (2, 9)
D. (9, 2)

Answer:
option c is correct.

Explanation:
y = 4x + 1, 2x + y = 13
if we consider x = 2 and y = 9 the values are equal.
9 = 4(2) + 1 , 2 (2) + 9 = 13
9 = 8 + 1, 4 + 9 = 13
9 = 9 , 13 = 13.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

USING GRID PAPER Find c. (See Exploration 1, p. 381.)
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 14

Answer:
The value of c = 13

Explanation:
given that grid paper
a = 6 ( 6 boxes touching.)
b = 6 ( 8 boxes touching.)
c = 13 (13 boxes touching.)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 15

Answer:
The value of c = 15

Explanation:
given that grid paper
a = 5 ( 5 boxes touching.)
b = 12 ( 12 boxes touching.)
c = 15 (15 boxes touching.)

FINDING A MISSING LENGTH Find the missing length of the triangle.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 16
Answer:
The missing length = 41km

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
20² + 21² =41²
length = 41 km

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 17

Answer:
The missing length = 16.8 sq ft

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
7.2² + 9.6² =16.8²
length = 16.8 sq ft

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 18

Answer:
The missing length = 5.0 sq in

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
5.0² + 5.6² =10.6²
length = 10.6 sq in

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 19

Answer:
The missing length = 6  mm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
9² + 6² =15²
length = 6 mm

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 20

Answer:
The missing length = 16  cm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
10² + 16² =26²
length = 16 cm

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 21

Answer:
The missing length = 5.0 yd

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
5.0² + 1.1² = 6.1²
length = 5.0 yd

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the missing length of the triangle. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 22

Answer:
No my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
7² + 18² = 25²
length = 18 ft

FINDING LENGTHS OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL FIGURES Find x.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 23

Answer:
The missing length = 14 ft

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
10² + 14² = 24²
length = 14 ft

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 24

Answer:
The missing length = 50 in

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
14² + 48² = 50²
length = 50 in

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 25

Answer:
The missing length = 0.6 m

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
0.6² + 0.9² = 1.5²
length = 0.6 m

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 26

Answer:
The missing length = 6 cm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
4.5² + 2.5² = 6²
length = 6 cm

FINDING DISTANCES IN THE COORDINATE PLANE Find the distance between the points.
Question 18.
(0, 0), (9, 12)

Answer:
(9,12)

Explanation:
(0, 0), (9, 12)
(9-0) = 9
(12 – 0) = 12

Question 19.
(1, 2), (- 3, 5)

Answer:
5 units
Explanation:
(1, 2), (-3, 5)
(-3-1) = -4
(5- 2) = 5

Question 20.
(—18, 9), (22, 0)

Answer:
(4,9)

Explanation:
(—18, 9), (22, 0)
(22-18) = 4
(9- 0) = 9

Question 21.
(- 7, – 2), (13, – 23)

Answer:
29 units

Explanation:
(- 7, – 2), (13, – 23)
(13-7) = 6
(-23- 2) = -25

Question 22.
(15, – 17), (- 20, – 5)

Answer:
(-35, -22)

Explanation:
(15, – 17), (- 20, – 5)
(-20-15) = -35
(-5- 17) = -22

Question 23.
(- 13, – 3.5), (17, 2)

Answer:
(30, 18.5)

Explanation:
(- 13, – 3.5), (17, 2)
(17+13) = 30
(15+ 3.5) = 18.5

FINDING A MISSING LENGTH Find x.
Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 27

Answer:
The missing length = 8 cm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
8² + 12² = 20²
length = 8 cm

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 28

Answer:
The missing length = 37 mm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
13² + 22² = 37²
length = 37 mm

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The figure shows the location of a golf ball after a tee shot. How many feet from the hole is the ball?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 29

Answer:
The ball from the hole = 540 feet

Explanation:
Given that the hole and  ball is
180 x 3
540 feet
1 yd = 3 ft

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A tennis player asks the referee a question. The sound of the player’s voice travels 30 feet. Can the referee hear the question? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 30

Answer:
Yes, the referee hears the voice.

Explanation:
In the question given that the sound of the player’s voice travels 30 feet.
in the figure given that 24 feet.
so the referee can hear the voice.

Question 28.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are cutting a rectangular piece of fabric in half along a diagonal. The fabric measures 28 inches wide and 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) yards long. What is the length (in inches) of the diagonal?

Answer:
The length of the diagonal = 28.25 in

Explanation:
Given that the fabric wides = 28 inches.
(1/4) = 0.25 in
The length of the diagonal  = 28 x 0.25
28.25 in

Question 29.
PROJECT
Measure the length, width, and height of a rectangular room. Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance from B to C and the distance from A to B.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 31

Answer:
a² + b²  = c²

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
length + width = height

Question 30.
STRUCTURE
The legs of a right triangle have lengths of 28 meters and 21 meters. The hypotenuse has a length of 5x meters. What is the value of x?

Answer:
The value of x = 9.8 meters.

Explanation:
Given that the right triangle has length  = 28 meters and 21 meters.
the hypotenuse = 5x
28 + 21 = 5x
49 = 5x
x = (49/5)
x = 9.8 meters.

Question 31.
PRECISION
You and a friend stand back-to-back. You run 20 feet forward, then 15 feet to your right. At the same time, your friend runs 16 feet forward, then 12 feet to her right. She stops and hits you with a snowball.
a. Draw the situation in a coordinate plane.
b. How far does your friend throw the snowball?
Answer:

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The coordinate plane shows dig sites for archaeological research. Each unit on the grid represents 1 square foot. What is the distance from Site A to Site C?

Answer:
7 square feet.

Explanation:
Given that each grid represents 1 sq feet.
in the below figure shows that the distance.
distance from site A to site C is 7 sq ft.
the boxes 7 are touching the edges of the site A to B

Question 33.
PRECISION
A box has a length of 30 inches, a width of 40 inches, and a height of 120 inches. Can a cylindrical rod with a length of 342.9 centimeters fit in the box? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 32

Answer:
No, the cylindrical rod with a length of 135 cm will fit in the box.

Explanation:
Given that the box has a length = 30 in
width = 40 in
height = 120 in
area = l x w x h
area = 30 x 40 x 120
area = 1,44,000 cm

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A green roof is like a traditional roof but covered with plants. Plants used for a green roof cost $0.75 per square foot. The roof at the right is 40 feet long. How much does it cost to cover both sides of the roof? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 33

Answer:
The cost to cover both sides of the roof = 60 sq ft

Explanation:
Given that the plants used for a green roof cost = $0.75 sq ft.
the roof at the right = 40 ft long
the roof at both sides = 40 + 40 =80
1 sq feet = 0.75 $
80 x $0.75 = 60 sq ft

Question 35.
CRITICAL THINKING
A triangle has coordinates A(2, 1), B(2, 4), and C(5, 1). Write an expression for the length of \(\overline{B C}\). Use a calculator to find the length of \(\overline{B C}\) to the nearest hundredth.

Answer:
4.24 units

Question 36.
DIG DEEPER!
Write an equation for the distance d between the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2). Explain how you found the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.2 34

Answer:
x1 + y1 = x2 + y2

Explanation:
Given that the points (x1, y1) and (x2 , y2)
the equation is
x1 + y1 = x2 + y2

Lesson 9.3 Finding Cube Roots

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Edge Lengths
Work with a partner. Find the edge length of each cube. Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 1

Answer:
a. 2 cm
b. 3 ft
c. 5m
d. 7 in
e. 0.1 cm
f. 0.5 yd

Explanation:
a. volume = 8 = 2 x 2 x 2
b. 27 = 3 x 3 x 3
c. 125 = 5 x 5 x 5
d. 343 = 7 x 7 x 7
e. 0.001 = 0.1 x 0.1 x 0.1
f. (1/8) = 0.5 x 0.5 x 0.5

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Solutions of Equations
Work with a partner. Use mental math to solve each equation. How many solutions are there for each equation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 2

Answer:
x = -3
x = -2
x = -1
x = 1
x = 2
x = 3

Explanation:
x³ = -27
x³ = -3³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = -3
x³ = -8
x³ = -2³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = -2
x³ = -1
x³ = -1³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = -1
x³ = 27
x³ = 3³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 3
x³ = 8
x³ = 2³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal
x = 2
x³ = 1
x³ =1³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal
x = 1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 3

Try It

Find the cube root.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 1 } \)

Answer:
1

Explanation:
cube root of 1 is  1
3√1 = 1

Question 2.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -343 } \)

Answer:
-7

Explanation:
cube root of -343 is  -7
3√ -343= 7 x 7 x 7
(-343)³ = 7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-343 = 7

Question 3.
\(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{27}{1000}}\)

Answer:
(-3/10)

Explanation:
cube root of -27 is  -3
3√ -27= 3 x 3 x 3
(-27)³ = 3³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-27 = 3
cube root of -1000 is  -10
3√ -1000= 10 x 10 x 10
(-1000)³ = 10³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-1000= 10

Evaluate the expression.

Question 4.
18 – 4 \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 8 } \)

Answer:
10

Explanation:
cube root of 8 is  2
3√ 8 = 2 x 2 x 2
(8)³ = 2³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
8= 2
18 – 4 (2)
18 – 8
10

Question 5.
(\(\sqrt[3]{-64})^{3}\)) + 43

Answer:
44.333

Explanation:
cube root of -64 is  -4
3√ -64 = 4 x 4 x 4
(-64)³ = 4³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-64= 4
1.333 + 43
44.333

Question 6.
5\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 512 } \) – 19

Answer:
21

Explanation:
cube root of 512 is  8
3√512 = 8 x 8 x 8
(512)³ = 8³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
512= 8
5 x 8 -19
40 – 19
21

Solve the equation.
Question 7.
z3 = – 1000

Answer:
z = -10

Explanation:
cube root of -1000 is  -10
3√-1000 = 10 x 10 x 10
z3  = 10³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
z= -10

Question 8.
3b3 = 1029

Answer:
b = 7

Explanation:
3b3 = 1029
b³ = (1029/3)
b³ = 343
cube root of 343 is  7
3√343 = 7 x 7 x 7
b³  = 7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
b = 7

Question 9.
33 = – \(\frac{1}{5}\) m3 + 8

Answer:
m³ = 25.8

Explanation:
33 = – 0.2 m³  + 8
m³  = 33+0.2 -8
m³  = 25.8

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING CUBE ROOTS Find the cube root.
Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 64 } \)

Answer:
4

Explanation:
cube root of 64 is  4
3√64 = 4 x 4 x 4
64³ = 4³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
64 = 4

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -216 } \)

Answer:
-6

Explanation:
cube root of -216 is  -6
3√-216 = 6 x 6 x 6
216³ = 6³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
216 = 6

Question 12.
\(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{343}{100}}\)

Answer:
– 7

Explanation:
cube root of  -343 is  -7
3√-343 = 7 x 7 x 7
-343³ = 7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-343 = 7

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 13.
\((\sqrt[3]{-27})^{3}\) + 61

Answer:
52

Explanation:
cube root of  -27 is  -3
3√-27 = 3 x 3 x 3
-27³ = 3³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-27 = -3
-3 x 3 + 61
-9 + 61
52

Question 14.
15 + 3\(\sqrt[3]{125}\)

Answer:
30

Explanation:
cube root of  125 is  5
3√125 = 5 x 5 x 5
125³ = 5³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
125 = 5
15 + 3 (5)
15 + 15
30

Question 15.
z\(\sqrt[3]{-729}\) – 5

Answer:
-14

Explanation:
cube root of  -729 is  -9
3√-729 = 9 x 9 x 9
729³ = 9³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
729 = 9
-9 -5 = -14

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation.
Question 16.
d3 = 512

Answer:
d = 8

Explanation:
cube root of  512 is  8
3√512 = 8 x 8 x 8
512³ = 8³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
d³ = 8³
d = 8

Question 17.
w3 – 12 = – 76

Answer:
w = -4

Explanation:
w3 – 12 = – 76
w³ = -76 + 12
w³ = -64
cube root of  -64 is  -4
3√-64 = 4 x 4 x 4
w³ = 4³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
w = 4

Question 18.
– \(\frac{1}{3}\)m3 + 13 = 4

Answer:
-8.67

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 19.
You have 275 square inches of wrapping paper. Do you have enough wrapping paper to wrap the gift box shown? Explain.

Answer:
Yes i have enough wrapping paper to wrap the gift box.

Explanation:
Given that 275 sq in of wrapping paper.
6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 = 274.6
275 sq in

Question 20.
A cube-shaped end table has a volume of 16,000 cubic centimeters. Does the end table fit in the corner shown? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 4
Answer:
No the end table does not fit in the corner.

Explanation:
volume = 343
343³ = 7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
343 = 7

Question 21.
DIG DEEPER!
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 5
The relationship between the volumes and the lengths of two cereal boxes is represented by
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 6
Box A has a volume of 192 cubic inches and a length of 8 inches. Box B has a volume of 375 cubic inches. What is the length of Box B? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The length of the box B = 1.6 inches.

Explanation:
(v of A/ v of B ) = ( l of A / l of B) ³
B³ = (192/375) x 8
b³ = 0.512 x 8
b³ = 4.096
b ³ = 1.6³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
b = 1.6

Finding Cube Roots Homework & Practice 9.3

Review & Refresh

Find the missing length of the triangle.
Question 1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 7

Answer:
The missing length = 40 m

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
24² + 32² = 40²
576 + 1024 = 1600
1600 = 1600
length = 56m

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 8

Answer:
The missing length = 10 ft

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
7.8² + 10² = 17.8²
length = 10 ft

Question 3.
Which linear function is shown by the table?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 9
Answer:
option C is correct.

Explanation:
y = 3x + 1
x = 1, y = 4
4 = 3(1) + 1
y= 4

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING EDGE LENGTHS Find the edge length s of the cube. (See Exploration 1, p. 389.)
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 10

Answer:
The edge length of the cube = 6

Explanation:
cube root of  216 is  6
3√216 = 6 x 6 x 6
216³ = 6³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
s³ = 6³
s = 6

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 11

Answer:
The edge length of the cube = (1/3) ft

Explanation:
cube root of  (1/27) is  (1/3)
3√(1/27) = (1/3)x (1/3)  x (1/3)
(1/27)³ = (1/3)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
s³ = (1/3)³
s = (1/3)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 12

Answer:
The edge length of the cube = 0.4

Explanation:
cube root of  0.064 is  0.4
3√0.064 = 0.4 x 0.4  x 0.4
0.064³ = 0.4³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
s³ = 0.4³
s = 0.4

FINDING CUBE ROOTS Find the cube root.
Question 7.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 729 } \)

Answer:
9

Explanation:
cube root of 729 is 9
3√729 = 9 x 9 x 9
729³ = 9³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
729 = 9

Question 8.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -125 } \)

Answer:
-5

Explanation:
cube root of -125 is -5
3√-125 = 5 x 5 x 5
-125³ = -5³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
125 = -5

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -1000} \)

Answer:
-10

Explanation:
cube root of -1000 is -10
3√-1000 = 10 x 10 x 10
-1000³ = -10³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-1000 = -10

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 1728 } \)

Answer:
12

Explanation:
cube root of 1728 is 12
3√1728 = 12 x 12 x 12
1728³ = 12³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
1728 = 12

Question 11.
\(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{1}{512}}\)

Answer:
(-1/6)

Explanation:
cube root of – 512 is -(1/6)
3√-512 = (1/6) x (1/6) x (1/6)
-512³ = -(1/6)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-512 = (-1/6)

Question 12.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{343}{64}}\)

Answer:
(7/4)

Explanation:
cube root of (343/64) is (7/4)
3√343 = (7/4) x (7/4) x (7/4)
343³ = (7/4)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
343 = (7/4)

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression.
Question 13.

18 – (\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 27 }\))3

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
3√27³ = 27
where cube and cube root get cancelled.
18 – 27
-9

Question 14.
\(\left(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{1}{8}}\right)^{3}\) + 3\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
1.75

Explanation:
cube root of (1/18) is -(1/2)
3√(1/18) = (1/2) x (1/2) x (1/2)
(1/18)³ = (1/2)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
(1/18) =- (1/2)
-(1/2) + 3(3/4)
– 0.5 + 3 (0.75)
-0.5 + 2.25
1.75

Question 15.
5\(\sqrt[3]{729}\) – 24

Answer:
21

Explanation:
cube root of (729) is (9)
3√729 = (9) x (9) x (9)
729³ = (9)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
729 = 9
5 x 9 -24
45 – 24
21

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{4}-2 \sqrt[3]{\frac{1}{216}}\)

Answer:
-11.75

Explanation:
cube root of (216) is (6)
3√216 = (6) x (6) x (6)
216³ = (6)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
216 = 6
(1/4) -2 (6)
(1/4) – 12
0.25 – 12
-11.75

Question 17.
54 + \(\sqrt[3]{-4096}\)

Answer:
38

Explanation:
cube root of (-4096) is (-16)
3√-4096 = (-16) x (-16) x (-16)
-4096³ = (-16)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
4096 = -16
54 +(-16)
54 – 16
38

Question 18.
4\(\sqrt[3]{8000}\) – 6

Answer:
166

Explanation:
cube root of (8000) is (43)
3√8000 = (43) x (43) x (43)
8000³ = (43)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
8000 = 43
4 x 43 -6
172 – 6
166

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS Evaluate the expression for the given value of the variable.
Question 19.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{n}{4}}+\frac{n}{10}\), n = 500

Answer:
55

Explanation:
(500/4) = 125
(500/10) = 50
cube root of (125) is (5)
3√125 = (5) x (5) x (5)
125³ = (5)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
125 = 5
5 + 50
55

Question 20.
\(\sqrt[3]{6 w}\) – w, w = 288

Answer:
276

Explanation:
w = 288 given
6 x 288 = 1728

Question 21.
2d + \(\sqrt[3]{-45 d}\), d = 75

Answer:
165

Explanation:
d = 75 given
-45 x 75 = -3375
cube root of (-3375) is (-15)
3√-3375 = (-15) x (15) x (15)
(-3375)³ = (-15)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
3375 = 15
2x 75 + 15
150 +15
165

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation.
Question 22.
x3 = 8

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
x³= 8
x³ = 2³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 2

Question 23.
t3 = – 343

Answer:
t = – 7

Explanation:
t³ = -343
t³ = -7³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
t = -7

Question 24.
– 75 = y3 + 50

Answer:
y = -5

Explanation:
– 75 = y3 + 50
y³ = -75 – 50
y³ = -125

y³ = -5³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
y = -5

Question 25.
– \(\frac{1}{2}\)z3 = – 108

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
-(1/2)z³ = -108
(1/2) = 0.5
-0.5z³ = -108
z³ = (-108 /-0.5)
z³ = 216
z³ = 6³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
z = 6

Question 26.
2h3 – 11 = 43

Answer:
h = 17

Explanation:
2h3 – 11 = 43
2h³ = 43 + 11
2h³ = 54
h³ = (54/2)
h³ = 17
h = 17

Question 27.
– 600 = \(\frac{2}{5}\)k3 + 750

Answer:
k = -15

Explanation:
(2/5) = 0.4
-600 = 0.4 k³ + 750
0.4 k³ = -600 -750
0.4k³ = -1350
k³ = -(1350/0.4)
k³ = -3375
k³ = -15³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
k = -15

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The volume of a cube-shaped compost bin is 27 cubic feet. What is the edge length of the compost bin?

Answer:
The edge length of the compost bin = 3 feet.

Explanation:
Given that the volume of a cube-shaped compost bin = 27 cubic ft.
volume of cube = s x sx s
volume = 3 x 3 x3
volume = 27

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The volume of a cube of ice for an ice sculpture is 64,000 cubic inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 13
a. What is the edge length of the cube of ice?
b. What is the surface area of the cube of ice?

Answer:
a. The edge length of the cube of ice = 40 inches.
b. The surface area of the cube of ice = 9600 sq in

Explanation:
a. The edge length of the cube of ice = 40 in
volume = s x s x s
v = 40 x 40 x 40
v = 40 in
b. The surface area of cube  = 6a²
area = 6 x 40 x 40
where a = edge
area = 6 x 1600
area = 9600 sq in

Question 30.
NUMBER SENSE
There are three numbers that are their own cube roots. What are the numbers?

Answer:
-1, 1 , 0

Explanation:
cube root of -1 = -1
cube root of 1 = 1
cube root of 0 = 0
The 3 numbers have their own cube roots.

REASONING Copy and complete the statement with <, >, or =.
Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 14

Answer:
-(1/4) <   3√(-8/125)

Explanation:
(1/4) = -0.25
(8/125) = (-2/5)
(-2/5) = 0.4

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 15

Answer:
3√ 0.001 >   0.01

Explanation:
3√ 0.001 = 0.1
0.1 > 0.01

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 16

Answer:
3√64 <    √64

Explanation:
3√64  = 4 x 4 x4
3√64  = 4
√64 = 8 x 8
√64 = 8
4  <  8

Question 34.
DIG DEEPER!
You bake a dessert in the baking pan shown. You cut the dessert into cube-shaped pieces of equal size. Each piece has a volume of 8 cubic inches. How many pieces do you get from one pan? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 17

Answer:
24 pieces.

Explanation:
Given that volume = 8 cubic inches
s = 2 in
Area = 64 sq in given
area = 6 x a²
area = 6 x 2 x2
area = 6 x 4
area = 24 sq in

Question 35.
LOGIC
Determine whether each statement is true for square roots. Then determine whether each statement is true for cube roots. Explain your reasoning.
a. You cannot find the square root of a negative number.
b. Every positive number has a positive square root and a negative square root.

Answer:
a.Yes
b. yes

Explanation:
a. we can find the square root of a negative number.
for example -2
the square root of -2 = -4
b. yes, every positive number has a positive square root and a negative square root.
for example = 4
-2 and 2 are the square roots of 4

Question 36.
GEOMETRY
The pyramid has a volume of 972 cubic inches. What are the dimensions of the pyramid?

Answer:
The dimensions of the pyramid = 14 in

Explanation:
Given that volume of pyramid = 972 cubic in
volume = ( l w h/3)
volume = (14 x 14 x 14/3)
v = 972 cubic in

Question 37.
REASONING
The ratio 125 : x is equivalent to the ratio x2 :125. What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.3 18

Answer:
The value of x = 25

Explanation:
Given that the ratio = 125 : x
x ² : 125  = x = 25
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 25

CRITICAL THINKING Solve the equation.
Question 38.
(3x + 4)3 = 2197

Answer:
x = 6

Explanation:
(3x + 4)3 = 2197
9x³+ 64 = 2197
9x³ = 2197 – 64
9 x³ = 2133
x³ = (2133/9)
x³ =  237
x = 6

Question 39.
(8x3 – 9)3 = 5832

Answer:
x³ = 11.86
x = 3/2

Explanation:
512 x³ – 243 = 5832
512 x³ = 5832 + 243
512 x³ = 6075
x³ = 6075/512
x³ = 11.86

Question 40.
((5x – 16)3 – 4)3 = 216,000

Answer:
x = 56

Explanation:
125 x³ – 4096 – 64 = 216000
125 x³ – 4096 = 216000 + 64
125 x³ = 216064 + 4096
125 x³ = 220160
x³ = 1761.28
x = 56

Lesson 9.4 Rational Numbers

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner.
a. Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 1
b. For each row of the table, use the two equations and what you know about solving systems of equations to write a third equation that does not involve a repeating decimal. Then solve the equation. What does your solution represent?
c. Write each repeating decimal below as a fraction. How is your procedure similar to parts (a) and (b)? How is it different?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 2
d. Explain how to write a repeating decimal with n repeating digits as a fraction.

Answer:
a. x = 0.666 , 10 x = 10 x 0.666 = 6.666
x = 0.111, 10 x = 10 x0.111 = 1.111
x = 0.2444, 10 x = 10 x 0.24444 = 2.4444
c. x = (12/100)
x = (0.45/100)
x = (0.27/100)
x = (0.940/1000)

Explanation:
Given that x = 0.333
10 x = 10 x 0.333 = 3.3333
x = 0.666
10 x = 10 x 0.666 = 6.6666
x = 0.111
10 x = 10 x 0.111 = 1.111
x = 0.244
10 x = 10 x 0.244 = 2.444

Try It

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{15}\)

Answer:
0.2

Explanation:
(3/15) = 0.2

Question 2.
–\(\frac{2}{9}\)

Answer:
-0.222

Explanation:
(-2/9) = -0.222

Question 3.
4\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer:
1.5

Explanation:
(3/8) = 0.375
4 x 0.375 = 1.5

Question 4.
2\(\frac{6}{11}\)

Answer:
1.09

Explanation:
(6/11) = 0.5454
2 x 0.5454 = 1.0909

Write the decimal as a fraction or a mixed number.
Question 5.
0.888 …..

Answer:
(111/125)

Explanation:
0.888
(888/1000)
(444/500)
(222/250)
(111/125)

Question 6.
\(2.0 \overline{6}\)

Answer:
(33/100)

Explanation:
(2.0 /6)
0.333
(33/100)

Question 7.
\(0 . \overline{64}\)

Answer:
0

Explanation:
(0/64)
64

Question 8.
\(-4 . \overline{50}\)

Answer:
-(8/100)

Explanation:
-4 /50
– 0.08
-8/100

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
VOCABULARY
How can you identify a rational number?

Answer:
A rational number is a number that can be written as a ratio, which means it can be written as a fraction, in which both the numerator and denominator are whole numbers.

Explanation:
8
(8/1)
the number 8 is a rational number because the number written as a fraction.

WRITING FRACTIONS OR MIXED NUMBERS AS DECIMALS Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Question 10.
\(\frac{9}{50}\)

Answer:
0.18

Explanation:
(9/50)
(9/50) = 0.18

Question 11.
– \(\frac{7}{18}\)

Answer:
-0.388

Explanation:
-(7/18)
-(7/18) = -0.388

Question 12.
3\(\frac{4}{9}\)

Answer:
1.333

Explanation:
(4/9)
4/9 = 0.444
3 x 0.444
1.333

Question 13.
– 12 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Answer:
– 1.9992

Explanation:
(1/6)
(1/6) = 0.1666
0.1666 x -12
-1.9992

WRITING A REPEATING DECIMAL AS A FRACTION Write the repeating decimal as a fraction or a mixed number.
Question 14.
\(-1 . \overline{7}\)

Answer:
(-1/7)

Explanation:
-1: 7
-(1/7)

Question 15.
\(0 . \overline{2}\)

Answer:
(0/2)

Explanation:
0 : 2
(0/2)

Question 16.
\(8 . \overline{93}\)

Answer:
(8 /93)

Explanation:
8 : 93
(8/93)

Question 17.
\(-6 . \overline{235}\)

Answer:
-(6/235)

Explanation:
-6 : 235
-(6 /235)

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A fun house mirror distorts the image it reflects. Objects reflected in the mirror appear \(1 . \overline{3}\) times taller. When a five-foot-tall person looks in the mirror, how tall does he appear?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 3

Answer:
He appears in the mirror  = 5 feet.

Explanation:
1 x 3 = 3 given that
1 x 5 = 5

Question 19.
An exchange rate represents the value of one currency relative to another. Your friend visits a country that uses a local currency with an exchange rate of \(1 . \overline{265}\) units of the local currency to $1. If a bank charges $2 to change currency, how many units of the local currency does your friend receive when she gives the bank $200?

Answer:
Friend receive local currency = 1,06,000 units.

Explanation:
Given that local currency of $1 = 265 units.
if a bank charges to $ 2
265 + 265 = 530
the local currency of the friend receive when she gives the bank $ 200
200 x 530
1,06,000 units.

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
A low fuel warning appears when a particular car has \(0.014 \overline{6}\) 6 of a tank of gas remaining. The car holds 18.5 gallons of gas and can travel 36 miles for each gallon used. How many miles can the car travel after the low fuel warning appears?

Answer:
9.324 gallons.

Explanation:
(0.014/6) = 0.0023
0.0023 x 6
0.014
Given that car holds 18.5 gallons of gas can travel 36 miles for each gallon.
36 x 0.014
0.504
0.504 x 18.5 gallons
9.324 gallons.

Rational Numbers Homework & Practice 9.4

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression.
Question 1.
2 + \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 27 } \)

Answer:
5

Explanation:
cube root of (27) is (3)
3√27 = (3) x (3) x (3)
27³ = (3)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
27 = 3
2 + 3
5

Question 2.
1 – \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 8 } \)

Answer:
-1

Explanation:
cube root of (8) is (2)
3√8 = (2) x (2) x (2)
8³ = (2)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
8 = 2
1- 2
-1

Question 3.
7\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 125 } \) – 12

Answer:
23

Explanation:
cube root of (125) is (5)
3√125 = (5) x (5) x (5)
125³ = (5)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
125 = 5
7 x 5 -12
35 -12
23

Find the measures of the interior angles of the triangle.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 4

Answer:
x = 75⁰

Explanation:
Right angle triangle = 90⁰
x = 90⁰ – 15⁰
given that 75⁰
x = 75⁰

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 5

Answer:
x = 80⁰

Explanation:
x + 40⁰ = 60⁰
x = 60⁰ +40⁰ +80
x = 80⁰

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 6
Answer:

Explanation:
given that (x – 5)⁰ = 140⁰
x – 5⁰ = 140⁰
x = 140⁰ + 5⁰
x = 145⁰
2x = 145⁰ x 2
2x = 290⁰
x = 290⁰/2
x = 145⁰

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

WRITING REPEATING DECIMALS AS FRACTIONS Write the repeating decimal as a fraction. (See Exploration 1, p. 395.)
Question 7.
0.777 . . .

Answer:
(7/9)

Explanation:
0.7777. . .
(7/9)

Question 8.
0.858585 . . .

Answer:
(85/99)

Explanation:
0.858585 . . .
(85/99)

Question 9.
0.232323 . . .

Answer:
(23/99)

Explanation:
0.232323 . . .
(23/99)
it is a repeating decimal

WRITING FRACTIONS OR MIXED NUMBERS AS DECIMALS Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Question 10.
–\(\frac{3}{20}\)

Answer:
-0.15

Explanation:
(3/20) = 0.15

Question 11.
9\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Answer:
9.083

Explanation:
(1/12) = 0.833
0.833 x 9 = 9.083

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{36}\)

Answer:
0.1388

Explanation:
(5/36) = 0.1388

Question 13.
6\(\frac{1}{40}\)

Answer:
6.025

Explanation:
(1/40) = 0.025
6 x 0.025
6.025

Question 14.
\(\frac{11}{75}\)

Answer:
0.1466

Explanation:
(11/75)
0.1466

Question 15.
– 2\(\frac{7}{18}\)

Answer:
-2.38
Explanation:
(17/18)
0.3888
-2 x 0.3888
-2.38

Question 16.
PRECISION
Your hair is \(\frac{5}{16}\) inch long. Write this length as a decimal.

Answer:
0.3125 in

Explanation:
(5/16)
0.3125

WRITING A REPEATING DECIMAL AS A FRACTION Write the repeating decimal as a fraction or a mixed number.
Question 17.
\(-0 . \overline{5}\)

Answer:
-5/9

Explanation:
-5/9

Question 18.
\(4 . \overline{1}\)

Answer:
4

Explanation:
4 x 1
4

Question 19.
\(-0.3 \overline{56}\)

Answer:
-353/990
Explanation:
-0.3 x 56
-26.7
-(353/990)

Question 20.
\(6.0 \overline{89}\)

Answer:
(674/1000)

Explanation:
(6/89)
0.0674
(674/1000)

Question 21.
\(0.18 \overline{72}\)

Answer:
103/550
Explanation:
(0.18/72)
103/550

Question 22.
\(11 . \overline{510}\)

Answer:
(2156/10000)

Explanation:
(11/510)
0.02156
(2156/10000)

Question 23.
STRUCTURE
A forecast cone defines the probable path of a tropical cyclone. The probability that the center of a particular tropical cyclone remains within the forecast cone is \(0 . \overline{8}\). Write this probability as a fraction.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 7

Answer:
8 : 9

Explanation:
Given that cone is 8 x 9
they said to write it in the fraction.

Question 24.
STRUCTURE
Describe how to write a decimal with 12 repeating digitsas a fraction.

Answer:
12: 0

Explanation:
given that 12 is a decimal
and they said to write in decimal.
12 : 0

Question 25.
STRUCTURE
An approximation for the value of π is \(\frac{22}{7}\). Write this number as a repeating decimal.

Answer:
3.14 2857

Explanation:
π = (22/7)
(22/7) = 3.14
3.142857

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The density of iodine is about \(6.28 \overline{1}\) times the density of acetone. The density of acetone is about 785 kilograms per cubic meter. What is the density of iodine? Write your answer as a repeating decimal.

Answer:
4929.8. . .

Explanation:
The density of iodine = 6.28 given
the density of acetone is 785 kg for cubic meter.
6.28 x 785
4,929.8

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A disinfectant manufacturer suggests that its product kills \(99.9 \overline{8}\) % of germs. Write this percent as a repeating decimal and then as a fraction. How many germs would survive when the disinfectant is applied to an object with 18,000 germs?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 8

Answer:
Fraction = (8999/9000)
2 germs

Explanation:
Given that the product kills (99.9/8)%
8999/9000
2 germs
Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You and your friend are making pear tarts for a bake sale. Your recipe uses \(\frac{7}{6}\) times the weight of the diced pears used in your friend’s recipe. Your friend’s recipe calls for 0.3 pound of diced pears. How many pounds of pears should you buy to have enough for both recipes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 9

Answer:
0.35 pounds of pears should buy to have enough for both recipes.

Explanation:
Given that my recipe uses (7/6) times the weight of the diced pears used in friends recipe.
my friends recipie calls for 0.3 pounds of diced pears.
(7/6) x 0.3
1.16666 x 0.3
0.35 pounds

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the principal and interest earned per year for each of three savings accounts with simple annual interest. Which account has the greatest interest rate? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 10

Answer:
Account c has the greatest interest rate.

Explanation:
Simple interest = (px r x t /100)
where p = principal amount, rate of interest, and time = t
Account A = $ 4/$90 =0.04 = 4.4 %
Account B = $5.50/$120.00 = 0.04583 = 4.583%
Account C = $4.80/$100.00 = 0.048 = 4.8%

Question 30.
DIG DEEPER!
The probability that an athlete makes a half-court basketball shot is 22 times the probability that the athlete makes a three-quarter-court shot. The probability that the athlete makes three-quarter-court shot is \(0.00 \overline{9}\). What is the probability that the athlete makes a half-court shot? Write your answer as a percent.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.4 11

Answer:
1.98 %

Explanation:
Given that the athlete makes three-quarter-court shot is 0.00 x 9
basketball shot is 22 times the probability that the athlete makes 3 -quarter-court shot.
0.00 x 9
0
22 x 9
198 writing it as decimal
1.98%
NUMBER SENSE Determine whether the numbers are equal. Justify your answer.
Question 31.
\(\frac{9}{22}\) and \(0.4 \overline{09}\)

Answer:
The numbers are not equal.

Explanation:
(9/22) = 0.4090
(0.4/9)  = 0.0444

Question 32.
\(\frac{1}{999}\) and 0

Answer:
The numbers are not equal.

Explanation:
(1/999) = 0.001
0 = 0.001

Question 33.
\(\frac{135}{90}\) and 1.5

Answer:
The numbers are not equal.

Explanation:
(35/90) = 1.5
1.5 = 1.5

ADDING AND SUBTRACTING RATIONAL NUMBERS Add or subtract.
Question 34.
\(0.4 \overline{09}+0.6 \overline{81}\)

Answer:
0.45180

Explanation:
(0.4/9) = .04444
(0.6/81) = 0.0074
0.0074 +0.444

Question 35.
\(-0 . \overline{63}+\frac{5}{99}\)

Answer:
-58/99

Explanation:
(5/99) = 0.0505
63 + 0.0505

Question 36.
\(\frac{11}{6}-0 . \overline{27}\)

Answer:
-25.1666

Explanation:
(11/6) = 1.833333
27
1.83333  – 27
-25.1666

Question 37.
\(0 . \overline{03}-0 . \overline{04}\)

Answer:
-1/99

Question 38.
STRUCTURE
Write a repeating decimal that is between \(\frac{9}{7}\) and \(\frac{10}{7}\). Justify your answer.

Answer:
1.3546

Explanation:
(9/7)
1.2857
(10/7)
1.4285
The number between 1.2857 and 1.4285 is 1.3546

Lesson 9.5 Irrational Numbers

EXPLORATION 1

Approximating Square Roots
Work with a partner. Use the square shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 1
a. Find the exact length x of the diagonal. Is this number a number a rational number or an irrational number? Explain.
b. The value of x is between which two whole numbers? Explain your reasoning.
c. Use the diagram below to approximate the length of the diagonal to the nearest tenth.Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 2
d. Which of the following is the closest approximation of the length of the diagonal? Justify your answer using inverse operations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 3
Answer:
a. The length of x = √2
a number is an irrational number.
d. 1.412 is the closest approximation of the length of the diagonal.

Try It

Classify the real number.
Question 1.
0.121221222 ……

Answer:
Irrational number.

Explanation:
Irrational number : the decimal form neither terminates nor repeats.
so the given number is a irrational number.

Question 2.
– √196
Answer:
The number is real number

Explanation:
the real number are the numbers which includes both rational and irrational numbers.

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 2 } \)

Answer:
The number is real number

Explanation:
cube root of 3 is 2
where cube and cube root get cancelled.

Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 4.
√8

Answer:
Integer = 3
tenth = 3 .0

Explanation:
square root of 8 = 2 x 2 x2
2 x2 = 4
3 is nearest integer to the 2

Question 5.
– √13

Answer:
-14

Question 6.
– √24
Answer:
13

Question 7.
√20
Answer:
11

Which number is greater? Explain.
Question 8.
√8, π

Answer:
√8 is greater.

Explanation:
√8 = 8
π = 3.14
so 8 is greater.

Question 9.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 65 }\), √26

Answer:
√26 is greater.

Explanation:
cube root of 65 = 4 x 4 x4
square root of 26 = 26
26 is greater.

Question 10.
– √2, – \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 10 }\)
Answer:
10 is greater.

Explanation:
cube root of 10 = 10
square root of -2 = -2
soo 10 is greater.

Approximate the distance between the points to the nearest tenth.
Question 11.
(- 3, – 1) and (- 2, – 2)
Answer:

Question 12.
(1, – 1) and (5, 4)
Answer:

Question 13.
(5, 4) and (9, 8)
Answer:

Question 14.
(- 7, 10) and (3, – 5)
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
VOCABULARY
How are rational numbers and irrational numbers different?

Answer:
rational number: a rational number is a number such as -3/7 that can be expressed as the quotient or fractionp/q of two integers, a numerator p, and non zero denominator q. Every integer is a rational number.
irrational number: irrational numbers are all the real numbers that are not rational numbers.

Explanation:
rational number: a rational number is a number such as -3/7 that can be expressed as the quotient or fractionp/q of two integers, a numerator p, and non zero denominator q. Every integer is a rational number.
irrational number: irrational numbers are all the real numbers that are not rational numbers.

CLASSIFYING REAL NUMBERS Classify the real number.
Question 16.
\(\frac{48}{16}\)
Answer:
Real number

Explanation:
(48/16) = 3
3 is a real number.

Question 17.
– √76
Answer:
Irrational numbers

Explanation:
76 is irrational number
irrational numbers are real numbers.

Question 18.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -216 }\)

Answer:
-6 is a rational number.

Explanation:
cube root of 216 = -6

APPROXIMATING AN IRRATIONAL NUMBER Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 19.
√51
Answer:
26

Question 20.
– √87
Answer:
44

Question 21.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 60 }\)
Answer:
5

Question 22.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which number does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 4

Answer:
-3.3 is different from the three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 23.
The equation 3600b2 = hw represents the relationship among the body surface area b (in square meters), height h (in centimeters), and weight w (in kilograms) of a person. To the nearest tenth, approximate the body surface area of a person who is 168 centimeters tall and weighs 60 kilograms.

Answer:
2.8 cm

Explanation:
Given that the surface area of a person = 168 cm
w = 60
3600 b² = 168 x 60
3600 b² = 10080
b² = (10080/3600)
b² = 2.8

Question 24.
Which plane is closer to the base of the airport tower? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 5

Answer:
Plane B is closer to the base of the airport tower.

Irrational Numbers Homework & Practice 9.5

Review & Refresh

Write the repeating decimal as a fraction or a mixed number.
Question 1.
\(0 . \overline{4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(1.0 \overline{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(0 . \overline{75}\)

Answer:

Question 4.
\(2 . \overline{36}\)
Answer:

Simplify the expression. Write your answer as a power.
Question 5.
(54)2

Answer:
5 ⁸

Explanation:
(54)2
5 ⁸ = 5 x 5 x 5 x 5 x5 x5 x5
5⁸

Question 6.
(- 9)4 . (- 9)7

Answer:
(-9)¹¹

Explanation:
(-9)⁴ . (-9)⁷
when exponents are equal powers must be added.
(-9)⁴ +⁷
(-9)¹¹

Question 7.
a8 . a

Answer:
a⁹

Explanation:
(a)⁸ . (a)¹
when exponents are equal powers must be added.
(a)⁸ +¹
(a)⁹

Question 8.
(y3)6

Answer:
y ⁶

Explanation:
cube root of y = y x y x y
y ⁶

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

APPROXIMATING SQUARE ROOTS Find the exact length x of the diagonal of the square or rectangle. The value of x is between which two whole numbers? (See Exploration 1, p. 401.)
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 6

Answer:
x = 18

Explanation:
Given that the sides of a square = s x s
square =2 3 x 3
s = 18

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 7

Answer:
x = 24

Explanation:
Given that the sides of a rectangle  = 2 (l + b)
rectangle = 2( 8 + 4)
rectangle = 2(12)
rectangle = 24

CLASSIFYING REAL NUMBERS Classify the real number.
Question 11.
0
Answer:
whole
integer
rational

Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 343 }\)

Answer:
7

Explanation:
cube root of 343 = 7 x 7 x 7
7

Question 13.
\(\frac{π}{6}\)

Answer:
18.84
irrational number.

Question 14.
– √81

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
square root of -81 = -9 x -9

Question 15.
– 1.125

Answer:
rational number

Question 16.
\(\frac{52}{13}\)

Answer:
676

Explanation:
(52/13)
676

Question 17.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -49 }\)

Answer:
-7
irrational

Question 18.
√15

Answer:
15

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend classifies √144. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 8

Answer:
No

Explanation:
144 is a perfect square.
square root of 144 is rational number.

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You cut a photograph into a right triangle for a scrapbook. The lengths of the legs of the triangle are 4 inches and 6 inches. Is the length of the hypotenuse a rational number? Explain.

Answer:
√52

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
4² + 6² = c²
16 + 36 = c²
52 = c²
c =√52

Question 21.
REASONING
Place each number in the correct area of the Venn diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 9
a. the last digit of your phone number
b. the square root of any prime number
c. the quotient of the circumference of a circle and its diameter

Answer:
b. irrational number.
c. irrational number.

APPROXIMATING AN IRRATIONAL NUMBER Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 22.
√46

Answer:
a. 46
b.√36

Explanation:
square root of 46 = 46
nearest tenth = 36
46 – 10 = 36

Question 23.
– √105

Answer:
a.-10
b.-10 .2

Explanation:
square root of -105 = -10
nearest tenth = -10.2
Question 24.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -12 }\)

Answer:
a.³√-12
b..³√-2

Explanation:
square root of -12= -12
nearest tenth = -2
12 – 10 = 2

Question 25.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 310 }\)

Answer:
a. 7
b. 6.8

Explanation:
cube root of 310 = 7
nearest tenth = 7
6.8

Question 26.
\(\sqrt{\frac{27}{4}}\)

Answer:
6.75
6.65

Explanation:
(27/4)
6.75
6.75 – 10 = 6.65

Question 27.
\(-\sqrt{\frac{335}{2}}\)

Answer:
-13
12.9

Explanation:
(335/2)
-13
-13 – 10
-12.9

COMPARING IRRATIONAL NUMBERS Which number is greater? Explain.
Question 28.
√125, √135

Answer:
√135

Explanation:
135 is greater than 125

Question 29.
√22, \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 34 }\)

Answer:
34

Explanation:
34 is greater then 22

Question 30.
– \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 100 }\), – √42

Answer:
-42

Explanation:
-42 is greater than -100

Question 31.
√5, π

Answer:
√5

Explanation:
5 is greater than 3.14

Question 32.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 130 }\), √28

Answer:
130

Explanation:
130 is greater than 28

Question 33.
– √38, \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -250 }\)

Answer:
-250

Explanation:
250 is greater than 38

USING TOOLS Use the graphing calculator screen to determine whether the statement is true or false.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 10
Question 34.
To the nearest tenth, √10 = 3.1.

Answer:
3.16227766

Question 35.
The value of √14 is between 3.74 and 3.75.

Answer:
True

Explanation:
Given that the √14 = 3.74165

Question 36.
√10 lies between 3.1 and 3.16 on a number line.

Answer:
True

Explanation:
Given that the √10 = 3.1622

USING THE PYTHAGOREAN THEOREM Approximate the distance between the points to the nearest tenth.
Question 37.
(1, 2), (7, 6)

Answer:
7.2 units.

Question 38.
(2, 4), (7, 2)
Answer:

Question 39.
(- 1, – 3), (1, 3)

Answer:
6.3 units.

Question 40.
(- 6, – 7), (0, 0)
Answer:

Question 41.
(- 1, 1), (7, 4)

Answer:
8.5 units.

Explanation:
7 + 1 = 8
4 + 1 = 5
8.5 units

Question 42.
(- 6, 5), (- 4, – 6)
Answer:

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The locations of several sites in a forest are shown in the coordinate plane. Approximate each distance to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 11
a. How far is the cabin from the peak?
b. How far is the fire tower from the lake?
c. How far is the lake from the peak?
d. You are standing at(- 5, – 6). How far are you from the lake?

Answer:
a. 5.8 km
b. 8.6 km
c. 7.1 km
d. 11.7 km

Question 44.
WRITING
Explain how to continue the method in Example 2 to approximate √71 to the nearest hundredth.

Answer:
29

Question 45.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The area of a four square court is 66 square feet. Approximate the side length s of the four square court to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 12

Answer:
The side length = 8 ft

Explanation:
The area of a four square court is 66 square feet given.
the side lengths = 8 x 8
s = 8 ft

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A checker board is 8 squares long and 8 squares wide. The area of each square is 14 square centimeters. Approximate the perimeter (in centimeters) of the checker board to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
The perimeter of the checker board = 384

Explanation:
Given that the checker board is 8 squares long and 8 squares wide.
perimeter = 6 x side x side
perimeter = 6 x 8 x 8
p= 6 x 64
p = 384  cm

Question 47.
GEOMETRY
The cube has a volume of 340 cubic inches. Approximate the length d of the diagonal to the nearest whole number. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 13

Answer:
The length of the diagonal = 12 in

Explanation:
Given that the volume of cube = 340 cubic inches.
v = s x s
v =  7 x 7
d = 7 x 7 + 10 x 10 = 149
12 in
Question 48.
CRITICAL THINKING
Ona number line, π is between 3 and 4.
a. Use this information to draw a number line and shade a region that represents the location of π2. Explain your reasoning.
b. Repeat part(a) using the fact that π is between 3.1 and 3.
c. Repeat part(a) using the fact that π is between 3.14 and 3.15.
Answer:

NUMBER SENSE Approximate the square root to the nearest tenth.
Question 49.
√0.39

Answer:
0.6

Explanation:
√0.39²
where square and square root get cancelled.
0.39  – 10
0.6

Question 50.
√1.19

Answer:
1.09

Explanation:
√1.19²
where square and square root get cancelled.
1.19  – 10
1.09

Question 51.
√1.52

Answer:
1.2

Explanation:
√1.52²
where square and square root get cancelled.
1.52  – 10
1.2

Question 52.
STRUCTURE
Is \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{4}}\) a rational number? Is \(\sqrt{\frac{3}{16}}\) a rational number? Explain.
Answer:

Question 53.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The equation s2 = 54r represents the relationship between the speed s (in meters per second) of a roller-coaster car and the radius r (in meters) of the loop. Approximate the speed of a roller-coaster car going around the loop shown to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 14

Answer:
s = 30.1 meters per second.

Explanation:
s2 = 54r
where r = 16.764 m
s² = 54 x 16.764 m
s² = 905.256
s =30.1

Question 54.
OPEN-ENDED
Find two numbers a and b that satisfy the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 15

Answer:
√a = 9.3
√b = 9.8

Explanation:
Given that a = 9
b = 10
√a = 9.3
√b = 9.8
the distance between the two points is 1 inch

Question 55.
DIG DEEPER!
The equation d3 = t3 represents the relationship between the mean distance d (in astronomical units) of a planet from the Sun and the t time (in years) it takes the planet to orbit the Sun.
a. Jupiter takes about 11.9 years to orbit the Sun. Approximate the mean distance of Jupiter from the Sun to the nearest tenth.
b. The mean distance of Saturn from the Sun is about 9.5 astronomical units. Approximate the time it takes Saturn to orbit the Sun to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
a. d = 5.2 astronomical units
b. 29.3 years

Explanation:
Given that the
a. Jupiter takes about 11.9 years to orbit the sun.
b. the mean distance of Saturn from the sun is about 9.5 astronomical units.
Question 56.

MODELING REAL LIFE
The equation h = – 16t2 + 26 represents the height h (in feet) of a water balloon t seconds after it is dropped. Approximate the time it takes the water balloon to reach the ground to the nearest tenth. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.5 16

Answer:
– 28 feet.

Explanation:
Given that the equation h = – 16t2 + 26
we assuming t = 2
h = -16 x 4 + 26
h = -64 + 26
h = -38
nearest tenth = 38 – 10
– 28 feet

Question 57.
NUMBER SENSE
Determine whether the statement is sometimes, always, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
a. A rational number multiplied by a rational number is rational.
b. A rational number multiplied by an irrational number is rational.
c. An irrational number multiplied by an irrational number is rational.

Answer:
a. always.
b. sometimes.
c. sometimes.

Explanation:
a. if a/b and c/d are rational numbers, then ac and bd are integers and bd not equal to zero. so ac/bd is rational.
b. for example, π . 0 = 0 is rational, but 2. √3 is irrational.
c. for example, √2 . π  is irrational, but π  . 1/ π  is rational.

Lesson 9.6 The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem

The converse of a statement switches the hypothesis and the conclusion.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 1

EXPLORATION 1

Analyzing the Converse of a Statement
Work with a partner.
a.Write the converse of each statement. Then determine whether each statement and its converse are true or false.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 2

  • If I live in California,then I live in the United States.
  • If my heart is beating, then I am alive.
  • If one figure is a translation of another figure,then the figures are congruent.

b. Write your own statement whose converse is true. en write your own statement whose converse is false.

EXPLORATION 2

The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem
Work with a partner.
a.Write the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem. Do you think the converse is true or false?
b. Consider △DEFwith side lengths a, b, and c such that a2 + b2 = c2. Also consider △JKL with leg lengths a and b, where the measure of ∠K is 90°. Use the two triangles and the Pythagorean Theorem to show that the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem is true.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 3

Try It

Tell whether the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 1.
28 in., 21 in., 20 in.

Answer:
The given sides does not form a right triangle.
Explanation:
20² + 21² = 28²
400  + 441 = 784
841 = 784
the given sides does not form a right triangle.

Question 2.
1.25 mm, 1 mm, 0.75 mm

Answer:
The given sides form a right triangle.
Explanation:
1² + 0.75² = 1.25²
1 + 0.5625= 1.5623
1.5625 = 784
the given sides  form a right triangle.

Tell whether the points form a right triangle.
Question 4.
D (- 4, 0), E (- 2, 3), F (1, 0)

Answer:
Yes the given points form a right triangle.

Question 5.
J (4, 1), K (1, – 3), L (- 3, 0)

Answer:
Yes the given points form a right triangle.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
WRITING
Explain the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem.

Answer:
a² + b² ≠ c²

Explanation:
a² + b² = c²
where a, b and c are side lengths of a triangle.
converse of pythagoras theorem
a² + b² ≠ c²

Question 6.
IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE
Is a triangle with side lengths of 2 millimeters, 2.5 millimeters, and 3 millimeters a right triangle?

Answer:
No the side lengths does not form a right triangle.

Explanation:
2 ² + 2.5² = 3²
4  + 6.25 = 9
10.25 = 9

Question 7.
IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE
Do the points (- 1, 1), (- 3, 5), and (0, 8) form a right triangle?

Answer:
No the given points does not form a right triangle.

Question 8.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which set of numbers does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 4

Answer:
3, 6, 8 set does not belong with the other 3 sets.

Explanation:
3 ² + 6² = 8²
9  + 36 = 64
45 = 64
the given sides does not form a right triangle.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
You practice archery as shown. Determine whether the arrow is perpendicular to the vertical support. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 5

Answer:
Yes the archery is perpendicular to vertical support.

Explanation:
2 times of 7 is 14.
so archery is perpendicular to vertical support.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Three fire hydrants in a neighborhood are represented on a map. The coordinates of the fire hydrants are (0, 0), (2, 5), and (7, y). The fire hydrants are arranged in a right triangle, where y is a natural number less than 10. Find y.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 6

Answer:
y = 5

Explanation:
Given that the coordinates of the fire hydrants are (0, 0), (2, 5), and (7, y).
y can meet the y-axis on 5
y = 5
7 -2 = 5

The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem Homework & Practice 9.6

Review & Refresh

Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 1.
√31

Answer:
a. 6
b. 5.6

Explanation:
square root of 31 = 31
√31 ² = 6
where square and square root get cancelled.
nearest tenth = it is decreased by 10
5.6

Question 2.
– √7

Answer:
a. 7
b. -3

Explanation:
square root of 7 = 7
√7 ² = 7
where square and square root get cancelled.
nearest tenth = it is decreased by 10
7 -10
-3

Question 3.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 25 }\)

Answer:
a. 3
b. 2.9

Explanation:
cube root of 25 = 25
3√25 = 3
where square and square root get cancelled.
nearest tenth = it is decreased by 10
2.9

The figures are similar. Find x.
Question 4.
The ratio of the perimeters is 2 : 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 7

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Given that the ratio of perimeters = 2 : 5
x = 2
5 x 2 = 10

Question 5.
The ratio of the perimeters is 4 : 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 8

Answer:
x = 4.5

Explanation:
Given that the ratio of perimeters = 4 : 3
x = 4.5
3 x 2 = 4.5

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

ANALYZING THE CONVERSE OF A STATEMENT Write the converse of the statement. Then determine whether the statement and its converse are true or false. Explain. (See Exploration 1, p. 409.)
Question 6.
If a is an odd number, then a2 is odd.

Answer:
False.
if a is not an odd number, then square of a is not odd.

Explanation:
The given statement is true.
converse of a given statement is false.

Question 7.
If ABCD is a square, then ABCD is a parallelogram.

Answer:
True.
If ABCD is  not a square, then ABCD is not a parallelogram.

Explanation:
The given statement is false.
converse of a given statement is true.
IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE Tell whether the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 9

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
8 ² + 15² = 17²
64  + 225 = 289
289 = 625

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 10

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
27 ² + 36² = 45²
729  + 1296 = 2025
2025 = 625

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 11

Answer:c

Question 11.

14 mm, 19 mm, 23 mm

Answer:
No the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
14 ² + 19² = 23²
196  + 361  = 529
557 = 625

Question 12.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) mi, 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) mi, 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) mi

Answer:

Question 13.
1.4 m, 4.8 m, 5 m

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is  a right triangle.

Explanation:
1.4 ² + 4.8² = 5²
1.96  + 23.04  = 25
25 = 25

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A post-and-beam frame for a shed is shown in the diagram. Does the brace form a right triangle with the post and beam? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 12

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
15 ² + 20² = 25²
225  + 400 = 625
625 = 625

Question 15.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A traffic sign has side lengths of 12.6 inches, 12.6 inches, and 12.6 inches. Is the sign a right triangle? Explain.

Answer:
No the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
12.6 ² + 12.6² = 12.6²
158.76 + 158.76 = 158.76
317.52 = 158.76

IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE Tell whether a triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 16.
√63, 9, 12

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
√63 ² + 9² = 12²
63 + 81 = 144
144 = 144

Question 17.
4, √15, 6

Answer:
No the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
√15 ² + 4² = 6²
15 + 16 = 36
31 = 36

Question 18.
√18, √24, √42

Answer:
Yes the given side lengths is a right triangle.

Explanation:
√18 ² + √24² = √42²
18 +24 = 42
42= 42

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend determines whether a triangle with side lengths of 3, √58, and 7 is a right triangle. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 13

Answer:
No my friend is  not correct.

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
13² + 58² = 7²
9 + 58  is not equal to 49

IDENTIFYING A RIGHT TRIANGLE Tell whether the points form a right triangle.
Question 20.
(0, 0), (0, 5), (2, 0)

Answer:
Yes the points  forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive

Question 21.

(0, 8), (2, 2), (11, 6)

Answer:
No the points not forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive.

Question 22.
(- 1, 0), (5, 0), (2, – 3)

Answer:
No the points not forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive and negative.

Question 23.
(- 1, – 2), (2, 6), (4, – 1)

Answer:
No the points does not forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive

Question 24.

(- 8, 6), (7, 9), (0, – 13)

Answer:
Yes the points  forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive and negative

Question 25.
(0.5, 1.5), (7.5, 5.5), (9.5, 0.5)

Answer:
No  the points does not  forms a right triangle

Explanation:
the above given points are all positive and negative

Question 26.
LOGIC
The equation a2 + b2 = c2 is not true for a particular triangle with side lengths of a, b, and c. What can you conclude about the type of triangle?

Answer:
If the triangle is right triangle the above condition satisfies.

Explanation:
The equation a2 + b2 = c2 is a pythagoras theroem.
it satisfies for only right triangle.
where a,b, c are side lengths.
Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You spend the day looking for hidden containers in a wooded area using a Global Positioning System (GPS). You park your bike on the side of the road, and then locate Container 1 and Container 2 before going back to your bike. Does your path form a right triangle? Explain. Each grid line represents 10 yards.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 14

Answer:
No path does not forms a right triangle.

Explanation:
(10, 50) , (20, -20) and (80, -10)
the given points form a right triangle.

Question 28.
DIG DEEPER!
The locations of a fishing boat, buoy, and kayak are represented by the points (0, 0), (16, 12), and (10, – 5). Each unit represents 1 nautical mile
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem 9.6 15
a. Do the boat, kayak, and buoy form a right triangle?
b. The boattravels at8 nautical miles per hour. How long does the boat take to reach the buoy if the boat travels directly toward it?

Answer:
a. yes the boat, kayak, buoy form a right triangle.
b. the boat travels at 8 nautical miles per hr= 80 miles per hr

Explanation:
a.yes the boat, kayak, buoy form a right triangle.
b. the boat travels at 8 nautical miles per hr.
8 x 10
80 miles per hr

Question 29.
The vertices of a quadrilateral are (1, 2), (5, 4), (6, 2), and (2, 0). Use the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem to determine whether the quadrilateral is a rectangle.
Answer:
Yes the given points forms a rectangle.

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
The scale drawing of a baseball field has a scale factor of \(\frac{1}{270}\). Approximate the distance from home plate to second base on the actual baseball field to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know several measurements and the scale factor in a scale drawing of a baseball field. You are asked to approximate the distance from home plate to second base on the actual baseball field.

Make a plan.
The distance from home plate to second base is the hypotenuse of a right triangle. Approximate the distance in the scale drawing to the nearest tenth. Then use the scale factor to approximate the distance on the actual field.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
0.048 sq in

Explanation:
Given that the scale factor of (1/270)
(1/270) = 0.003
from home plate to second base
4 x 4
16 x 0.003
0.048

Question 2.
You cut the wood cube shown into two identical triangular prisms. Approximate the surface area of each triangular prism to the nearest tenth. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cc 2
Answer:
The surface area of triangular prism = 64 cm

Explanation:
the volume of the cube
v = s x s x
v = 8 x 8 x 8
v = 64 x 8
v = 512

Question 3.
Complete the mapping diagram representing the relationship between the lengths of the hypotenuse and the legs of an isosceles right triangle. Is the relationship linear? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cc 3

Answer:
a√2

Performance Task

Identify and Correct the Error!
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Metronome Design.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cc 4

Answer:

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 1

Graphic Organizers
You can use a Four Square to organize information about a concept. Each of the four squares can be a category, such as definition, vocabulary, example, non-example, words, algebra, table, numbers, visual, graph, or equation. Here is an example of a Four Square for Pythagorean Theorem.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 3
1. square roots
2. cube roots
3. rational numbers
4. irrational numbers
5. real numbers
6. converse of the Pythagorean Theorem

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 4

9.1 Finding Square Roots (pp. 373–380)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of a square root of a number.

Find the square root(s).
Question 1.
√1

Answer:
1

Explanation:
square root of 1 = 1 x 1

Question 2.
– \(\sqrt{\frac{9}{25}}\)

Answer:
-(3/5)

Explanation:
square root of 9 = 3x 3
square root of 25 = 5 x 5

Question 3.
± √1.69

Answer:
± 1.3

Explanation:
square root of 1.69 = 1.3 x 1.3

Evaluate the expression.
Question 4.
15 – 4 √36

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
15 – 4 √36
square root of 36 = 6 x 6
15 – 4 x 6
15 – 24
-9

Question 5.
\(\sqrt{\frac{54}{6}}+\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
9.66

Explanation:
(54/6) = 9
(2/3) = 0.66
9 + 0.66
9.66

Question 6.
\((\sqrt{9})^{2}\) – 12

Answer:
-7.5

Explanation:
(9/2) = 4.5
4.5 – 12
-7.5

Question 7.
The total area of a checker board is 256 square inches. What is the side length (in inches) of one of the small squares?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 7

Answer:
The side length = 16 in

Explanation:
Given that total area = 256 sq in
area of square = s x s
area = 16 x 16
side = 16 in

9.2 The Pythagorean Theorem (pp. 381–388)
Learning Target: Understand the Pythagorean Theorem.

Find the missing length of the triangle.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 8

Answer:
The missing length = 47 in

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
12² + 35² = 47²
length = 47 in

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 9

Answer:
The missing length = 0.2 cm

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
0.3² + 0.2² = 0.5²
length = 0.2 cm

Question 10.
You lean a 13-foot ladder on a house so the bottom of the ladder is 5 feet from the house. From the top of the ladder, you can safely reach another 4 feet higher. Can you reach a window that is located 13 feet above the ground? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 10

Answer:
No we cannot reach a window.

Explanation:
Given that we lean a 13-foot ladder on a house
so that the bottom of the ladder is 5 feetfrom the house.
from the top of ladder, we can reach safely another 4 feet higher.
5 + 4
we can reach 9 feet.

Question 11.
Find the distance between (- 6, 8) and (10, – 4).
Answer:

9.3 FindingCube Roots (pp. 389–394)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of a cube root of a number.

Find the cube root.
Question 12.
\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -2197 }\)

Answer:
-13

Explanation:
cube root of (-2197) is (-13)
3√-2197= (-13) x (-13) x (-13)
-2197³ = (-13)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
-2197 = -13

Question 13.
\(\sqrt[3]{\frac{64}{343}}\)

Answer:-
(4/7)

Explanation:
cube root of (64/343) is (4/7)
3√(64/343)= (4/7) x (4/7) x (4/7)
(64/343)³ = (4/7)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
(64/343)= (4/7)

Question 14.
\(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{8}{27}}\)

Answer:
-2/3

Explanation:
cube root of (8/27) is (2/3)
3√(8/27)= (2/3) x (2/3) x (2/3)
(8/27)³ = (2/3)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
(8/27)= (2/3)

Question 15.
Evaluate the expression 25 + 2\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ -64 }\).
Answer:
17

Explanation:
cube root of (-64) is (-4)
3√(64)= (4) x (4) x (4)
(64)³ = (4)³
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
(64)= 4
25 + 2(-4)
25 -8
17

Question 16.
Solve the equation – 55 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x3 + 73.
Answer:
x =8

Explanation:
-55 = 0.25 x ³ + 73
0.25 x³ = -55 -73
0.25 x³ = -128
x³ = -(128/0.25)
x³ = 512
x = 8

Question 17.
You are shipping a puzzle cube to your friend using the cube-shaped box shown. What is the difference between the height of the puzzle cube and the top of the box when you place the cube in the box?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 17

Answer:
The height of the puzzle cube = 6 cm

Explanation:
Given that the volume of the cube-shaped box = 216 cubic cm
volume of cube = s x s x s
v = 6 x 6 x 6
v = 36 x 6
v = 216
the height of puzzle cube= 6 cm

9.4 Rational Numbers (pp. 395–400)
Learning Target: Convert between different forms of rational numbers.

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Question 18.
– 2\(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer:
-1.66

Explanation:
(5/6) = 0.83
-1.66

Question 19.
\(\frac{27}{80}\)

Answer:
0.33

Explanation:
(27/80)
0.3375

Question 20.
3\(\frac{8}{9}\)

Answer:
2.66

Explanation:
(8/9)  = 0.888
3 x 8/9
3 x 0.88
2.66

Question 21.
Write \(1 . \overline{36}\) as a mixed number.
Answer:

Question 22.
The gas mileage of a hybrid car is \(3.0 \overline{3}\) times the gas mileage of a regular car. The regular car averages 24 miles per gallon. Find the gas mileage of the hybrid car.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 22
Answer:
The gas mileage of the hybrid car is 72 miles

Explanation:
Given that the mileage of the hybrid car is 3
the regular car averages 24 miles per gallon.
the gas mileage of the hybrid car is
24 x 3
72 miles

Question 23.
Your friend’s cat weighs 0.8 3 times the weight of your cat. Your friend’s cat weighs 10 pounds. How much more does your cat weigh than your friend’s cat?

Answer:
2 pounds

Explanation:
Given that the my friend’s cat weighs = 0.8
3 times the weight of my cat.
my friend cat weighs = 10 pounds
10 x 0.2 = 2 pounds.

Question 23.
An apple dessert recipe makes \(2 . \overline{3}\) pounds of dessert and serves 6 people. What is the serving size (in pounds)?

Answer:
The serving size is 18 pounds.

Explanation:
given that an apple dessert recipe makes 3 pounds.
the serving size is
6 x 3
18 pounds.

9.5 Irrational Numbers (pp. 401–408)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of irrational numbers.

Classify the real number.
Question 24.
\(0.81 \overline{5}\)

Answer:
real number

Explanation:
given expression is a real number.

Question 25.
√101
Answer:
no

Explanation:
square root of 101 is real algebraic number
so it is not a real number.

Question 26.
√4
Answer:
no

Explanation:
square root of 4 is real algebraic number
so it is not a real number.

Approximate the number to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Question 27.
√14

Answer:
a. 3
b. 4

Explanation:
3 is a integer for square root of 14
4 is the nearest tenth for 14

Question 28.
√90

Answer:
89
80

Explanation:
89 is a integer for square root of 90
80 is the nearest tenth for 90

Question 29.
√175

Answer:
174
165

Explanation:
174 is a integer for square root of 175
165 is the nearest tenth for 175

Question 31.
Which is greater, √48 or \(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 127 }\) ? Explain.

Answer:
cube root of 127 is greater.

Explanation:
cube root of 127 = 127
cube root of 48 = 48

Question 32.
Approximate the distance between (- 2, – 5) and (3, 5) to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

Question 33.
The equation d = \(\frac{v^{2}}{15.68}\)represents the relationship between the distance d (in meters) needed to stop a vehicle and the velocity v (in meters per second) of the vehicle. Approximate the velocity of the vehicle when it takes 40 meters to stop.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 33

Answer:
The velocity of vehicle  = 5.102 meters

Explanation:
given that the equation d = (2/15.68)
(2/15.68 = 0.12755
the velocity of the vehicle when it takes 40 meters
0.12755 x 40
5.102 meters.

9.6 The Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem (pp. 409–414)
Learning Target: Understand the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem.

Tell whether the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 34

Answer:
yes.

Explanation:
the given triangle is a right triangle.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 35

Answer:
no

Explanation:
the given measures not forming a right triangle.

Question 36.
Tell whether the points A (1, – 1), B (3, – 4), and C (4, 1) form a right triangle.

Answer:
no

Explanation:
given that the points
A(1, -1) B(3, -4) and C(4, 1)
the given measures does not form the right triangle.

Question 37.
You want to make a wooden border around a flower bed in the shape of a right triangle. You have three pieces of wood that measure 3.5 meters, 1.2 meters, and 3.9 meters. Do these pieces of wood form a right triangle? If not, explain how you can cut the longest piece of wood to make a right triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cr 37

Answer:
Yes these pieces of wood form a right triangle.

Explanation:
Given that the length of wooden pieces have measures of 3.5 m, 1.2 m, 3.9 m
so it can cut the wooden border in the shape of right triangle.

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Practice Test

Question 1.
Find − √1600 .

Answer:
-40

Explanation:
square root of 1600 = 40 x 40
√1600 = 40²
when powers are equal exponents must be equal.
40

Question 2.
Find \(\sqrt[3]{-\frac{729}{64}}\).

Answer:
(-9/4)

Explanation:
cube root of -729 = 9
cube root of -64 = 4
-(9/4)

Evaluate the expression.
Question 3.
12 + 8√16

Answer:
80

Explanation:
12 + 8√16
square root of 16 is 4
12 + 8 x 4
20 x 4
80

Question 4.
\((\sqrt[3]{-125})^{3}+75\)

Answer:
60

Explanation:
cube root of -125 is -5
-5 x 3 + 75
-15 + 75
60
Question 5.
Find the missing length of the triangle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem pt 5

Answer:
The missing length = 2 in

Explanation:
By using Pythagoras theorem
a² + b² = c²
2² + 24² = 26²
length = 2 in

Classify the real number.
Question 6.
16 π

Answer:

Explanation:
square root of 16 = 4 x 4
square root of 16 = 4

Question 7.
– √49
Answer:
7

Explanation:
square root of 49 = 7 x 7
square root of 49 = 7

Question 8.
Approximate √83 to the nearest (a) integer and (b) tenth.
Answer:
83

Question 9.
Write \(1 . \overline{24}\) as a mixed number.

Answer:
23

Question 10.
Tell whether the triangle is a right triangle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem pt 10

Answer:
The given triangle is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
The above given triangle is not a right triangle,
right triangle = 90 degrees.

Approximate the distance between the points to the nearest tenth, if necessary.
Question 11.
(- 2, 3), (6, 9)

Answer:
(4, 6)

Explanation:
(- 2, 3), (6, 9)
(6-2, 9-3)
(4, 6)

Question 12.
(0, – 5), (4, 1)
Answer:

Question 13.
How high is the hand of the superhero balloon above the ground?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem pt 13

Answer:
The hand of  superhero ballon above the ground = 78 cubic feet.

Explanation:
The height of the ground = 6 ft
height from the man hand = 11ft
the distance from super hero to hand of the man is
6 + 11 + 61
17 + 61
78 cubic feet

Question 14.
The area of a circular pool cover is 314 square feet. Write and solve an equation to find the diameter of the pool cover. Use 3.14 for π.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem pt 14

Answer:
46,735.76

Explanation:
Area  of the circle = π x r x r
Area = 3.14 x 122 x 122
Area = 46,735.76 ft

Question 15.
Five roads form two triangles. What is the value of x? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 1
Question 1.
The period T of a pendulum is the time (in seconds) it takes the pendulum to swing back and forth once. The period can be found using the formula T = 1.1 √L, where is the length (in feet) of the pendulum. A pendulum has a length of 4 feet. What is the period of the pendulum?
A. 2.2 sec
B. 3.1 sec
C. 4.4 sec
D. 5.1 sec

Answer:
option C is correct.

Explanation:
given that the pendulum has a length of 4 feet.
T = 1.1 l
where t = time and l = length
T = 4.4 sec

Question 2.
Whatis the value of y = 5 – 2x when x = – 3?
F. – 1
G. 1
H. 4
I. 11

Answer:
option F is correct.

Explanation:
given that x = -3
y = 5 -2 x
y = 5- 2 (-3)
y = 5 -6
y = -1

Question 3.
Which graph represents the linear equation 3x + 2y = 12?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 3

Answer:
option B is correct.

Explanation:
In the above 4 graphs option B is correct.
3x + 2y = 12
x = 2 and y= 3
3 x 2 + 2 x 3
6 + 6 = 12

Question 4.
Which expression is equivalent to \(\frac{(-3)^{12}}{(-3)^{3}}\)?
F. (- 3)4
G. (- 3)9
H. 09
I. 19

Answer:
option F is correct.

Explanation:
given that -3 x -3 x -3 x -3
(-3)⁴

Question 5.
A football field is 40 yards wide and 120 yards long. Approximate the distance between opposite corners of the football field to the nearest tenth. Show your work and explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 5

Answer:
The distance between opposite corners of the football field is 80 yards

Explanation:
Given that the football field is 40 yards and 120 yards long.
the distance between opposite corners = 120 – 40
120 – 40 = 80 yards

Question 6.
A computer consultant charges $50 plus $40 for each hour she works. The consultant charged $650 for one job. This can be represented by the equation below, where h represents the number of hours worked.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 6
40h + 50 = 650
How many hours did the consultant work?

Answer:
The consultant work = 7 hours.

Explanation:
Given that the consultant charges $ 50 + $ 40
for 1 hour the consultant charges $ 90
The consultant charged = 650$
seven hours worked = 650
9 x 7 = 63

Question 7.
Which triangle is not a right triangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 7

Answer:
option D is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
Given that the three triangles are right triangle.
right triangle = 90 degree.

Question 8.
What is the distance between (- 3,- 1) and (- 1, – 5)?
F. \(\sqrt{12}\)
G. \(\sqrt{20}\)
H. \(\sqrt{40}\)
I. \(\sqrt{52}\)

Answer:
option F is correct.

Explanation:
given that the distance is (-3, -1) and (-1, -5)
(-3, -1) and (-1, -5)
(-4 , -6)

Question 9.
An airplane flies from City 1 at (0, 0) to City 2 at (33, 56) and then to City 3 at (23, 32). Whatis the total number of miles it flies? Each unit represents 1 mile.
Answer:
The total number of miles it flies = 56 miles

Explanation:
given that city 1 at (0, 0)
city 2 at (33, 56)
city 3 at (23, 32)
33 + 23
56

Question 10.
The national debt of Country A is $398,038,013,519. The national debt of Country B is $2,137,348,918. Approximately how many times greater is the debt of Country A than the debt of Country B?
A. 2 times greater
B. 20 times greater
C. 133 times greater
D. 200 times greater

Answer:
option B is correct.

Explanation:
country A = $398,038,013,519
country B = $2,137,348,918.

Question 11.
What is the solution of the system?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 11
F.(2, 4)
G. (3, 0)
H.(4, 2)
I. (5, 0)

Answer:
option H is correct.

Explanation:
In the given graph
the line x-axis meets on 4 and y-axis meet on 2
(4, 2)

Question 12.
In the diagram, lines ℓ and m are parallel. Which angle has the same measure as ∠1?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 12
A. ∠2
B. ∠5
C. ∠7
D. ∠8

Answer:
option D

Explanation:
given that l and m are parallel lines.
˂ 1 is equal to ˂8

Question 12.
Which graph represents the linear equation y = – 2x – 2?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 9 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem cp 13

Answer:
option F is correct.

Explanation:
graph F represents the linear equation.
y = -2x -2

Conclusion

Hope the information shared regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 9 Real Numbers and Pythagorean Theorem has shed some light on you. For any further clarifications on the same do leave us your suggestions and we will look into them and respond on the same.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume

A perfect preparation will come to your hand when you have the best source with you. Finding the best source will help you to save your time while preparing and also get a grip on the concept. The only best source to learn all the Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume is our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume. Why every student love to use our Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 13 Understand Volume? Do you want to know why? Because we have provided from basic concepts to difficult concepts.

Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume Answer Key

We are providing different methods to solve problems, practice tests, quiz, objective question and answers, ad a detailed explanation for problems, etc. Get a free pdf of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5th. Good practice will help you to score the best marks in the exam. Therefore, without wasting your time, quickly start your preparation now. We have given quick links along with various problems. Try to practice all problems and become a pro in your math subject.

Lesson: 1 Understand the Concept of Volume

Lesson: 2 Find Volumes of Right Rectangular Prisms

Lesson: 3 Apply the Volume Formula

Lesson: 4 Find Unknown Dimensions

Lesson: 5 Find Volumes of Composite Figures

Chapter: 13 – Understand Volume

Lesson 13.1 Understand the Concept of Volume

Explore and Grow

Use centimeter cubes to make each figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 1

Which figure takes up the most space? Which figure takes up the least space? How do you know?

Answer:
Figure-3 occupies more space.

Explanation:
figure-1
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 9 x 9 x 1
In the above-given figure l=9 ft, w =9 ft and h = 1ft
volume = 9 x 9 x 1
volume = 81x 1
volume = 81 cubic ft
figure-2
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 3 x 2
In the above-given figure l=3 ft, w =3 ft and h = 2 ft
volume = 3 x 3 x 2
volume = 9 x 2
volume = 18 cubic ft
figure-3
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 7 x 3 x 5
In the above-given figure l=7 ft, w =3 ft and h = 5 ft
volume = 7 x 3 x 5
volume = 21 x 5
volume = 105 cubic ft
figure-4
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 3 x 1
In the above-given figure l=3 ft, w =3 ft and h = 1 ft
volume = 3 x 3 x 1
volume = 9 x 1
volume = 9 cubic ft

Structure
Can two different figures take up the same amount of space? Explain.

Answer:
Yes.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 3
In example  1 :if we consider l= 3 cm and w = 2 cm and h = 2cm
v = l x w x h
volume = length x width x height
v = 3 x 2 x 2
v = 6 x 2
v = 12 cubic cm
In example 2 : if we consider l= 2 cm and w = 3 cm and h = 2cm.
v = l x w x h
volume = length x width x height
v = 2 x 3 x 2
v = 6 x 2
v = 12  cubic cm.
both the volumes are same.

Think and Grow: Use Unit Cubes to Find Volume

Key Idea
Volume is a measure of the amount of space that a solid figure occupies. The volume of a unit cube is 1 cubic unit. You can count unit cubes to find the volume of a solid figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 2
Example
Find the volume of the figure.
The figure is made of __ unit cubes.
So, the volume of the figure is _1_ cubic units.

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 12 cubic feet.
The figure is made up of 7 unit cubes.
So, the volume of the figure is 1 cubic units.

Explanation:
The volume of the figure = l x w x h
where l = length, w = width and h = height.
given that l = 4 , w= 3 and h = 1
v = 4 x 3 x 1
v = 12 x 1
v = 12 cubic feet.
The figure is made up of 7 unit cubes.
So, the volume of the figure is 1 cubic units.

Example
Find the volume of the figure.
Each unit cube has an edge length of ___
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 3
So, each unit cube has a volume of ___.
The figure is made of ___ unit cubes.
So, the volume of the figure is ___.

Answer:
Each cube has an edge length of 1 unit
So, each cube has a volume of 1 cubic unit.
The figure is made of 12 unit cubes.
So, the volume of the figure is 12 cubic cm

Explanation:
Each cube has an edge length of 1 unit
So, each cube has a volume of 1 cubic unit.
v = l x w x h
v = 1 x 1 x 1
v = 1 cubic unit
volume of figure = l x w x h
v = 3 x 2 x 2
where l = 3 cm , w = 2 cm and h = 2 cm given.
v = 3 x 2 x 2
v = 6 x 2
v = 12 cubic cm.
Show and Grow

Find the volume of the figure.

Question 1.
Volume = 6 cubic units
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 4

Answer:
The volume of the cube = 16 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 1 x 4
In the above-given figure l=4 ft, w =1 ft and h = 4ft
volume = 4 x 1 x 4
volume = 4 x 4
volume = 16 cubic ft

Question 2.
Volume = ___
Answer :- 16
Explanation:-  width*length*height(w*l*h)
= 2*4*2
=16
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 5                   

 

 

 

Answer:
The volume of cube = 16 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 2 x 2
In the above-given figure l=4 ft, w = 2 ft and h = 2ft
volume = 4 x 2 x 2
volume = 8 x 12
volume = 16 cubic ft

Apply and  Grow: Practice

Find the volume of the figure.

Question 3.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 6

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 9 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 1 x 3
In the above-given figure l=3 ft, w = 1 ft and h = 3ft
volume = 3 x 3
volume = 9 cubic ft

Question 4.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 7

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 18 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 3 x 2
In the above-given figure l=3 ft, w = 3 ft and h = 2ft
volume = 3 x 3 x 2
volume = 9 x 2
volume = 18 cubic feet

Question 5.
Volume = ____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 8

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 9 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 1 x 3
In the above-given figure l=3 ft, w = 1 ft and h = 3 ft
volume = 3 x 1 x 3
volume = 3 x 3
volume = 9 cubic feet

Question 6.
Volume = ____
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 9

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 40 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 2 x 5
In the above-given figure l=4 ft, w = 2 ft and h = 5 ft
volume = 4 x 2 x 5
volume = 8 x 5
volume = 40 cubic feet

Question 7.
Cube-shaped shipping boxes, like the one shown, are packed into a van. They form a solid without any gaps or overlaps that is 3 feet long, 2 feet wide, and 3 feet tall. What is the volume of the solid formed?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 10

Answer:
The volume of the solid formed = 40 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 2 x 3
In the above-given figure l=3 ft, w = 2 ft and h = 3 ft
volume = 3 x 2 x 3
volume = 6 x 3
volume = 18 cubic feet

Question 8.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says the volume of the figure is 12 cubic centimeters. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 11

Answer:
No my friend is not correct.
The volume of the figure = 24 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 2 x 3
In the above-given figure l=4 ft, w = 2 ft and h = 3 ft
volume = 4 x 2 x 3
volume = 8 x 3
volume = 24 cubic feet

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
What is the volume of the figure formed by the missing cubes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 12

Answer:
The volume of the figure formed by the missing cubes = 32 cubic inches.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 4 x 2
In the above-given figure l=4 ft, w = 4 ft and h = 2 ft
volume = 4 x 4 x 2
volume = 16 x 2
volume = 32 cubic feet

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The puzzle is made of unit cubes. A box can hold 20 of the puzzles without any gaps or overlaps. What is the volume of the box?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 13
Find the volume of one puzzle.
The puzzle is made of unit cubes that each have an edge length of ___.
So, each unit cube has a volume of ___.
One puzzle is made of ___ unit cubes.
So, the volume of one puzzle is ___.

Answer:
The puzzle is made of unit cubes that each have an edge length of  3cm.
so, each unit cube has a volume of 1 cm.
one puzzle is made up of  3 cm
so, the volume of one puzzle is 27 cubic cm.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
length = 3 cm, width = 3 cm, height = 3cm
volume of the cube = l x w x h
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 3 x 3
volume = 9 x 3
volume = 27 cubic cm

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 14
Multiply the volume of one puzzle by the number of puzzles
___ × ___ = ____
So, the volume of the box is ___.

Answer:
The volume of the box =

Show and Grow

Question 10.
A container holds 8 of the snowglobe boxes shown, without any gaps or overlaps. What is the volume of the container?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 15

Answer:
The volume of the container = 36 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 3 x 3
In the above-given figure l=4 in, w = 3 in and h = 3 in
volume = 4 x 3 x 3
volume = 13 x 3
volume = 36 cubic in

Question 11.
The shelving unit is made of six small compartments, one medium compartment, and one large compartment. Each small compartment has a length, a width, and a height of 1 foot. What is the volume of the shelving unit?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 16

Answer:
The volume of the shelving unit = 4 cubic feet.

Explanation:
In the above-given question the shelving unit is made of  six small compartments, one medium compartment, and one large compartment.
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 1 x 1
In the above-given figure l=4 ft, w = 1 ft and h = 1 ft
volume = 4 x 1 x 1
volume = 4 x 1
volume = 4 cubic feet.

Understand the Concept of Volume Homework & Practice 13.1

Find the volume of the figure.

Question 1.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 17

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 15 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 5 x 1 x 3
In the above-given figure l=5 ft, w = 1 ft and h = 3 ft
volume = 5 x 1 x 3
volume = 5 x 3
volume = 15 cubic feet.

Question 2.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 18

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 27 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 3 x 3
In the above-given figure l=3 ft, w = 3 ft and h = 3 ft
volume = 3 x 3 x 3
volume = 9 x 3
volume = 27 cubic feet.

Question 3.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 19

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 10 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 2 x 1 x 5
In the above-given figure l=2 ft, w = 1 ft and h = 5 ft
volume = 2 x 1 x 5
volume = 2 x 5
volume = 10 cubic feet.

Question 4.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 20

Answer:
The volume of the figure = 8 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 2 x 2 x 2
In the above-given figure l=2 cm, w = 2 cm and h = 2 cm
volume = 2 x 2 x 2
volume = 4 x 2
volume = 8 cubic cm.

Question 5.
Cube-shaped boxes, like the one shown, are placed together for a display at a store. They form a solid without any gaps or overlaps that is 5 feet long, 4 feet wide, and 1 foot tall. What is the volume of the solid formed?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 21

Answer:
The volume of the solid formed = 20 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 5 x 4 x 1
In the above-given figure l= 5 ft , w = 4 ft and h = 1 ft
volume = 5 x 4 x 1
volume = 20  x 1
volume = 20 cubic ft.

Question 6.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says the figures have the same volume. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 22

Answer:
Yes, my friend is correct.

Explanation:
In the 1st given figure l= 4 cm, w = 1cm h = 1 cm.
volume = l x w x h
volume = 4 x 1 x 1
volume = 4 x 1
volume = 4 cubic cm
In the 2nd given figure l=  2 in , w = 1 in h = 2 in .
volume = l x w x h
volume = 2 x 1 x 2
volume = 2 x 2
volume = 4 cubic in

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton uses 32 centimeter cubes to build a solid. The base of the solid is shown. What is the height of the solid?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 23

Answer:
The height of the solid = 24 cm

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, Newton uses 32-centimeter cubes to build a solid.
The number of cubes filled in the solid = 8 cm cubes.
The remaining cubes used to fill the solid is
32 – 8
24
The height of the solid = 24 cm

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A container holds 27 of the spring toy boxes shown, without any gaps or overlaps. What is the volume of the container?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 23.1

Answer:
The volume of the container = 8 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 2 x 2 x 2
In the above-given figure l= 2 in , w = 2 in  and h = 2 in.
volume = 2 x 2 x 2
volume = 4  x 2
volume = 8 cubic in.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
A store stacks boxes in an organized display. Each shaded box has a length, a width, and a height of 1 foot. What is the volume of the display?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 24

Answer:
The volume of the display = 28 cubic ft.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the shaded box has a length, width, and height of 1 foot.
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 7 x 2 x 2
In the above-given figure l= 7 ft , w = 2 ft  and h = 2 ft.
volume = 7 x 2 x 2
volume = 14  x 2
volume = 28 cubic ft.

Review & Refresh

Divide.

Question 10.
3 ÷ 5 = ___

Answer:
Divisor = 3
dividend = 5
Quotient = 1.6

Explanation:

Question 11.
1 ÷ 4 = ___

Answer:
Divisor = 1
dividend = 4
Quotient = 4

Explanation:

Question 12.
7 ÷ 8 = ___

Answer:
Divisor = 7
dividend = 8
Quotient = 4

Explanation:

Lesson 13.2 Find Volumes of Right Rectangular Prisms

Explore and Grow

You can stack identical layers of unit cubes to build a rectangular prism.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 25
Use centimeter cubes to make one layer of a rectangular prism. Then stack identical layers and complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 26

Answer:
The volume of one layer = 9 cubic cm
volume of 2 layers = 216 cubic cm
volume of 3 layers = 729 cubic cm
volume of 4 layers = 1,728 cubic cm
the volume of prism for 1 layer = 9 cubic cm
the volume of prism for 2 layers = 72 cubic cm
the volume of prism for 3 layers = 729 cubic cm
volume of prism for  4 layers = 1,728 cubic cm

Explanation:
Given that,
the number of layers are 1, 2, 3, 4.
volume of 1 layer = l x w x h
l = 3, w = 1 , h = 3
volume = 3 x 1 x 3
v = 9 cubic cm
volume of 2nd layer = l x w x h
l = 6, w = 6 , h = 6
volume = 6 x 6 x 6
v = 9 cubic cm
volume of 3rd layer = l x w x h
l = 9, w = 9 , h = 9
volume = 9 x 9 x 9
v = 729 cubic cm
volume of 4th layer = l x w x h
l = 12, w = 12 , h = 12
volume = 12 x 12 x 12
v = 1,728 cubic cm
volume of rectangular prism = l x w x h
where l= length, w = width and h= height
volume of 1 layer = l x w x h
l = 3, w = 1 , h = 3
volume = 3 x 1 x 3
v = 9 cubic cm
volume of 2nd layer = l x w x h
l = 6, w = 6 , h = 6
volume = 6 x 6 x 6
v = 9 cubic cm
volume of 3rd layer = l x w x h
l = 9, w = 9 , h = 9
volume = 9 x 9 x 9
v = 729 cubic cm
volume of 4th layer = l x w x h
l = 12, w = 12 , h = 12
volume = 12 x 12 x 12
volume = 1,728 cubic cm

Precision
Explain the relationship among the values in each row of the table.

Think and Grow: Find Volumes of Right Rectangular Prisms

Key Idea
A right rectangular prism is a solid figure with six rectangular faces.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 27
To find the volume of a right rectangular prism, multiply the number of unit cubes that cover the base by the number of layers of unit cubes.

Example
Find the volume of the rectangular prism.
Each unit cube has an edge length of ___
So, each unit cube has a volume of ___.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 28

Answer:
The volume of the rectangular prism = 24 cubic in.
Each unit cube has an edge length  = 1 cm
so, each unit cube has a volume = 1 cubic cm

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular prism = l x w x h
where l = length, w = width and h = height
In the above figure, given that l = 4 in, w = 3 in, and h = 2 in.
v= 4 x 3 x 2
v = 12 x 2
v = 24 cubic in.
each cube has an edge length of 1 cm
in the above-figure shown that each cube has a length of 1 cm.
each cube has a volume of 1 cubic cm.
v = 1 x 1 x 1
v = 1 x 1
v = 1 cubic cm

Find the number of unit cubes in a base layer. Then multiply by the number of layers to find the volume.
A base layer is made of ___ × ___ = ___ unit cubes.
The prism is made of _____ layers of unit cubes.
So, the prism is made of ___ × ___ = ___ unit cubes.
The volume of the prism is ___.

Answer:
A base layer is made up of 4 x 1 = 4 cm cubes.
The prism is made up of 2 layers of unit cubes.
So, the prism is made up of  8 x 1 = 8 unit cubes.
The volume of the prism = 24 cubic in

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the base layer is made up of 4 cubes and it has 1 unit
4 x 1 = 4 unit cubes.
In the above-given figure,
the prism is made up of 2 layers of unit cubes.
so the prism is made up of 8 unit cubes.
8 x 1 = 8 unit cubes.
volume of the prism = length x width x height
v = l x w x h
v = 4 x 3 x 2
v = 24 cubic in

Show and Grow

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 29

Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 20 cubic  cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 5 cm , w = 2 cm , h = 2 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 2 x 2
v = 10 x 2
v = 20 cubic cm.

Question 2.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 30

Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 18 cubic  ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 2 ft  , w = 3 ft  , h = 3 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 2 x 3 x 3
v = 6 x 3
v = 18 cubic ft .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 3.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 31

Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 60 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 4 ft  , w = 3 ft  , h = 5 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 3 x 5
v = 12 x 5
v = 60 cubic ft .

Question 4.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 32

Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 36 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 6cm  , w = 2 cm  , h = 3 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 2 x 3
v = 12 x 3
v = 36 cubic cm .

Question 5.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 33

Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 108 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 9 in  , w = 3 in  , h = 4 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 9 x 3 x 4
v = 27 x 4
v = 108  cubic in .

Question 6.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 34

Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 80 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 5 ft  , w = 8 ft  , h = 2 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 8 x 2
v = 40 x 2
v = 80  cubic ft .

Question 7.
A rectangular prism is made of unit cubes, like the one shown. The prism is 6 centimeters long, 3 centimeters wide, and 4 centimeters tall. What is the volume of the prism?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 35

Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 72 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given question, l= 6 cm  , w = 3 cm  , h = 4 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 3 x 4
v = 18 x 4
v = 72  cubic cm .

Question 8.
Structure
What happens to the volume of a rectangular prism when you double its height? Justify your answer by giving an example.

Answer:
The volume of the rectangular prism is increased.

Explanation:
For example, we are assuming l = 3 in , w = 2 in and h = 2 in.
volume of the rectangular prism = l x w x h
v = 3 x 2 x 2
In the above given question height is doubled.
h = 4
v = 3 x 2 x 4
v = 6 x 4
v = 24 cubic in

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
How many unit cubes can fit inside the rectangular prism? Explain.

Answer:
80 unit cubes can fit inside the rectangular prism.

Explanation:
For example, we are assuming l = 5 , w = 8 and h = 2 ft .
v = l x w x h
v = 5 x 8 x 2
v = 40  x 2
v = 80 cubiic feets.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A package containing video games has a volume of 150 cubic inches. The diagram shows the number of packages that can fit in a shipping box. Estimate the volume of the shipping box.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 36
Find the number of packages in a base layer of the shipping box. Then multiply by the number of layers to find the total number of packages.
A base layer of the shipping box can hold 2 × 3 = 6 packages. There are 4 layers. So, the shipping box holds 4 × 6 = 24 packages.
Multiply the volume of 1 package by the number of packages that fit in the shipping box.
24 × __ = __ cubic inches
So, the volume of the shipping box is about __ cubic inches.

Answer:
a. The number of packages in a base layer of the shipping box = 6 packages.
number of layers = 4 and total number of packages = 6
6 x 4 = 24
The number of packages that fit in the shipping box = 6 boxes
1 x  6 = 6
volume of 1 package = 1 cube.

Explanation:
a. The number of packages in a base layer of the shipping box = 6 packages.
6 x 4 = 24
number of layers = 4 and total number of packages = 6
6 x 4 = 24
The number of packages that fit in the shipping box = 6 boxes
1 x  6 = 6
volume of 1 package = 1 cube.

Show and Grow

Question 10.
A book has a volume of 91 cubic inches. The diagram shows the number of books that can fit in a container.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 37
Estimate the volume of the container.

Answer:
The volume of the container = 819 in

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
A book has a volume of 91 cubic inches.
9 books can fit in the container .
91 x 9 = 819 in.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Your teacher stores 12 of the crates in a supply closet. The closet is 3 feet long, 2 feet wide, and 7 feet tall. How much extra space is in the closet?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 38

Answer:
The extra space in the closet = 43 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of closet = l x w x h
where l = length, w = width and h = height.
l = 3 ft , w = 2 ft and h = 7 ft.
v = 3 x 2 x 7
v = 6 x 7
v = 42 cubic feet
In the above given figure,
l = 1 ft , w = 1 ft, and h = 1 ft
v = 1 x 1 x 1
v = 1 cubic cm
The extra space = 42 + 1
43 cubic ft

Find Volumes of Right Rectangular Prisms Homework & Practice 13.2

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 39

Answer:
The volume of the right rectangular prism = 30 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 5 cm  , w = 2 cm  , h = 3 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 2 x 3
v = 10 x 3
v = 30  cubic cm.

Question 2.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 40

Answer:
The volume of the right rectangular prism = 120 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 4 in  , w = 3 in  , h = 3 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 3 x 3
v = 40 x 3
v = 120 cubic in

Question 3.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 41

Answer:
The volume of the right rectangular prism = 50 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l= 5 ft  , w = 5 ft , h = 2 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 5 x 2
v = 25 x 2
v = 50 cubic ft.

Question 4.
Volume = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 42

Answer:
The volume of the right rectangular prism = 120 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given figure, l=10 cm  , w = 3 cm , h = 4cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 10 x 3 x 4
v = 30 x 4
v = 120 cubic cm.

Question 5.
A rectangular prism is made of unit cubes, like the one shown. The prism is 7 inches long, 2 inches wide, and 4 inches tall. What is the volume of the prism?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 43

Answer:
The volume of the right rectangular prism = 120 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
In the above-given question , l=7 in  , w = 2 in , h = 4 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 7 x 2 x 4
v = 14 x 4
v = 176 cubic in.

Question 6.
Reasoning
A cube has a volume of 27 cubic inches. What is the edge length of the cube?

Answer:
The edge length of the cube = 3 in

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
the volume of cube = 27 cubic inches.
v = l x w x h
v = 3 x 3 x 3
The edge length of the cube = 3 in

Question 7.
Reasoning
You, Newton, and Descartes each build the rectangular prism shown. You stack all three prisms on top of each other. What is the volume of the new prism? How many times greater is the volume of the new prism than the volume of your original prism?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 44

Answer:
The volume of the new prism = 24 cubic cm

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
l = 4 cm , w = 1 cm and h = 2 cm given.
v = l x w x h
v = 4 x 1 x 2
v = 4 x 2
v = 8 cubic cm
I stack all 3 prisms on top of each other.
The volume of the new prism = 12 x 1 x 2
v = 12 x 2
v = 24 cubic cm.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A shoe box has a volume of 336 cubic inches. The diagram shows the number of shoe boxes that can fit in a shipping box. Estimate the volume of the shipping box.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 45

Answer:
The volume of the shipping box = 3,024 cubic in.

Explanation:
Given that a shoebox has a volume of 336 cubic inches.
In the shipping box, we can fit 9 shoe boxes.
volume of the shipping box = 336 x 9
volume = 3,024 cubic in

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
The wooden pallet can hold a maximum of 5 layers of boxes.A worker places 48 boxes, like the one shown, on to the pallet with no gaps. How many more boxes can fit?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 46

Answer:
The more boxes can fit  = 3 boxes.

Explanation:
Given that the wooden pallet can hold a maximum of 5 layers of boxes.
A worker places 48 boxes
The more boxes can fit = 5 x 9
5 x 9 = 45 cubic ft
48 – 45 = 3 boxes.

Review & Refresh

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 47

Answer:
(18/27) , (15/27)

Explanation:
Factors of 3 = 1, 3
factrs of 9 =  1, 3 , 9
from those the common are 1, 3.
1 x 3 = 3
3 x 3 = 9
2 x 9 = 18
5 x 3 = 15
(18/27) , (15/27)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 48

Answer:
(7/28) , (12/28)

Explanation:
Factors of 4 = 1, 4 and 2.
factrs of 7 =  1, 7
from those the common are 1
7 x 4 = 28
7 x 1 = 7
3 x 4 = 12
(7/28) , (12/28)

Lesson 13.3 Apply the Volume Formula

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Use centimeter cubes to create several different rectangular prisms, each with a volume of 12 cubic centimeters. Record your results in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 49
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 50
What do you notice about the dimensions of each prism?

Answer:
The dimensions of each prism = 2cm, 3 cm ,2cm.
length = 2 width = 3 and height = 2.
Base length, base width, and height
2, 3, 2.
3, 2, 2.
2, 2, 3.
4, 3, 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
volume of each cube = 12 cubic cm.
we can assume length = 2cm width = 3cm and height = 2cm.
otherwise we can assume length = 3 cm width = 2 cm and height = 2cm.
length = 2 cm width = 2 cm and height = 3 cm.
length = 4 cm width = 3 cm and height = 1 cm.

Structure
How can you find the volume of a rectangular prism without using unit cubes?

Answer:
we can find the volume of a rectangular prism by using cm cubes.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 4 in  , w = 3 in  , h = 3 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 3 x 3
v = 40 x 3
v = 120 cubic in

Think and Grow: Use a Formula to Find Volume

Key Idea
You can use the length, width, and height of a rectangular prism to find its volume.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 51
Volume of a Rectangular Prism

Example
Find the volume of the rectangular prism.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 52

Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 160 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 4 in  , w = 3 in  , h = 3 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 3 x 3
v = 40 x 3
v = 120 cubic in

Show and Grow

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 55

Answer:
The Volume of rectangular prism = 125 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 5 cm  , w = 5 cm  , h = 5 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 5 x 5
v = 25 x 5
v = 125 cubic cm.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 56

Answer:
The Volume of rectangular prism = 540 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 6 in  , w = 9 in  , h = 10 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 9 x 10
v = 54 x 10
v = 540 cubic in.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 57

Answer:
The Volume of rectangular prism = 60 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 5 in  , w = 2 in  , h = 5 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 2 x 6
v = 10 x 6
v = 60 cubic in.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 58

Answer:
The Volume of rectangular prism = 108 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 9 cm  , w = 4 cm  , h = 3 cm .
volume = l x w x h
v = 9 x 4 x 3
v = 36 x 3
v = 108 cubic cm.

Question 5.
Newton’s dog house is a rectangular prism. The house is 5 feet long, 4 feet wide, and 5 feet tall. What is the volume of the house?

Answer:
The Volume of house = 100 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 5 ft  , w = 4 ft  , h = 5 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 4 x 5
v = 20 x 5
v = 100 cubic ft.

Question 6.
A hole dug for an in-ground swimming pool is a rectangular prism. The hole is 20 feet long, 10 feet wide, and 6 feet tall. What is the volume of the hole?

Answer:
The Volume of the hole = 1200 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 20 ft  , w = 10 ft  , h = 6 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 20 x 10 x 6
v = 200 x 6
v = 1200 cubic ft.

Question 7.
Structure
Compare the dimensions and volumes of the three rectangular prisms. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 59

Answer:
The dimensions and volumes of the 3 rectangular prisms are equal volumes.

Explanation:
volume of the 1st rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 4 in  , w = 6 in  , h = 3 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 6 x 3
v = 24 x 3
v = 72 cubic in.
volume of the 3rd rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 6 in  , w = 3 in  , h = 4 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 3 x 4
v = 18 x 4
v = 72 cubic in.
volume of the 2nd rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 3 in  , w = 4 in  , h = 6 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 3 x 4 x 6
v = 12 x 6
v = 72 cubic in.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
What is the volume of Newton’s rectangular prism?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 60

Answer:
volume of the Newtons rectangular prism = 400 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of the Newtons rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 2 cm , w = 6 in  , h = 3 in .
height = 5times of length = 5 x 2 = 10 cm
width = 2 times of height = 10 x 2 = 20 cm
volume = l x w x h
v = 2 x 20 x 10
v = 40 x 10
v = 400 cubic cm.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The dump truck bed is a rectangular prism. The area of the base is 8 square yards.The height is 2 yards. The driver needs to transport 18 cubic yards of gravel. Can he transport all of the gravel at once?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 61
Use a formula to find the volume of the dump truck bed.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 62
The volume of the dump truck bed is ___.
Compare the volume of the bed to the amount of gravel.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 63
So, the driver __ transport all of the gravel at once.

Answer:
The volume of dump truck bed = 16 sq yards.
the volume of bed to the amount of gravel = 16: 18
so, the driver cannot transport all of the gravel at once.

Explanation:
The volume of dump truck bed  = base x height
v = b x h
where base = 8 yds and height = 2 yards.
v = 8 x 2
v = 16 sq yds.
volume of bed to the amount of gravel is 18 yards given.
16: 18
so, the driver cannot transport all of the gravel at once.

Show and Grow

Question 9.
The aquarium is a rectangular prism. The area of the base is 288 square inches. Can the aquarium hold 4,500 cubic inches of water? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 64

Answer:
Yes, the aquarium can hold 4,500 cubic inches of water.

Explanation:
the volume of rectangular prism = base x height
area = 288 sq inches given . height = 16 in
volume = 288 x 16
v = 4608 cubic in.
The aquarium can hold 4,500 cubic in of water.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
A principal orders two types of lockers for the school. Which locker has a greater volume? How much greater?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 65

Answer:
Locker B has greater volume than Locker A.

Explanation:
volume of the Locker A = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 12 in  , w = 15 in  , h = 6 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 12 x 15 x 6
v = 180 x 6
v = 1080 cubic in.
volume of the Locker B = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 15 in  , w = 15 in  , h = 5 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 15 x 15 x 5
v = 225 x 5
v = 1125 cubic in.

Apply the Volume Formula Homework & Practice 13.3

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 66

Answer:
The Volume of the rectangular prism = 64 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 4 in , w = 4 in , h = 4 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 4 x 4
v = 16 x 4
v = 64 cubic in.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 67

Answer:
The Volume of the rectangular prism = 120 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 8 ft , w = 5 ft , h = 3 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 8 x 5 x 3
v = 40 x 3
v = 120 cubic ft.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 68

Answer:
The Volume of the rectangular prism = 56 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 4 ft , w = 2ft , h = 7 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 2 x 7
v = 8 x 7
v = 56 cubic ft.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 69

Answer:
The Volume of the rectangular prism = 120 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 6 cm , w = 5 cm , h = 4 cm .
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 5 x 4
v = 30 x 4
v = 120 cubic cm.

Question 5.
A toy chest is a rectangular prism. The chest is 4 feet long, 2 feet wide, and 2 feet tall. What is the volume of the chest?

Answer:
The Volume of the chest = 16 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 4 ft , w = 2 ft , h = 2 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 2 x 2
v = 8 x 2
v = 16 cubic ft.

Question 6.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend uses the formula V = B × h and finds V = 10 × 9 = 90 cubic inches. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 70

Answer:
No, my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
volume = base x height
v = 9 x 5
where base = 9 in, height = 5 in given.
v = 45 cubic in.

Question 7.
Number Sense
Find the volume of the rectangular prism. Then double the dimensions of the prism and find the new volume. How does the new volume compare to the original volume?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 71

Answer:
The new Volume of the prism= 3600 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 4 in , w = 3 in , h = 5 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 3 x 5
v = 12  x 5
v =  60 cubic in.
Given that the dimensions are doubled.
4 x 4 = 16 , 3 x 3 = 9, 5 x 5 = 25
volume of the new rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 16 in , w = 9 in , h = 25 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 16 x 9 x 25
v = 144  x 25
v =  3600 cubic in.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A sandbox is a rectangular prism. The area of the base is 3,600 square inches. The height is 11 inches. You add 38,000 cubic inches of sand to the box. Do you fill the sandbox to the top? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, we can fill the sandbox to the top.

Explanation:
volume = base x height
v = 3600 x 11
v = 39,600 cubic in.
if  we add 38,000 cubic inches of sand to the box
39,600 + 38,000
77,600  inches.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Each piece of Descartes’s clubhouse is a cube. What is the volume of the clubhouse? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 72

Answer:
The volume of the clubhouse = 6 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume of the cube = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l= 3 ft , w = 2 ft , h = 1 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 3 x 2 x 1
v = 6  x 1
v =  6 cubic ft.

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient. Then check your answer.

Question 10.
3.38 ÷ 2.6 = ___

Answer:
Quotient = 1.3

Explanation:

Question 11.
6.12 ÷ 1.53 = __

Answer:
Quotient = 4.0

Explanation:

Question 12.
0.63 ÷ 0.9 = ___

Answer:
Quotient = 0.7

Explanation:

Lesson 13.4 Find Unknown Dimensions

Explore and Grow

For each row of the table, use centimeter cubes to create the rectangular prism described. Then complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 73
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 74

Construct Arguments
Explain how you determined the unknown dimension for each rectangular prism.

Answer:
volume = 8, length = 2cm, width = 2 cm, height = 2 cm.
volume = 15, length = 5cm, width = 3 cm, height = 1 cm.
volume = 24, length = 8cm, width = 2 cm, height = 4 cm.
volume = 36, length = 4cm, width = 3 cm, height = 3 cm.

Explanation:
Volume of rectangular prism = l x w x h
length = 2cm, width = 2cm given.
volume = 2 x 2 x 2
v = 8 cubic cm, h = 2 cm
Volume of rectangular prism = l x w x h
length = 5cm, height= 1cm given.
volume = 2 x 3 x 1
v = 15 cubic cm, w = 3 cm
Volume of rectangular prism = l x w x h
width = 2cm, height= 4cm given.
volume =3  x 2 x 4
v = 24 cubic cm, l = 3 cm
Volume of rectangular prism = l x w x h
length = 4cm, width= 3cm given.
volume =4 x 3 x 3
v = 36 cubic cm, h = 3 cm

Think and Grow: Find Unknown Dimensions

Example
The volume of the rectangular prism is 56 cubic feet. Find the height.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 75

Answer:
The height of the rectangular prism = cm

Explanation:
Given that volume of rectangular prism = 56 cubic feet.
volume = base x height
v = 56 given base = 8
56 = 8 x h
h = (56/8)
h = 7 cm

Example
The volume of the rectangular prism is 180 cubic centimeters. Find the length.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 76

Answer:
The length of prism = 9 cm

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given , w = 5 cm , h = 4 cm .
volume = l x w x h
180 = l x 5 x 4
180 = l x 20
180 = 20 l
l = (180/20)
l = 9 cm.

Show and Grow

Find the unknown dimension of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 77

Answer:
The height of prism = 1 cm

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given , l = 3 cm , w = 4 cm .
volume = l x w x h
12 = 3 x 4 x h
12 = l2 x h
12 = 12h
h= (20/20)
h = 1 cm.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 78

Answer:
The width of prism = 1 cm

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given , l = 3 cm , h = 9 cm .
volume = l x w x h
27 = 3 x w x 9
27 = 27 w
w= (27/27)
w = 1 cm.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the unknown dimension of the rectangular prism.

Question 3.
Volume = 400 cubic inches
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 79

Answer:
The height of the rectangular prism = 8 in

Explanation:
Given that volume of rectangular prism = 56 cubic feet.
volume = base x height
v = 400 given base = 50
400 = 50 x h
h = (400/50)
h = 8 in

Question 4.
Volume = 343 cubic centimeters
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 80

Answer:
The length of the rectangular prism = 8 in

Explanation:
Given that volume of rectangular prism = 56 cubic feet.
volume = base x height
v = 343 given base = 49 sq cm
343 = 49 x l
l = (343/49)
l = 8 in

Question 5.
Volume = 132 cubic feet
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 13 Understand Volume 81

Answer:
The height of the rectangular prism = 11 ft

Explanation:
Given that volume of rectangular prism = 132cubic feet.
volume = base x height
v = 132 given base = 12 sq ft
132 = 12 x h
h = (132/12)
h = 11 ft

Question 6.
Volume = 512 cubic inches
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 82

Answer:
The Width of the rectangular prism = 8 in.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l=16 in , v = 512 cubicin , h = 4 in.
volume = l x w x h
512 = 16 x w x 4
512 = w x 64
512 = 64 w
w = (512/64)
w = 8 in

Question 7.
Writing
Explain how to find an unknown dimension of a rectangular prism given its volume and the other two dimensions.

Answer:
The Width of the rectangular prism = 8 in.

Explanation:
We have to assume v = 512 cubic in, l= 16 and h= 4 in
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
Assume, l=16 in , v = 512 cubicin , h = 4 in.
volume = l x w x h
512 = 16 x w x 4
512 = w x 64
512 = 64 w
w = (512/64)
w = 8 in

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
A rectangular prism has a volume of 720 cubic centimeters. The height of the prism is 10 centimeters. The length is twice the width. What are the dimensions of the base?

Answer:
The dimensions of the base = 72 cm

Explanation:
Given that volume of rectangular prism = 720 cubic cm.
volume = base x height
v = 720 given h = 10
720 = b x 10
720 =10 b
b = (720/10)
b = 72 cm

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A traveler buys the painting shown. The volume of the suitcase is 1,820 cubic inches. Can the painting lie flat inside the suitcase?
Use a formula to find the length of the suitcase.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 83

Answer:
Yes, the painting lies flat inside the suitcase.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height.
given , v = 1,820 ,  h = 7 in, w = 13 in .
volume = l x w x h
1820 = l x 13x 7
1820 = l x 91
l = (1820/91)
l = 20 in
The area of the painting = l x w
painting is in the shape of a rectangle
area of rectangle = l x w
area = 14 x 11
area = 154

Show and Grow

Question 9.
The volume of the candle is 576 cubic centimeters. Will the candle fit completely inside the glass jar? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 85

Answer:
Yes, the candle will fit completely inside the glass jar.

Explanation:
Given that volume of candle = 576 cubic cm.
volume = base x height
v = 576 given b = 36 sq cm
576 = 36 x h
576= 36 h
h = (576/36)
h = 16 cm
Given that volume of glass jar = 576 cubic cm.
volume = base x height
given b = 64 sq cm h = 12 cm
v = 64 x 12
v= 768 cubic cm

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
The popcorn boxes have the same volume, but different dimensions. What is the width of Box B?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 86

Answer:
The Width of the Box B  = 3 in.

Explanation:
volume of the Box A = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=5 in , w = 2 in , h = 9 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 2 x 9
v = 10 x 9
v = 90 cubic in
volume of the Box B = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=5 in , v = 90 cubic in , h = 6 in.
volume = l x w x h
90 = 5 x w x 6
90 = 30 x w
90 = 30 w
w = (90/30)
w = 3 in

Find Unknown Dimensions Homework & Practice 13.4

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 87

Answer:
The unknown dimensions are l= 6in, w= 2 in,and h = 1 in.

Explanation:
given that area of the base = 12 sq in
area = l x w
12 = 6 x 2
v = l x w x h
12 = 6 x 2h
12 = 12 h
h = (12/12)
h = 1 in

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 88

Answer:
length of the prism = 1 cm

Explanation:
Given that volume of prism = 30 cubic cm.
volume = length x base x height
given b = 6 cm h = 5 cm
30 =  l x 6 x 5
30= 30 l
l = (30/30)
l = 1 cm

Find the unknown dimension of the rectangular prism.

Question 3.
Volume = 480 cubic feet
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 89

Answer:
The height of the rectangular prism = 2 ft

Explanation:
Given that volume of rectangular prism = 56 cubic feet.
volume = base x height
v = 480 cubic feet given base = 240 sq ft
480 = 240 x h
480 = 240 h
h = (480/240)
h = (48/24)
h = 2 ft

Question 4.
Volume = 351 cubic inches
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 90

Answer:
The Width of the prism =7.3125 in

Explanation:
volume of the Box B = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=3 in , v = 351 cubic in ,  h = 13 in.
volume = l x w x h
351 = 3 x w x 16
351 = 48 x w
351 = 48 w
w = (351/48)
w = 7.3125 in

Question 5.
Open-Ended
A rectangular prism has a volume of 144 cubic feet. The height of the prism is 6 feet. Give one possible pair of dimensions for the base.

Answer:
The base of the rectangular prism = 24 ft

Explanation:
Given that volume of rectangular prism = 144 cubic feet.
volume = base x height
v = 144 cubic feet given height = 6 ft
144 = b x 6
144 = 6b
b = (144/6)
b = 24 feet

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
The volume of the rectangular prism is 64 cubic centimeters. What is the value of y?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 91

Answer:
The value of y = 4 cm

Explanation:
Given that the volume of rectangular prism = 64 cubic in.
v = l x w x h
64 = lwh
64 = 4 x 4 x 4
64 = 16  x 4
64 = 64

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
The volume of the gift is 900 cubic inches. Can the gift fit inside the shipping box? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 92

Answer:
Yes, the gift will fit  inside the shipping box.

Explanation:
Given that volume of gift = 900 cubic in.
volume = base x height
v = 900 given b = 100 sq in
900 = 100 x h
900= 100h
h = (900/100)
h = 9 in
Given that base of shipping box = 576 cubic cm.
volume = base x height
given b = 144 sq in h = 10 in
v = 144 x 10
v= 1440 cubic in.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You fill the entire fish tank with water. Then you dump out some of the water.The volume of the water in the tank decreases by 96 cubic inches. How deep is the water now?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 93

Answer:
The water in the tank  = 480 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the Box A = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=8 in , w = 6 in , h = 12 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 8 x 6 x 12
v = 48 x 12
v = 576 cubic in
given that volume of water in the tank is decreased by 96 cubic in.
v = 576 – 96
v = 480 cubic in.

Review & Refresh

Divide.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 94

Answer:
Divisor = 0.3
Dividend = 2
Remainder = 2
Quotient = 6.6

Explanation:
(1/3) = 0.33

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 95

Answer:
Divisor = 0.1
Dividend = 6
Remainder = 0
Quotient = 60

Explanation:
(1/10) = 0.1

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 96

Answer:
Divisor = 0.125
Dividend = 4
Remainder = 0
Quotient = 32

Explanation:
(1/10) = 0.125

Lesson 13.5 Find Volumes of Composite Figures

Explore and Grow

Use centimeter cubes to find the volume of the figure. Explain your method.
Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 60 cubic cm.
volume of figure 2 = 36 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=6 cm , w = 2 cm , h = 5 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 2 x 5
v = 12 x 5
v = 60 cubic cm
volume of the figure 2 (right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=6 cm , v = 3 cm , h = 2 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 3 x 2
v = 18 x 2
v = 36 cubic cm.

Structure
Describe another way to find the volume of the figure

Think and Grow: Find the Volume of a Composite Figure

Key Idea

A composite figure is made of two or more composite figure solid figures. You can break apart a composite figure to find its volume.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 98

Example
Find the volume of the composite figure.

Break apart the figure into rectangular prisms. Find the dimensions of each prism.

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 320 cubic ft.
volume of figure 2 = 1200 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 2( right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=10 ft , w = 4 ft , h = 3 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 10 x 4 x 3
v = 40 x 3
v = 1200 cubic ft.
volume of the figure 1 (left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=10 ft , w = 4 ft , h = 8 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 10 x 4 x 8
v = 40 x 8
v = 320 cubic feet.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Find the volume of the composite figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 102

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 60 cubic cm.
volume of figure 2 = 990 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=10 cm , w = 2 cm , h = 3 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 10 x 2 x 3
v = 20 x 3
v = 60 cubic cm.
volume of the figure 2 (right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=10 cm , w = 11 cm , h = 9 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 10 x 11 x 9
v = 110 x 9
v = 990 cubic cm

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the volume of the composite figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 103

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 360 cubic in.
volume of figure 2 = 360 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=12 in , w = 3 in , h = 10 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 12 x 3 x 10
v = 36 x 10
v = 360 cubic in.
volume of the figure 2 (right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=12 in , w = 5 in , h = 6 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 12 x 5 x 6
v = 60 x 6
v = 360 cubic in .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 104

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 720 cubic ft.
volume of figure 2 = 120 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=15 ft , w = 6 ft , h = 8 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 15 x 6 x 8
v = 90 x 8
v = 720 cubic ft.
volume of the figure 2 (right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=10 ft , w = 4 ft , h = 3 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 10 x 4 x 3
v = 40 x 3
v = 120 cubic ft

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 105

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 720 cubic ft.
volume of figure 2 = 120 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=20 cm , w = 5 cm , h = 1 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 20 x 5 x 1
v = 100 x 8
v = 720 cubic ft.
volume of the figure 2 (right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=10 ft , w = 4 ft , h = 3 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 10 x 4 x 3
v = 40 x 3
v = 120 cubic ft

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 106

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 132 cubic ft.
volume of figure 2 = 52 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 2( right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=9 ft , w = 3 ft , h = 2 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 9 x 3 x 2
v = 27 x 2
v = 52 cubic ft.
volume of the figure 1 (left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=11ft , w = 6 ft , h = 2 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 11 x 6 x 2
v = 66 x 2
v = 132 cubic ft.

Question 6.
Number Sense
Write one possible equation for the volume of the composite figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 107

Answer:
4 x + 6 y = 13
4 x + 2 y = 1

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the volume of the composite figure. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 108

Answer:
yes, my friend is correct.

Explanation:
volume = l x w x h
v = 12 x 2 x 3
v = 72 cubic ft
v = l x w x h
v = 5 x 2 x 5
v = 10 x 5
v = 50 cubic ft.
v = 72 + 50
v = 122 cubic ft.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The depth of the swimming pool is 5 feet. How many cubic feet of water can the pool hold?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 109
Break apart the pool into rectangular prisms. Find the dimensions of each prism.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 110

Answer:
so, the cube can hold 1200 cubic feet of water.

Explanation:
volume of prism A = l x w x h
l = 12 , w = 5 , h = 20
v = 12 x 5 x 20
v = 60 x 20
v = 1200 cubic feet.
volume of prism B = l x w x h
l = 40 , w = 5 v = 1200
1200 = 40 x 5 x h
1200 = 200 x h
1200 = 200h
h = (1200/200)
h = 6 ft
volume of prism C = l x w x h
h = 6, w = 5 , v = 1200
1200 = l x 5 x 6
1200 = l x 30
1200 = 30 l
l = (1200/30)
l = 40 ft

Show and Grow

Question 8.
How many cubic centimeters of wood are needed to make the game piece?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 112

Answer:
The game needed to make the game piece = 90 cubic cm.

Explanation:

volume  of prism A= l x w x h
v = 9 x 2 x 3
v = 18 x 3
v = 54 cubic cm
volume of pridm B= l x w x h
v = 6 x 2 x 3
v = 12 x 3
v = 36 cubic cm.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
What is the volume of the building surrounding the outdoor courtyard? Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 113

Answer:
The building surrounding the outdoor courtyard = 1,008 cubic m

Explanation:
volume of building surrounding inside  = l x w x h
h = 6, w = 6 m , h = 14
v = 6 x 6 x 14
v = 36 x 14
v = 504 cubic m.
The outdoor courtyard is 2 times the inside courtyard.
v = 504 x 2
v = 1,008 cubic m

Find Volumes of Composite Figures Homework & Practice 13.5

Question 1.
Find the volume of the composite figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 114

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 160 cubic ft.
volume of figure 2 = 12 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=5 ft , w = 4 ft , h = 8 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 4 x 8
v = 20 x 8
v = 160 cubic ft.
volume of the figure 2 (right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 3ft , w = 2 ft , h = 2 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 3 x 2 x 2
v = 6 x 2
v = 12 cubic ft.

Find the volume of the composite figure.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 115

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 40 cubic in.
volume of figure 2 = 42 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=10 ft , w = 2 in , h = 2 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 10 x 2 x 2
v = 20 x 2
v = 40 cubic in.
volume of the figure 2 (right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 3in , w = 7 in , h = 2 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 3 x 7 x 2
v = 21 x 2
v = 42 cubic in.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 116\

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 25 cubic cm.
volume of figure 2 = 48 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( top ) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=5 cm , w = 1 cm , h = 5 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 1 x 5
v = 5 x 5
v = 25 cubic cm.
volume of the figure 2 (bottom ) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 8 cm , w = 6 cm , h = 1 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 8 x 6 x 1
v = 48 x 1
v = 48 cubic cm.

Question 4.
Structure
Find the volume of the composite figure two different ways.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 117

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 288 cubic ft.
volume of figure 2 = 60  cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( bottom) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 12 ft , w = 6 ft , h = 4 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 12 x 6 x 4
v = 72 x 4
v = 288 cubic ft.
volume of the figure 2 (top) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 5 ft , w = 4 ft , h = 3 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 5 x 4 x 3
v = 20 x 3
v = 60 cubic ft.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
The height of the garden bed is 2 feet. How many cubic feet of soil are in the garden bed?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 118

Answer:
The soil in the garden bed= 48 cubic feet.

Explanation:
v = l x w x h
where l = 16 – 2 (5)
l = 16 -10 = 6 ft
w = 12 – 8
w = 4 ft
h = 2 ft given
v = 6 x 4 x 2
v = 24 x 2
v = 48 cubic ft

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
The dimensions of each step are the same. How many cubic inches of concrete does a worker need to make the staircase?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 119

Answer:
The concrete does a worker need to make the staircase = 10,368 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the figure = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 36 in , w = 9 in , h = 8 in.
volume = l x w x h
v = 36 x 9 x 8
v = 324 x 8
v = 2,592 cubic in.
In the above-given figure there are  4 steps.
v = 2592 x 4
v = 10,368 cubic in

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 120

Answer: 4

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 121

Answer: 3

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 122

Answer: 21/8

Understand Volume Performance Task 13

Mechanical engineers follow guidelines when designing and installing elevators to make sure passengers are safe and the elevators are wheelchair accessible. Many elevators have heating and air conditioning units attached to them, so it is important to know the volume inside the elevator to keep the air a comfortable temperature.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 123

Question 1.
The inside of the elevator shown is in the shape of a rectangular prism.
a. What is the volume of the inside of the elevator?
b. Another elevator has the same height and width. The length of the inside is doubled. How does this affect the volume?
c. Five people ride with their luggage on the elevator. Each person weighs about 200 pounds. The total combined weight of their luggage is about 425 pounds. About how many more pounds can the elevator hold?

Answer:
a. The volume of the inside elevator = 240 cubic ft
b. The volume increases.
c.The more pounds the elevator can hold = 1,875 pounds.

Explanation:
a. The volume of the inside elevator = l x w x h
given that elevator is in the shape of a rectangular prism.
v = 5 x 6 x 8
where l = 5 , w = 6 and h = 8
v = 5 x 6 x 8
v = 30 x 8
v = 240 cubic ft.
b. given that if the length is doubled = 2 x 5
l = 10
v = 10 x 6 x 8
v = 60 x 8
v = 480 cubic ft
c. Five people ride with their luggage on the elevator. Each person weighs about 200 pounds. The total combined weight of their luggage is about 425 pounds.
425 + 200
625 pounds.
Maximum capacity = 2500 pounds
2500 – 625 = 1,875 pounds

Question 2.
The inside of all new elevators must be wheelchair accessible. The minimum requirements are shown. The inside volume of an older elevator is 144 cubic feet. The base is a square and the height is 9 feet.
a. Explain why the older elevator does not meet the wheelchair requirements.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 125
b. A new wheelchair-accessible elevator is added to the building. Its height is 9 feet. Find the minimum volume of the new elevator. How does this compare to the volume of the old elevator?

Answer:
a. The older elevator does not meet the wheelchair requirements because the elevator is added to the building.
b. The minimum volume of the new elevator = 30 cubic ft

Explanation:
a. The older elevator does not meet the wheelchair requirements because the elevator is added to the building.
b. The minimum volume of the new elevator = base x height
h = 6 x 2/3 = 20/3 = 6.66
6.66/2 = 3.33
v = 3.33 x 9
v = 30 cubic ft.

Understand Volume Activity

Directions:

  1. Players take turns rolling a die.
  2. On your turn, move your piece the number of spaces shown on the die.
  3. Find the volume of the rectangular prism.
  4. Cover the volume with a counter. Your turn is over.
  5. The first player to get three in a row, horizontally, vertically, or diagonally, wins!

Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 126

Understand Volume Chapter Practice

13.1 Understand the Concept of Volume

Find the volume of the figure.

Question 1.
Volume = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 127

Answer:
The volume of the cube = 28 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 7 x 4 x 1
In the above-given figure l=7 ft, w =4 ft and h = 1ft
volume = 7 x 4 x 1
volume = 28 x 1
volume = 28 cubic ft

Question 2.
Volume = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 128

Answer:
The volume of the cube = 9 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 1 x 3
In the above-given figure l=3 ft, w =1 ft and h = 3ft
volume = 3 x 1 x 3
volume = 3 x 3
volume = 9 cubic ft

Question 3.
Volume = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 129

Answer:
The volume of the cube = 8 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 2 x 1 x 4
In the above-given figure l=2 in, w =1 in and h = 4 in.
volume = 2 x 1 x 4
volume = 2 x 4
volume = 8 cubic in.

Question 4.
Volume = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 130

Answer:
The volume of the cube = 18 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 3 x 3 x 2
In the above-given figure l= 3 cm, w =3cm and h = 2 cm.
volume = 3 x 3 x 2
volume = 9 x 2
volume = 18 cubic cm.

Question 5.
Volume = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 131

Answer:
The volume of the cube = 16 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 1 x 4
In the above-given figure l= 4 ft, w = 1 ft and h = 4ft.
volume = 4 x 1 x 4
volume = 4 x 4
volume = 16 cubic ft.

Question 6.
Volume = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 132

Answer:
The volume of the cube = 16 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 4 x 2 x 2
In the above-given figure l= 4 ft, w = 2 ft and h = 2ft.
volume = 4 x 2 x 2
volume = 8 x 2
volume = 16 cubic ft.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
A container holds 30 of the phone boxes shown, without any gaps or overlaps. What is the volume of the container?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 133

Answer:
The volume of the container = 36 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume = length x width x height
where l = length, w = width and h = height
volume = 6 x 3 x 2
In the above-given figure l= 6 in, w = 3 in and h = 2 in.
volume = 6 x 3 x 2
volume = 18 x 2
volume = 36 cubic in.

13.2 Find Volumes of Right Rectangular Prisms

Question 8.
Volume =

Question 9.
Volume =___
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 135

Answer:
The Volume of the rectangular prism = 84 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 4 ft , w = 3 ft, h = 7 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 3 x 7
v = 12 x 7
v = 84 cubic ft.

Question 10.
A rectangular prism is made of unit cubes, like the one shown. The prism is 9 centimeters long, 3 centimeters wide, and 5 centimeters tall. What is the volume of the prism?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 136

Answer:
The Volume of the rectangular prism = 135 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 9 cm , w = 3 cm, h = 5 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 9 x 3 x 5
v = 27 x 5
v = 135 cubic cm.

13.3 Apply the Volume Formula

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 137

Answer:
The Volume of the rectangular prism = 48 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 6 ft , w = 2 ft, h = 4 ft .
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 2 x 4
v = 12 x 4
v = 48 cubic ft.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 138

Answer:
The Volume of the rectangular prism = 270 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 9 cm , w = 6 cm, h = 5 cm .
volume = l x w x h
v = 9 x 6 x 5
v = 54 x 5
v = 270 cubic cm.

Question 13.
Descartes’s cat cave is a rectangular prism. The cave is 14 inches long, 13 inches wide, and 12 inches tall. What is the volume of the cave?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 139

Answer:
The Volume of the cave = 2,184 cubic in.

Explanation:
volume of the rectangular prism = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l= 14 in , w = 13 in, h = 12 in .
volume = l x w x h
v = 14 x 13 x 12
v = 182 x 12
v = 2,184 cubic in.

13.4 Find Unknown Dimensions

Find the unknown dimension of the rectangular prism.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 140

Answer:
The unknown dimensions are l= 9 ft, w= 3 ft,and h = 1 ft.

Explanation:
given that area of the base = 27 sq ft
area = l x w
27 = 9 x 3
v = l x w x h
27 = 9 x 3 x h
27 = 27 h
h = (27/27)
h = 1 ft

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 141

Answer:
The unknown dimensions are l= 6 cm, w= 1 cm,and h = 8 cm.

Explanation:
given that area of the base = 48 sq cm.
area = l x w x h
48 = 6 x w x 8
v = l x w x 8
48 = 48 x w
48 = 48 w
w = (48/48)
w = 1 cm

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 142

Answer:
The unknown dimensions are l=9 in , w= 9 in,and h = 1 in.

Explanation:
given that area of the base = 81 sq in.
area = l x w x h
81 = 9 x 9 x h
v = l x w x h
81 = 81 x h
81 = 81 h
h = (81/81)
h = 1 in

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 143

Answer:
The unknown dimensions are l=1 ft , w= 6 ft ,and h = 3 ft.

Explanation:
given that area of the base = 18 sq ft.
area = l x w x h
18 = l x 6 x 3
v = l x w x h
18 = l x 6 x 3
18 = 18 l
l = (18/18)
h = 1 ft

Question 18.
Open-Ended
A rectangular prism has a volume of 128 cubic feet. The height of the prism is 8 feet. Give one possible set of dimensions for the base.

Answer:
The dimensions of the base = 16 sq ft.

Explanation:
Given that volume of rectangular prism = 128 cubic feet.
volume = base x height
v = 128 given height = 8 ft
128 = b x 8
b = (128/8)
b = 16 sq ft.

Question 19.
Modeling Real Life
You buy the drawing pad shown. The volume of the drawer is 800 cubic inches. Can the drawing pad lie flat inside the drawer?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 144

Answer:
Yes, the  drawing pad will fit  inside the drawer.

Explanation:
Given that volume of drawer = 800 cubic in.
volume =length x  width x height
v = 800 given w = 10 inand h = 8in
800 = l x w x h
800= l x 10 x 8
800 = 80 l
l = (800/80)
l = 10 in
Given that base of  drawig pad = 10 in.
volume = base x height
given b = 10 in h = 12 in
v = 10 x 12
v= 120 cubic in.

13.5 Find Volumes of Composite Figures

Find the volume of the composite figure

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 145

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 300 cubic ft.
volume of figure 2 = 480 cubic ft.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( left side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=15 ft , w = 10 ft , h = 2 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 15 x 10 x 2
v = 150 x 2
v = 300 cubic ft.
volume of the figure 2 (right side) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=6 ft , w = 10 ft , h = 8 ft.
volume = l x w x h
v = 6 x 10 x 8
v = 60 x 8
v = 480 cubic ft.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 13 Understand Volume 146

Answer:
volume of figure 1 = 88 cubic cm.
volume of figure 2 = 12 cubic cm.

Explanation:
volume of the figure 1( top) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=11 cm , w = 8 cm , h = 1 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 11 x 8 x 1
v = 88 x 1
v = 88 cubic cm.
volume of the figure 2 (bottom) = length x width x height
where l = length, w= width and h = height
given, l=4 cm , w = 3 cm , h = 1 cm.
volume = l x w x h
v = 4 x 3 x 1
v = 12 x 1
v = 12 cubic cm.

Conclusion:

The question and answers seen in the above article are prepared as per the latest syllabus. So, the students of the 5th Class can make use of the links and kickstart your preparation. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments in the below comment box. Keep in touch with us to get the Answer Key for all Big Ideas Math Grade 5 Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 1 Equations provided for all the Topics aligned as per the Textbooks makes it easy for you to understand the concepts. Become a Pro in the Concepts of BIM 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations by solving the questions from here. Step by Step Solutions provided for all the Questions in the Big Ideas Math  Grade 8 Answers Chapter 1 Equations help you understand the concepts easily. Download the BIM 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations Solution Key available here via quick links and ace up your preparation.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations

Answer Key

Refer to the Topicwise Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Ch 1 Equations Solutions whenever you have any doubt on the related concepts. The BIM Textbook 8th Grade Chapter 1 Answer Key has questions belonging to Lessons 1.1 to 1.4, Assessment Tests, Chapter Tests, Cumulative Assessments, etc. You will have the topics related to Solving Simple Equations, Multi-Step Equations, Equations having Variables on Both Sides, etc. Simply click on the respective topic you wish to prepare for and excel in the exams.

performance

Lesson: 1 Solving Simple Equations

Lesson: 2 Solving Multi-step Equations

Lesson: 3 Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides

Lesson: 4 Rewriting Equations and Formulas

Chapter: 1 – Equations 

STEAM Video/performance

STEAM Video

A half marathon is a race that is 13.1 miles long. How can a runner develop a routine to help train for a half marathon?

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 1

Watch the STEAM Video “Training for a Half Marathon.” Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Alex and Enid are training for a half marathon. They run four days each week, as shown in the table. How far do they have to run on Saturday to average 4.75 miles per running day in Week Nine?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 2

Answer:
They have to run 13.1 miles on Saturday in Week Nine.

Explanation:
The average on Saturday = 4.7 miles per running day
Sum of distance ran miles/number of weeks = 4.7
(7.0 + 7.0 + 8.5 + x)/4 = 4.7
(22.5 + x)/4 = 4.7
22.5 + x = 4.7 x 4
22.5 + x = 9.4
x = 9.4 – 22.5
x = -13.1
They have to run 13.1 miles on Saturday in Week Nine.

Question 2.
Assuming they meet their goal on Saturday in Week Nine, what is the average number of miles per running day over the 4 weeks in the table?

Answer:
The average number of miles per running day over the 4 weeks in the table is 2.875 miles per day.

Explanation:
Given the running details on week 4 is
Monday – 2.0, Wednesday – 2.1, Friday – 1.9, Saturday – 5.5
The average number of miles per running day of week 4 = (2.0 + 2.1 + 1.9 + 5.5)/4
= 11.5/4
= 2.875 miles per day.

Performance Task

Target Heart Rates

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about a person’s heart rate.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 4
You will be asked to find the range of a person’s target heart rate. What factors might affect the range of a person’s target heart rate?

Getting Ready for Chapter 1

Chapter Exploration

Question 1.
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to model and solve each equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 5
c. x – 4 = 1
d. x + 5 = -2
e. -7 = x + 4
f. x + 6 = 7
g. -5 + x = -3
h. -4 = x – 4

Answer:
a. x = -6
b. x = -1
c. x = 5
d. x = -7
e. x = -11
f. x = 1
g. x = 2
h. x = 0

Explanation:
a. x + 3 = -3
Subtract 3 from both sides
x + 3 – 3 = -3 – 3
x = -6
b. -3 = x – 2
Add 2 to each side
-3 + 2 = x – 2 + 2
-1 = x
c. x – 4 = 1
Add 4 to each side
x – 4 + 4 = 1 + 4
x = 5
d. x + 5 = -2
Subtract 5 from each side
x + 5 – 5 = -2 – 5
x = -7
e. -7 = x + 4
Subtract 4 from each side
-7 – 4 = x + 4 – 4
-11 = x
f. x + 6 = 7
Subtract 6 from each side
x + 6 – 6 = 7 – 6
x = 1
g. -5 + x = -3
Add 5 to each side
-5 + x + 5 = -3 + 5
x = 2
h. -4 = x – 4
Add 4 to each side
-4 + 4 = x – 4 + 4
0 = x

Question 2.
WRITE GUIDELINES
Work with a partner. Use your models in Exercise 1 to summarize the algebraic steps that you can use to solve an equation.

Answer:
Write the given equation as it is.
And add or subtract the same quantity on both sides of the equation that makes variable one side of the equation.
Simplify the equation to get the value variable.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary term is defined in this chapter. Think about what the term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 7

Lesson 1.1 Solving Simple Equations

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner.
a. You have used the following properties in a previous course. Explain the meaning of each property.

  • Addition Property of Equality
  • Subtraction Property of Equality
  • Multiplication Property of Equality
  • Division Property of Equality

b. Which property can you use to solve each of the equations modeled by the algebra tiles? Solve each equation and explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 9
c. Write an equation that can be solved using one property of equality. Exchange equations with another pair and find the solution.

1.1 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
b + 2 = -5

Answer:
b = -7

Explanation:
Given equation is b + 2 = -5
Subtract 2 from each side
b + 2 – 2 = -5 – 2
b = -7
Putting b = -7 in b + 2 = -5
-7 + 2 = -5

Question 2.
-3 = k + 3

Answer:
k = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -3 = k + 3
Subtract 3 from each side
-3 -3 = k + 3 – 3
-6 = k
Putting k = -6 in -3 = k + 3
-3 = -6 + 3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 10

Answer:
t = -1/2

Explanation:
Given equation is t – 1/4 = -3/4
Add 1/4 to each side
t – 1/4 + 1/4 = -3/4 + 1/4
t = (-3 + 1)/4
t = -2/4
t = -1/2
Putting t = -1/2 in t – 1/4 = -3/4
-1/2 – 1/4 = (-2 – 1)/4
= -3/4

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 10.1

Answer:
y = -28

Explanation:
Given equation is y/4 = -7
Multiply each side by 4
y/4 x 4 = -7 x 4
y = -28
Putting y = -28 in y/4 = -7
-28/4 = -7

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 11

Answer:
z = -9

Explanation:
Given equation is -2z/3 = 6
Multiply each side by 3
-2z/3 x 3 = 6 x 3
-2z = 18
Divide each side by -2
-2z/-2 = 18/-2
z = -9
Putting z = -9 in -2z/3 = 6
[-2(-9)]/3 = 18/3 = 6

Question 6.
0.09w = 1.8

Answer:
w = 20

Explanation:
Given equation is 0.09w = 1.8
Divide each side by 0.09
0.09w/0.09 = 1.8/0.09
w = 20
putting w = 20 in 0.09w = 1.8
0.09 x 20 = 1.8

Question 7.
6π = πx

Answer:
x = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 6π = πx
Divide each side by π
6π/π = πx/π
6 = x
Putting x = 6 in 6π = πx
6π = π(6)

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 12

Answer:
p = 13

Explanation:
Given equation is p – 8 ÷ 1/2 = -3
p – 16 = -3
Add 16 to each side
p – 16 + 16 = -3 + 16
p = 13
Putting p = 13 in p – 8 ÷ 1/2 = -3
13 – 8 ÷ 1/2 = -3
13 – 16 = -3

Question 9.
q + | -10 | = 2

Answer:
q = -8

Explanation:
q + | -10 | = 2
Mod of negative 10 is 10
q + 10 = 2
Subtract 10 from each side
q + 10 – 10 = 2 – 10
q = -8
Putting q = -8 in q + | -10 | = 2
-8 + | -10 | = -8 + 10 = 2

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING
Are the equations equivalent? Explain.

Question 10.
x + 3 = 4 and x = 1

Answer:
Yes, equations are equivalent.

Explanation:
Given equations are x + 3 = 4 and x = 1
x = 4 – 3 & x = 1
x = 1 & x = 1

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 14

Answer:
No, equations are not equivalent.

Explanation:
Given equations are -y/5 = 2 and y = 10
-y = 2 x 5 & y = 10
-y = 10 & y = 10
y = -10 & y = 10

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an equation that you can use the Division Property of Equality to solve.

Answer:
3x + 6 = 36

Explanation:
3x + 6 = 36
Subtract 6 from each side
3x + 6 – 6 = 36 – 6
3x = 30
Dvide each side by 3
3x/3 = 30/3
x = 10

SOLVING EQUATIONS
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 13.
-5 = w – 3

Answer:
w = -2

Explanation:
-5 = w – 3
Add 3 to each side
-5 + 3 = w – 3 + 3
-2 = w
Putting w = -2 in -5 = w – 3
-5 = -2 – 3

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 15

Answer:
n = -12

Explanation:
Given equation is -2/3 n = 8
multiply each side by 3
-2/3 n x 3 = 8 x 3
-2n = 24
Divide each side by -2
-2n/-2 = 24/-2
n = -12
Putting n = -12 in -2/3 n = 8
-2/3 (-12) = -2 x -4 = 8

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 16

Answer:
p = 33

Explanation:
Given equation is p – 9 ÷ 1/3 = 6
p – 27 = 6
Add 27 to each side
p – 27 + 27 = 6 + 27
p = 33
Putting p = 33 in p – 9 ÷ 1/3 = 6
33 – 9 ÷ 1/3 = 33 – 27
= 6

Question 16.
q + | 3 | = -5

Answer:
q = -8

Explanation:
q + | 3 | = -5
q + 3 = -5
Subtract 3 from each side
q + 3 – 3 = -5 – 3
q = -8
Putting q = -8 in q + | 3 | = -5
-8 + | 3 | = -8 + 3
= -5

Question 17.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 17

Answer:
x – 3 = 9 does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
x – 2 = 4
x = 4 + 2
x = 6
x – 3 = 9
x = 9 + 3
x = 12
x – 5 = 1
x = 1 + 5
x = 6
x – 6 = 0
x = 6
So, x – 3 = 9 does not belong with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A shipwreck is 300 meters away from a diving station. An undersea explorer travels away from the station at a speed of 2 meters per second. The explorer is x meters away from the station and will reach the shipwreck in 100 seconds. What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 18

Answer:
The value of x is 100.

Explanation:
Given that,
The distance from shipwreck to the diving station = 300 m
The distance formula is d = speed x time
The distance from the explorer to the shipwreck = (2 m/s) x (100s)
= 200 m
He is also x meters away from the diving station
So, the distance between the diving station and shipwreck is x + 20 m
x + 20 = 300
Subtract 200 from both sides
x + 200 – 200 = 300 – 200
x = 100

Question 19.
You conduct an inventory for a hardware store and count 40 rolls of duct tape. Your manager wants to keep 7 boxes of duct tape in stock. If each box holds 8 rolls of duct tape, how many boxes should you order? Justify your answer.

Answer:
I should order 2 boxes of duct tapes

Explanation:
Number of rolls of duct tape available = 40
Number of rolls of duct tape each box can hold = 8 rols
Number of boxes of duct tape the manager wants to keep in stock = 7
Let x represent the number of boxes of duct tape available
Then 8x = 40
Divide each side by 8
8x/8 = 40/8
x = 5
5 boxes of duct tapes are available in stock.
Number of boxes I order = Number of boxes in the stock – Number of boxes available = 7 – 5
= 2
So, I should order 2 boxes of duct tapes

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
Your fitness tracker overestimates the number of steps you take by 5%. The tracker indicates that you took 7350 steps today. Write and solve an equation to find the actual number of steps you took today.

Answer:
Your actual number of steps is 7000.

Explanation:
Let x be the actual number of steps
Since the fitness tracker overestimates, the sum of the number of actual steps and 5% of its equal to 7350
Then, the equation will be
x + 0.05x = 7350
1.05x = 7350
Divide each side by 1.05
1.05x/1.05 = 7350/1.05
x = 7000
So, your actual number of steps is 7000.

Solving Simple Equations Homework & Practice 1.1

Review & Refresh

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
(32 – 8) + 4

Answer:
(32 – 8) + 4 = 5

Explanation:
Given expression is (32 – 8) + 4
= (9 – 8) + 4
= 1 + 4
= 5

Question 2.
1 + 5 × 32

Answer:
1 + 5 × 3² = 41

Explanation:
Given expression is 1 + 5 × 3²
= 1 + 5 x 9
= 1 + 40
= 41

Question 3.
4 × 3 + 102

Answer:
4 × 3 + 10² = 112

Explanation:
Given expression is 4 × 3 + 10²
= 4 x 3 + 10 x 10
= 12 + 100
= 112

Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression.

Question 4.
11q + 2

Answer:
The constant = 2
Terms = p
Coefficients = 11

Explanation:
Given that,
11q + 2
The constant = 2
Terms = p
Coefficients = 11

Question 5.
h + 9 + g

Answer:
The constant = 9
Terms = h, g
Coefficients = 1, 1

Explanation:
Given that,
h + 9 + g
The constant = 9
Terms = h, g
Coefficients = 1, 1

Question 6.
6m2 + 7n

Answer:
The constant = 0
Terms = m², n
Coefficients = 6, 7

Explanation:
Given that,
6m² + 7n
The constant = 0
Terms = m², n
Coefficients = 6, 7

Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 7.
the quotient of 22 and a number a

Answer:
22/a

Explanation:
Given that,
the quotient of 22 and a number a
= 22/a

Question 8.
the difference of a number t and 9

Answer:
t – 9

Explanation:
Given that,
the difference of a number t and 9
t – 9

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING PROPERTIES OF EQUALITY
Which property of equality can you use to solve the equation modeled by the algebratiles? Solve the equation and explain your method. (See Exploration 1, p. 3.)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 19

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
x – 5 = -1
Add 5 to each side
x – 5 + 5 = -1 + 5
x = 4

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 20

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
x + x + x = + 1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1
3x = 9
Divide each side by 3
3x/3 = 9/3
x = 3

SOLVING EQUATIONS USING ADDITION OR SUBTRACTION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 11.
x + 12 = 7

Answer:
x = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is
x + 12 = 7
Subtract 12 from both sides
x + 12 – 12 = 7 – 12
x = -5
Putting x = -5 in x + 12 = 7
-5 + 12 = 7

Question 12.
g – 16 = 8

Answer:
g = 24

Explanation:
Given equation is
g – 16 = 8
Add 16 to each side
g – 16 + 16 = 8 + 16
g = 24
Putting g = 24 in g – 16 = 8
24 – 16 = 8

Question 13.
-9 + p = 12

Answer:
p = 21

Explanation:
Given equation is -9 + p = 12
Add 9 to each side
-9 + p + 9 = 12 + 9
p = 21
putting p = 21 in -9 + p = 12
-9 + 21 = 12

Question 14.
2.5 + y = -3.5

Answer:
y = -5.5

Explanation:
Given equation is
2.5 + y = -3.5
Subtract 2.5 from each side
2.5 + y -2.5 = -3.5 – 2.5
y = -5.5
putting y = -5.5 in 2.5 + y = -3.5
2.5 – 5.5 = -3.5

Question 15.
x – 8π = π

Answer:
x = 9π

Explanation:
Given equation is
x – 8π = π
Add 8π to each side
x – 8π + 8π = π + 8π
x = 9π
Putting x = 9π in x – 8π = π
9π – 8π = π

Question 16.
4π = w – 6π

Answer:
w = 10π

Explanation:
Given equation is
4π = w – 6π
add 6π to each side
4π + 6π= w – 6π + 6π
10π = w
putting w = 10π in 4π = w – 6π
4π = 10π – 6π

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 21

Answer:
d = 2/3

Explanation:
Given equation is 5/6 = 1/6 + d
Subtract 1/6 from each side
5/6 -1/6 = 1/6 + d – 1/6
(5 – 1)/6 = d
d = 4/6
d = 2/3
Putting d = 2/3 in 5/6 = 1/6 + d
5/6 = 1/6 + 2/3
= (1 + 4)/6 = 5/6

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 22

Answer:
r = -7/24

Explanation:
Given equation is 3/8 = r + 2/3
Subtract 2/3 from each side
3/8 – 2/3 = r + 2/3 – 2/3
(9 – 16)/24 = r
-7/24 = r
Putting r = -7/24 in 3/8 = r + 2/3
3/8 = -7/24 + 2/3
= (-7 + 16)/24 = 9/24
= 3/8

Question 19.
n – 1.4 = -6.3

Answer:
n = -4.9

Explanation:
Given equation is n – 1.4 = -6.3
Add 1.4 to each side
n – 1.4 + 1.4 = -6.3 + 1.4
n = -4.9
Putting n = -4.9 in n – 1.4 = -6.3
-4.9 – 1.4 = -6.3

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A discounted concert ticket costs $14.50 less than the original price p. You pay $53 for a discounted ticket. Write and solve an equation to find the original price.

Answer:
53 = p − 14.5
The original price was $67.50.

Explanation:
Let c represent what you paid for the ticket, the discounted price.
We’re told that the discount price, which you pay, is $ 14.50 less than the original price, which will be represented by p.
Algebraically, this means that
c = p –  14.5
Furthermore, we’re told you pay $53, i.e c = 53
53 = p − 14.5
Now, solve for p
p = 53 + 14.5
p = 67.50
So, the original price was $67.50.

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A game of bowling has ten frames. After five frames, your friend’s bowling score is 65 and your bowling score is 8 less than your friend’s score.
a. Write and solve an equation to find your score.
b. By the end of the game, your friend’s score doubles and your score increases by 80. Who wins the game? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 23

Answer:
a) x + 8= 65
My score is 57
b) I won the game.

Explanation:
a) Friends bowling score = 65
My score = 8 less than friends sore
Let us take x as my score
Equation is x + 8= 65
Subtrcat 8 from each side
x + 8 – 8 = 65 – 8
x = 57
My score is 57
b) Friend’s score is doubled = 65 x 2 = 130
My score is increased by 80 = 57 + 80 = 137
So, I won the game.

SOLVING EQUATIONS USING MULTIPLICATION OR DIVISION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 22.
7x = 35

Answer:
x = 5

Explanation:
Given equation is 7x = 35
divide each side by 7
7x/7 = 35/7
x = 5
putting x = 5 in 7x = 35
7(5) = 35

Question 23.
4 = -0.8n

Answer:
n = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is 4 = -0.8n
Divide each side by -0.8
4/-0.8 = -0.8n/-0.8
-5 = n
Putting n = -5 in 4 = -0.8n
4 = -0.8(-5)

Question 24.
6 = –\(\frac{w}{8}\)

Answer:
w = -48

Explanation:
Given equation is 6 = -w/8
Multiply each side by 8
6 x 8 = -w/8 x 8
48 = -w
Multiply each side by (-1)
48 x -1 = -w x -1
w = -48
putting w = -48 in 6 = -w/8
6 = -(-48)/8 = 48/8

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 24

Answer:
m = 7.3π

Explanation:
Given equation is m/π = 7.3
multiply each side by π
m/π x π = 7.3 x π
m = 7.3π
Putting m = 7.3π in m/π = 7.3
7.3π/π = 7.3

Question 26.
-4.3g = 25.8

Answer:
g = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -4.3g = 25.8
divide each side by -4.3
-4.3g/-4.3 = 25.8/-4.3
g = -6
putting g = -6 in -4.3g = 25.8
-4.3(-6) = 25.8

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 25

Answer:
k = 5/3

Explanation:
Given equation is 3/2 = (9/10) k
Multiply each side by 10/9
3/2 x (10/9) = (9/10) k x (10/9)
5/3 = k
Putting k = 5/3 in 3/2 = (9/10) k
3/2 = (9/10) x (5/3)

Question 28.
-7.8x = -1.56

Answer:
x = 0.2

Explanation:
Given equation is -7.8x = -1.56
Divide each side by -7.8
-7.8x/-7.8 = -1.56/-7.8
x = 0.2
Putting x = 0.2 in -7.8x = -1.56
-7.8(0.2) = -1.56

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 26

Answer:
p = -7/3

Explanation:
Given equation is -2 = (6/7)p
Multiply each side by (7/6)
-2 x (7/6) = (6/7)p x (7/6)
-7/3 = p
putting p = -7/3 in -2 = (6/7)p
-2 = (6/7) x (-7/3)

Question 30.
3πd = 12π

Answer:
d = 4π

Explanation:
Given equation is 3πd = 12π
Divide each side by 3π
3πd/3π = 12π/3π
d = 4π
Putting d = 4π in 3πd = 12π
3π x 4π = 12π

Question 31.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 27

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-1.5 + k = 8.2
k = 8.2 + 1.5
k = 9.7

Question 32.
STRUCTURE
A gym teacher orders 42 tennis balls. The tennis balls come in packs of 3. Which of the following equations represents the number x of packs?

Answer:
3x = 42

Explanation:
A gym teacher orders 42 tennis balls
Each pack has 3 balls
To find the number of packages of tennis balls, take the total number of tennis balls and divide that number by the number of packages.
42/3 = 14
3x = 42

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You clean a community park for 6.5 hours. You earn $42.25. How much do you earn per hour?

Answer:
The amount I earn per hour is $6.50

Explanation:
The amount I earned for cleaning a community park = $42.25
Time = 6.5 hours
Let the amount I earned per hour is x
Equation is 6.5x = 42.25
Divide each side by 6.5
6.5x/6.5 = 42.25/6.5
x = 6.5
The amount I earn per hour is $6.50

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A rocket is scheduled to launch from a command center in 3.75 hours. What time is it now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 28

Answer:
The time is 7:35

Explanation:
A rocket is scheduled to launch at 11:20 AM from a command center in 3.75 hours.
11(20/60) – 3(3/4) = 11(1/3) – 3(3/4)
= 34/3 – 15/4
= (136 – 45)/12
= 91/12 = 7(7/12)
The time is 7:35

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
After earning interest, the balance of an account is $420. The new balance is \(\frac{7}{6}\) of the original balance. How much interest did it earn?

Answer:
You earned $60 as interest.

Explanation:
x/420 = 6/7
x = 420 x 6/7
x = 360 x 6
x = 360
The amountt of interest = new balance – original balance
= 420 – 360 = 60
So, you earned $60 as interest.

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
After a cleanup, algae covers 2 miles of a coastline. The length of the coastline1covered after the cleanup is of the previous length. How many miles of the coast did the algae previously cover?

Answer:
Miles of the coast the algae previously covered is 6 miles.

Explanation:
Number of miles the algae covers after cleanup = 2 miles
Let x as the miles algae previously covered
Equation is (1/3)x = 2
x = 2 x 3
x = 6
Miles of the coast the algae previously covered is 6 miles.

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Cedar Point, an amusement park, has some of the tallest roller coasters in the United States. The Mantis is 165 feet shorter than the Millennium Force. What is the height of the Mantis?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 29

Answer:
The height of Mantis is 145 feet.

Explanation:
Height of the Millennium Force = 310 Feet
The mantis is shorter than Millennium Force by 165 feet
Let us take x as the height of the mantis
x = 310 – 165
x = 145 feet
The height of Mantis is 145 feet.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 38.
-3 = h + 8 ÷ 2

Answer:
h = -7

Explanation:
Given equation is -3 = h + 8 ÷ 2
-3 = h + 4
Subtract 4 from each side
-3 – 4 = h + 4 – 4
-7 = h
Putting h = -7 in -3 = h + 8 ÷ 2
-3 = -7 + 8 ÷ 2
= -7 + 4

Question 39.
12 = w – | -7 |

Answer:
w = 19

Explanation:
Given equation is 12 = w – | -7 |
12 = w – 7
Add 7 to each side
12 + 7 = w – 7 + 7
19 = w
Putting w = 19 in 12 = w – | -7 |
12 = 19 – | -7 | = 19 – 7

Question 40.
q + | 6.4 | = 9.6

Answer:
q = 3.2

Explanation:
Given equation is q + | 6.4 | = 9.6
q + 6.4 = 9.6
Subtract 6.4 from each side
q + 6.4 – 6.4 = 9.6 – 6.4
q = 3.2
Putting q = 3.2 in q + | 6.4 | = 9.6
3.2 + | 6.4 | = 3.2 + 6.4 = 9.6

Question 41.
d – 2.8 ÷ 0.2 = -14

Answer:
d = 0

Explanation:
Given equation is d – 2.8 ÷ 0.2 = -14
d – 14 = -14
Add 14 to each side
d – 14 + 14 = -14 + 14
d = 0
Put d = 0 in d – 2.8 ÷ 0.2 = -14
0 – 2.8 ÷ 0.2 = -14

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 30

Answer:
x = -3/9

Explanation:
Given equation is 8/9 = x + (1/3) x 7
8/9 = x + 7/3
Subtract 7/3 from each side
8/9 -7/3 = x + 7/3 -7/3
(8 – 21)/9 = x
-13/9 = x
Put x = -3/9 in 8/9 = x + (1/3) x 7
8/9 = -13/9 + (1/3) x 7
= -13/9 + 7/3 = (-13 + 21)/3

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 31

Answer:
p = -1/12

Explanation:
Given equation is p – 1/4 . 3 = -5/6
p – 3/4 = -5/6
Add 3/4 to each side
p – 3/4 + 3/4 = -5/6 + 3/4
p = (-10 + 9)/12
p = -1/12
put p = -1/12 in p – 1/4 . 3 = -5/6
-1/12 – 1/4 . 3 = -1/12 – 3/4
= (-1 – 9)/12 = -10/12
= -5/6

Question 44.
GEOMETRY
The volume V of the prism is 1122 cubic inches. Use the formula V = Bh to find the height h of the prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 32

Answer:
The height of the prism is 12 inches.

Explanation:
Prism volume = 1122 cubic inches
Base b = 93.5 sq in
Volume formula V = Bh
1122 = 93.5 x h
h = 1122/93.5
h = 12 inches

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Write and solve an equation to find the value of x.

Question 45.
The angles are complementary.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 33

Answer:
x = 45°

Explanation:
Complementary angles mean the sum of angles is 90 degrees.
x + 45 = 90
x = 90 – 45
x = 45°

Question 46.
The angles are supplementary.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 34

Answer:
x° = 130°

Explanation:
Two angles are called supplementary when their measures add up to 180 degrees.
So, x° + 50° = 180°
x° = 180° – 50°
x° = 130°

Question 47.
CRITICAL THINKING
Which of the operations +, −, ×, ÷, are inverses of each other? Explain.

Answer:
addition (+), Subtraction (-) are inverse to each other.
Multiplication (x), division (÷) are inverse to each other.
Because, when you move the quantity which is having + sign from one side to the other side of the equation, it automatically converts to – sign.
In the same way other operations also.

Question 48.
LOGIC
Without solving, determine whether the solution of -2x = -15 is greater than or less than -15. Explain.

Answer:
The solution is greater than -15

Explanation:
The solution is greater than -15
Here both sides of the equation have – sign. They are eliminated
When you divide 15 by 2 you will get obviously answer greater than -15.

Question 49.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a subtraction equation and a division equation so that each has a solution of 2. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The subtraction equation is x + 4 = 6
The division equation is 2x = 4

Explanation:
The subtraction equation is x + 4 = 6
x = 6 – 4
x = 2
The division equation is 2x = 4
x = 4/2
x = 2

Question 50.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Ants of a particular species can carry 50 times their body weight. It takes 32 ants of that species to carry the cherry shown. About how much does each ant weigh?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 35

Answer:
The weight of each ant is 3 mg

Explanation:
Weight of the cherry = 4800 mg
Number of Ants that carry the cherry = 32
Ants of a particular species can carry 50 times their body weight.
Let w is the weight of each ant
w. 50 . 32 = 4800
1600w = 4800
w = 4800/1600
w = 3
The weight of each ant is 3 mg

Question 51.
REASONING
One-fourth of the girls and one-eighth of the boys in a grade retake their school pictures. The photographer retakes pictures for 16 girls and 7 boys. How many students are in the grade?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 36

Answer:
Total number of students = 120

Explanation:
Let the total number of girls be g, hence according to the question only one-fourth of a total number of girls(g) have retaken their pictures which is 16.
(1/4)g = 16
g = 16 x 4
g= 64
According to the question, only one-eighth of the total number of boys(b) have retaken their pictures which is 7.
(1/8)b = 7
b = 7 x 8
b = 56
Total number of students = boys + girls
= 56 + 64 = 120

Question 52.
DIG DEEPER!
You use a crowdfunding website to raise money. The website keeps 5% of each donation. Five of your friends each donate the same amount. The total funding you receive is $47.50. How much does each friend donate?

Answer:
Each friend donate $10

Explanation:
Assume x as the amount each friend donate
the website keeps 5% of each donation
The total funding you receive is $47.50.
4.75x = 47.50
x = 47.50/4.75
x = 10
Each friend donate $10

Question 53.
CRITICAL THINKING
A neighbor pays you and two friends $90 to paint her garage. You divide the money three ways in the ratio 2 : 3 : 5.
a. How much does each person receive?
b. What is one possible reason the money is not divided evenly?

Answer:
a. They receive $18, &=$27, $45
b. The possible reason for unequal distribution is that the ratios are different for each of them.

Explanation:
a. let the common multiplier for each of the people be x
So, each one gets the value of 2x, 3x, 5x
As per the question, the total amount paid is$90
So, 2x + 3x + 5x = 90
10x = 90
x = 90/10
x = 9
Hence, person receives 9(2) = $18, 9(3) = $27, 9(5) = $45
b. The possible reason for unequal distribution is that the ratios are different for each of them.

Lesson 1.2 Solving Multi-step Equations

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner. Find each angle measure in each figure. Use equations to justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 37

1.2 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
-4n – 8n + 17 = 23

Answer:
n = -1/2

Explanation:
Given equation is -4n – 8n + 17 = 23
-12n + 17 = 23
-12n = 23 – 17
-12n = 6
n = -6/12
n = -1/2
Put n = -1/2 in -4n – 8n + 17 = 23
-4(-1/2) – 8(-1/2) + 17 = 2 + 4 + 17 = 23

Question 5.
10 = 3n + 20 – n

Answer:
n = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is 10 = 3n + 20 – n
10 = 2n + 20
10 – 20 = 2n
-10 = 2n
n = -10/2
n = -5
put n = -5 in 10 = 3n + 20 – n
10 = 3(-5) + 20 – (-5)
= -15 + 20 + 5 = -15 + 25

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 6.
-3(x + 2) + 5x = -9

Answer:
x = -3/2

Explanation:
Given equation is -3(x + 2) + 5x = -9
-3x – 6 + 5x = -9
2x – 6 = -9
2x = -9 + 6
2x = -3
x = -3/2
Put x = -3/2 in -3(x + 2) + 5x = -9
-3((-3/2) + 2) + 5(-3/2) = 9/2 – 6 – 15/2
= (9 – 15 – 12)/2 = -18/2 = -9

Question 7.
5 + 1.5(2d – 1) = 0.5

Answer:
d = -1

Explanation:
Given equation is 5 + 1.5(2d – 1) = 0.5
5 + 3d – 1.5 = 0.5
3d + 3.5 = 05
3d = 0.5 – 3.5
3d = -3
d = -3/3
d = -1
Put d = -1 in 5 + 1.5(2d – 1) = 0.5
5 + 1.5(2(-1) – 1) = 5 + 1.5(-2 – 1)
= 5 + 1.5(-3) = 5 – 4.5 = 0.5

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 8.
-5x + 1 = 31

Answer:
x = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -5x + 1 = 31
Subtract 1from each side
-5x + 1 -1 = 31 – 1
-5x = 30
Divide each side by -5
-5x/-5 = 30/-5
x = -6
Put x = -6 in -5x + 1 = 31
-5(-6) + 1 = 30 + 1 = 31

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 9 = -12

Answer:
x = -9

Explanation:
Given equation is (1/3)x – 9 = -12
(1/3)x = -12 + 9
(1/3)x = -3
x = -3 x 3
x = -9
Put x = -9 in (1/3)x – 9 = -12
(1/3)(-9) – 9 = -3 – 9
= -12

Question 10.
-n – 6n + 4 = 53

Answer:
n = -7

Explanation:
Given equation is -n – 6n + 4 = 53
-7n + 4 = 53
-7n = 53 – 4
-7n = 49
n = -49/7
n = -7
put n = -7 in -n – 6n + 4 = 53
-(-7) – 6(-7) + 4 = 7 + 42 + 4 = 53

Question 11.
14 = 6n + 6 – 2n

Answer:
n = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 14 = 6n + 6 – 2n
14 = 4n + 6
14 – 6 = 4n
8 = 4n
8/4 = n
n = 2
Put n = 2 in 14 = 6n + 6 – 2n
14 = 6(2) + 6 – 2(2)
= 12 + 6 – 4 = 18 – 4

Question 12.
-8(x + 1) + 2x = -32

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
Given equation is -8(x + 1) + 2x = -32
-8x – 8 + 2x = -32
-6x – 8 = -32
-6x = -32 + 8
-6x = -24
x = -24/-6
x = 4
Put x = 4 in -8(x + 1) + 2x = -32
-8(4 + 1) + 2(4) = -8(5) + 8
= -40 + 8 = -32

Question 13.
3 + 4.5(2d – 3) = 7.5

Answer:
d = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 3 + 4.5(2d – 3) = 7.5
3 + 9d – 13.5 = 7.5
9d – 10.5 = 7.5
9d = 7.5 + 10.5
9d = 18
d = 18/9
d = 2
Put d = 2 in 3 + 4.5(2d – 3) = 7.5
3 + 4.5(2(2) – 3) = 3 + 4.5(4 – 3)
= 3 + 4.5(1)
= 3 + 4.5 = 7.5

Question 14.
WRITING
Write the sentence as an equation, then solve.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 38

Answer:
2 + 3x = 17, x = 5

Explanation:
2 + 3x = 17
Subtract 2 from each side
2 + 3x – 2 = 17 – 2
3x = 15
Divide each side by 3
3x/3 = 15/3
x = 5

Question 15.
OPEN-ENDED
Explain how to solve the equation
2(4x – 11) + 9 = 19.

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(4x – 11) + 9 = 19.
Expand brackets
8x – 22 + 9 = 19
Simpify
8x – 13 = 19
Add 13 to each side
8x – 13 + 13 = 19 + 13
8x = 32
Divide each side by 8
8x/8 = 32/8
x = 4

Question 16.
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you solve 3(x + 2) = 9 without distributing the 3?

Answer:
x = 1

Explanation:
3(x + 2) = 9
Divide both sides by 3
3(x + 2)/3 = 9/3
x + 2 = 3
Subtract 2 from both sides
x + 2 -2 = 3 – 2
x = 1

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
Find the number x of action figures that a small business needs to produce on Friday so that the mean number of action figures produced per day is 50.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 39

Answer:
On friday the number of action figures that a sma business should produce is 53.

Explanation:
Mean = 50
(55 + 45 + 53 + 44 + x)/5 = 50
(197 + x)/5 = 50
197 + x = 50 x 5
197 + x = 250
x = 250 – 197
x = 53
On friday the number of action figures that a sma business should produce is 53.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
A hard drive is 80% full and has 12,000 MB of free space. One minute of video uses 60 MB of storage. How many minutes of the video should be deleted so that the hard drive is 75% full?

Answer:
50 minutes video should be deleted so that the hard drive is 75% full

Explanation:
Let x be the capacity of the hard drive.
A hard drive is 80% full and has 12,000 MB of free space
0.8x + 12000 = x
12000 = x – 0.8x
0.2x = 12000
x = 12000/0.2
x = 60,000 MB
One minute of video uses 60 MB of storage.
Let t be the number of minutes of video that should be deleted
60t = 0.8x – 0.75x
60t = 0.05x
60t = 0.05 x 60000
60t = 3000
t = 3000/60
t = 50
50 minutes video should be deleted so that the hard drive is 75% full

Question 19.
A teacher spends $354 on costumes and microphones for six cast members in a play. Each cast member receives a costume that costs $38 and a microphone that costs $c. What did the teacher spend on each microphone? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The teacher spends $21 on each microphone

Explanation:
The amount the teacher spends on six costumes and microphone = $354
Each cast member receives a costume that costs $38 and a microphone that costs $c.
6(38 + c) = 354
38 + c = 354/6
38 + c = 59
c = 59 – 38
c = 21
The teacher spends $21 on each microphone

Solving Multi-step Equations Homework & Practice 1.2

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation.

Question 1.
y + 8 = 3

Answer:
y = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is y + 8 = 3
y + 8 – 8 = 3 – 8
y = -5

Question 2.
h – 1 = 7.2

Answer:
h = 8.2

Explanation:
Given equation is h – 1 = 7.2
Add 1 to each side
h – 1 + 1 = 7.2 + 1
h = 8.2

Question 3.
5 = -2n

Answer:
n = -5/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 5 = -2n
Divide each side by -2
5/-2 = -2n/-2
-5/2 = n

Question 4.
-3.3m = -1.1

Answer:
m = 1/3

Explanation:
Given equation is -3.3m = -1.1
Divide each side by -3.3
-3.3m/-3.3 = -1.1/-3.3
m = 1/3

Write the decimal as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.

Question 5.
-0.2

Answer:
-0.2 = -1/5

Explanation:
Given decimal value is -0.2
Fraction form of the decimal = -2/10 = -1/5

Question 6.
3.82

Answer:
3.82 = 191/50

Explanation:
Given decimal value is 3.82
Fraction form of the decimal = 382/100 = 191/50

Question 7.
-0.454

Answer:
-0.454 = -217/500

Explanation:
Given decimal value is -0.454
Fraction form of the decimal = -454/1000 = -217/500

Question 8.
-0.125

Answer:
-0.125 = -1/8

Explanation:
Given decimal value is -0.125
Fraction form of the decimal = -125/1000 = -1/8

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
FINDING ANGLE MEASURES
Find each angle measure in the figure. Use equations to justify your answers. (See Exploration 1, p. 11.)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 40

Answer:
Angles of a triangle are 20°, 24°, 136°.

Explanation:
The sum of angles in triangle = 180°
4y + 20 + (y – 10)= 180°
4y + 20 + y – 10= 180
5y + 10 = 180
5y = 180 – 10
5y = 170
y = 170/5
y = 34°
So, ranges are 4 x 34 = 136°, (34 – 10) = 24°, 20

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 41

Answer:
The angles of the triangle are 37.5°, 75°, 67.5°.

Explanation:
The sum of angles in triangle = 180°
x + 2x + (x + 30) = 180
4x + 30 = 180
4x = 180 – 30
4x = 150
x = 150/4
x = 37.5°
The measure of each angle is 37.5°, 2 x 37.5 = 75°, (37.5 + 30) = 67.5°

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 11.
10x + 2 = 32

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
Given equation is 10x + 2 = 32
10x = 32 – 2
10x = 30
x = 30/10
x = 3
Put x = 3 in 10x + 2 = 32
10(3) + 2 = 30 + 2 = 32

Question 12.
19 – 4c = 17

Answer:
c = 1/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 19 – 4c = 17
Add 4c to each side
19 – 4c + 4c = 17 + 4c
19 = 17 + 4c
Subtract 17 from each side
19 – 17 = 17 + 4c – 17
2 = 4c
c = 2/4
c = 1/2
Put c = 1/2 in 19 – 4c = 17
19 – 4(1/2) = 19 – 2 = 17

Question 13.
5x + 2x + 4 = 18

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 5x + 2x + 4 = 18
7x + 4 = 18
7x = 18 – 4
7x = 14
x = 14/7
x = 2
Put x = 2 in 5x + 2x + 4 = 18
5(2) + 2(2) + 4 = 10 + 4 + 4 = 18

Question 14.
2 = -9n + 22 – n

Answer:
n = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 2 = -9n + 22 – n
2 = -10n + 22
2 – 22 = -10n
-20 = -10n
n = -20/-10
n = 2
Put n = 2 in 2 = -9n + 22 – n
2 = -9(2) + 22 – 2
= -18 + 22 – 2 = -20 + 22

Question 15.
1.1x + 1.2x – 5.4 = -10

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
Given equation is 1.1x + 1.2x – 5.4 = -10
2.3x – 5.4 = -10
2.3x = -10 + 5.4
2.3x = -4.6
x = -4.6/2.3
x = -2
Put x = -2 in 1.1x + 1.2x – 5.4 = -10
1.1(-2) + 1.2(-2) – 5.4 = -2.2 – 2.4 – 5.4 = -10

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 42

Answer:
h = -9

Explanation:
Given equation is (2/3)h – (1/3)h + 11 = 8
(2 – 1)/3 h + 11 = 8
(1/3)h + 11 = 8
(1/3)h = 8 – 11
(1/3)h = -3
h = -3 x 3
h = -9
Put h = -9 in (2/3)h – (1/3)h + 11 = 8
(2/3)(-9) – (1/3)(-9) + 11 = -6 + 3 + 11
= 14 – 6 = 8

Question 17.
6(5 – 8v) + 12 = -54

Answer:
v = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 6(5 – 8v) + 12 = -54
30 – 48v + 12 = -54
42 – 48v = -54
42 + 54 = 48v
96 = 48v
v = 96/48
v = 2
Put v = 2 in 6(5 – 8v) + 12 = -54
6(5 – 8(2)) + 12 = 6(5 – 16) + 12
= 6(-11) + 12 = -66 + 12 = -54

Question 18.
21(2 – x) + 12x = 44

Answer:
x = -2/9

Explanation:
Given equation is 21(2 – x) + 12x = 44
42 – 21x + 12x = 44
42 – 9x = 44
42 – 44 = 9x
-2 = 9x
x = -2/9
Put x = -2/9 in 21(2 – x) + 12x = 44
21(2 – (-2/9)) + 12(-2/9) = 21(2 + 2/9) – 24/9
= 42 + 42/9 – 24/9
= 42 + (42 – 24)/9
= 42 + 18/9 = 42 + 2 = 44

Question 19.
8.5 = 6.5(2d – 3) + d

Answer:
d = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 8.5 = 6.5(2d – 3) + d
8.5 = 13d – 19.5 + d
8.5 = 14d – 19.5
8.5 + 19.5 = 14d
28 = 14d
d = 28/14
d = 2
Put d = 2 in 8.5 = 6.5(2d – 3) + d
8.5 = 6.5(2(2) – 3) + 2
= 6.5(4 – 3) + 2
= 6.5 x 1 + 2 = 6.5 + 2

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 43

Answer:
x = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -1/4 (x + 2) + 5 = -x
-x/4 – 2.(1/4) + 5 = -x
-x/4 – 1/2 + 5 = -x
-1/2 + 5 = -x + x/4
(-1 + 10)/2 = (-4x + x)/4
9/2 = -3x/4
9/2 x (-4/3) = x
x = -6
Put x = -6 in -1/4 (x + 2) + 5 = -x
-1/4 (-6 + 2) + 5 = -(-6)
-1/4(-4) + 5 = 6
1 + 5 = 6

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 44

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-2(7 – y) + 4 = -4
-14 + 2y + 4 = -4
-10 + 2y = -4
2y = -4 + 10
2y = 6
y = 3

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 45

Answer:
Correct

Explanation:
3(y – 1) + 8 = 11
3y – 3 + 8 = 11
3y + 5 = 11
3y = 11 – 5
3y = 6
y = 2

Question 23.
STRUCTURE
The cost C (in dollars) of making watches is represented C = 15n + 85. How many watches are made when the cost is $385?

Answer:
20 watches can be manufactured.

Explanation:
C = 15n + 85
385 = 15n + 85
15n = 385 – 85
15n = 300
n = 300/15
n = 20
So, 20 watches can be manufactured.

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The height of the house is 26 feet. What is the height x of each story?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 48

Answer:
Height of each story is 10 ft.

Explanation:
The height of the house is 26 feet
x + x + 6 = 26
2x + 6 = 26
2x = 26 – 6
2x = 20
x = 20/2
x = 10 ft
Height of each story is 10 ft.

Question 25.
MODELING REAL LIFE
After the addition of an acid, a solution has a volume of 90 milliliters. The volume of the solution is 3 milliliters greater than 3 times the volume of the solution before the acid was added. What was the original volume of the solution?

Answer:
The original volume of the solution is 29 milliliters

Explanation:
Volume of the solution = 90 milliliters
Let us take x as the original volume of the solution
3x + 3 = 90
3x= 90 – 3
3x = 87
x = 87/3
x = 29
So, the original volume of the solution is 29 milliliters

Question 26.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A grocer prepares free samples of a salad to give out during the day. By lunchtime, the grocer has given out 5 fewer than half the total number of samples. How many samples did the grocer prepare if she gives out 50 samples before lunch?

Answer:
The grocer prepares 110 samples

Explanation:
Let x be the total number of samples the grocer prepares
Total number of samples a grocer given out = 50
(1/2) x – 5 = 50
(1/2)x = 50 + 5
1/2 x = 55
x = 55 x 2
x = 110
So, the grocer prepares 110 samples.

Question 27.
GEOMETRY
What is the length of the missing base of the trapezoid?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 49

Answer:
The missing base is 6 in.

Explanation:
The trapezoid area formula is (a + b)/2 x height
Given trapezoid area = 21 sq. in
(8 + x)/2 x 3 = 21
(8 + x)/2 = 21/3
(8 + x)/2 = 7
(8 + x) = 7 x 2
8 + x = 14
x = 14 – 8
x = 6
The missing base is 6 in.

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You order two servings of pancakes and a fruit cup. The cost of the fruit cup is $1.50. You leave a 15% tip. Your total bill is $11.50. How much does one serving of pancakes cost?

Answer:
The cost of one serving of pancake is $4.25

Explanation:
The total cost excluding the tip would be a sum of 1.5 for a fruit cup and twice of price of each pancake servings(b),
hence the price should be 1.5 + 2b.
The customer pays 15% tip that means 0.15 times the bill.
1.15(1.5 + 2b) = 11.5
1.5 + 2b = 11.5/1.15
1.5 + 2b = 10
2b = 10 – 1.5
2b = 8.5
b = 8.5/2
b = 4.25
The cost of one serving of pancake is $4.25

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
How many people must attend the third show so that the average attendance per show is 3000?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 50

Answer:
3500 people must attend the third show so that the average attendance per show is 3000.

Explanation:
The average attendance = 3000 per show
(2580 + 2920 + x)/3 = 3000
5500 + x = 3000 x 3
5500 + x = 9000
x = 9000 – 5500
x = 3500
3500 people must attend the third show so that the average attendance per show is 3000.

Question 30.
DIG DEEPER!
Divers in a competition are scored by an international panel of judges. The highest and the lowest scores are dropped. The total of the remaining scores is multiplied by the degree of difficulty of the dive. This product is multiplied by 0.6 to determine the final score.
a. A diver’sfinal score is 77.7. What is the degree of difficulty of the dive?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 51
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 52

b. CRITICAL THINKING
The degree of difficulty of a dive is 4.0. The diver’s final score is 97.2. Judges award half or whole points from 0 to 10. What scores could the judges have given the diver?

Answer:
a. The degree of difficulty of dive is 3.5
b. The scores are 7.5, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0

Explanation:
a. Let x be the degree of difficulty
By eliminating the scores6.5 and 8.5, we ge
(7 + 7 + 7.5 + 7.5 + 8). x . 0.6 = 77.7
37 . 0.6x = 77.7
22.2x = 77.7
x = 77.7/22.2
x = 7/2
x = 3.5
The degree of difficulty of dive is 3.5
b. Let s be the sum of the scores given by 5 judges
s x 4 x 0.6 = 97.2
2.4s = 97.2
s = 97.2/2.4
s = 40.5
40.5/5 = 8.1
So, the average score is 8.1
The scores are 7.5, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0

Lesson 1.3 Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides

EXPLORATION 1
Finding Missing Measures in Figures
Work with a partner.
a. If possible, find the value of x so that the value of the perimeter (in feet) is equal to the value of the area (in square feet) for each figure. Use an equation to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 53
b. If possible, find the value of y so that the value of the surface area (in square inches) is equal to the value of the volume (in cubic inches) for each figure. Use an equation to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 54
c. How are the equations you used in parts (a) and (b) different from equations used in previous sections? Explain how to solve this type of equation.

1.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
-3x = 2x + 20

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
Given equation is -3x = 2x + 20
-3x – 2x = 20
-5x = 20
x = -20/5
x = -4
Put x = -4 in -3x = 2x + 20
-3(-4) = 2(-4) + 20
12 = -8 + 20

Question 2.
2.5y + 6 = 4.5y – 1

Answer:
y = 3.5

Explanation:
Given equation is 2.5y + 6 = 4.5y – 1
6 + 1 = 4.5y – 2.5y
7 = 2y
y = 7/2
y = 3.5
Put y = 3.5 in 2.5y + 6 = 4.5y – 1
2.5(3.5) + 6 = 4.5(3.5) – 1
8.75 + 6 = 15.75 – 1
14.75 = 14.75

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 3.
6(4 – z) =2z

Answer:
z = 3

Explanation:
Given equation is 6(4 – z) =2z
24 – 6z = 2z
24 = 2z + 6z
8z = 24
z = 24/8
z = 3
Put z = 3 in 6(4 – z) =2z
6(4 – 3) = 2(3)
6(1) = 6

Question 4.
5(w – 2) = -2(1.5w + 5)

Answer:
w = 0

Explanation:
Given equation is 5(w – 2) = -2(1.5w + 5)
5w – 10 = -3w – 10
5w + 3w = -10 + 10
8w = 0
w = 0
Put w = 0 in 5(w – 2) = -2(1.5w + 5)
5(0 – 2) = -2(1.5(0) + 5)
5(-2) = -2(5)
= -10 = -10

Try It

Solve the equation.

Question 5.
2x + 1 = 2x – 1

Answer:
The equation 2x + 1 = 2x – 1 is never true. So, it does not have a soution

Explanation:
Given equation is 2x + 1 = 2x – 1
2x + 1 = 2x – 1
2x – 2x = -1 – 1
0 = -2

Question 6.
6(5 – 2v) = -4(3v + 1)

Answer:
The equation 6(5 – 2v) = -4(3v + 1) is never true. So, it does not have a soution

Explanation:
Given equation is 6(5 – 2v) = -4(3v + 1)
30 – 12v = -12v – 4
30 – 12v + 12v = -4
30 – 0 = -4
30 = -4
The equation 6(5 – 2v) = -4(3v + 1) is never true. So, it does not have a soution

Try It

Solve the equation

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 56

Answer:
The equation 1/2 (6t – 4) = 3t – 2 is always true. So, it has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/2 (6t – 4) = 3t – 2
3t – 2 = 3t – 2
The equation 1/2 (6t – 4) = 3t – 2 is always true. So, it has infinitely many solutions.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 57

Answer:
The equation 1/3 (2b + 9) = 2/3 (b + 9/2) is always true. So, it has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/3 (2b + 9) = 2/3 (b + 9/2)
2b + 9 = 2/3 (b + 9/2) x 3
2b + 9 = 2(b + 9/2)
2b + 9 = 2b + 9
The equation 1/3 (2b + 9) = 2/3 (b + 9/2)is always true. So, it has infinitely many solutions.

Try It

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
The diameter of the purple circle is 3x. What is the area of each circle?

Answer:
The areas of circles are 25π, 36π.

Explanation:
The diameter of the purple circle is 3x
Diameter = double the radius
3x = 2r
r = 3x/2
Two circles are identical
x + 2 = 3x/2
3x/2 – x = 2
x/2 = 2
x = 4
The radius of green circle is (1 + 4) = 5
The radius of purple circle is 3(4)/2 = 6
The area of each circle = πr²
= π (5)² = 25π
The area of second circle = π (6)² = 36π

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an equation with variables on both sides that has a single solution of -1. Explain how to solve your equation.

Answer:
5x + 6= 6x + 7

Explanation:
Write an equation with variables on both sides that has a single solution of -1
5x + 6= 6x + 7
Subtract 5x from each side
5x + 6 – 5x = 6x + 7 – 5x
6 = x + 7
Subtract 7 from each side
6 – 7 = x+ 7 – 7
-1 = x

STRUCTURE
Without solving, determine whether the equation has one solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions. Justify your answer.

Question 11.
3(x – 1) = -3

Answer:
The equation has only one solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 3(x – 1) = -3
(x – 1) = -1
x = -1 + 1
x = 0

Question 12.
6x + 6 = 6(x + 1)

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 6x + 6 = 6(x + 1)
The equation has infinitely many solutions
6x + 6 = 6x + 6

Question 13.
z + 1 = z + 6

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is z + 1 = z + 6
The equation has no solution
1 = 6

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 14.
-7x = x + 24

Answer:
x = -3

Explanation:
Given equation is -7x = x + 24
-7x – x = 24
-8x = 24
x = -24/8
x = -3
Put x = -3 in -7x = x + 24
-7(-3) = -3 + 24
= 21

Question 15.
8(3 – z) = 4z

Answer:
z = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 8(3 – z) = 4z
24 – 8z = 4z
24 = 4z + 8z
24 =12z
z = 24/2
z = 2
Put z = 2 in 8(3 – z) = 4z
8(3 – 2) = 4(2)
8(1) = 8

Question 16.
2(t – 3) = 2t – 6

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(t – 3) = 2t – 6
2t – 6 = 2t – 6
The equation has infinitely many solutions.

Question 17.
WRITING AND SOLVING AN EQUATION
The squares are identical. What is the area of each square?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 58

Answer:
The areas of squares are 256 sq units, 256 sq units.

Explanation:
What is the area of each square?
So, 3x + 7 = 5x + 1
7 – 1 = 5x – 3x
6 = 2x
x = 6/2
x = 3
The side of first square = 3(3) + 7 = 9 + 7
= 16
First square area = side²
= 16² = 256 sq units
Second square side length = 5(3) + 1 = 15 + 1 = 16
Second sqaure area = 16² = 256 sq units

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
Your cousin renews his apartment lease and pays a new monthly rent. His new rent is calculated by applying a discount of $50 to his original rent and then applying a 10% increase to the discounted amount. What was your cousin’s original monthly rent when his new rent is 5% greater?

Answer:
Cousin’s original monthly rent is $1100.

Explanation:
Let us take rent as x
Then, discounted rent = x – 50
The increase applied is 10%
So, final rent is (x – 50) + 10% = (x – 50)1.1
x + 5% = 1.05x
1.1(x – 50) = 1.05x
1.1x – 1.05x = 55
0.05x = 55
x = 55/0.05
x = 1100
Therefore, cousin’s original monthly rent is $1100.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
You and your friend race on a trail that is 10 miles long. In each situation, does your friend pass you before the end of the trail? Justify your answer.
a. You have a four-mile head start and jog at 6 miles per hour. Your friend bikes at 8 miles per hour.
b. You have a five-mile head start and run at 7 miles per hour. Your friend bikes at 17 miles per hour.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 59

Answer:
a) Your friend will pass you after the end of the trial.
b) Your friend will pass you before the end of the trail.

Explanation:
a) Let x be the time after which your friend passes you
In x hours you jog the distance 6x, your friend bikes 8x
8x = 4 + 6x
8x – 6x = 4
2x = 4
x = 4/2
x = 2
So in 2 hours, your friend bikes 2. 8 = 16 miles
Therefore, he will pass you after the end of the trial because 16 > 10.
b) In x hours you jog the distance 7x, while your friend bikes 17x
17x = 5 + 7x
17x – 7x = 5
10x = 5
x = 5/10
x = 0.5
In 0.5 hours, your friend bikes 0.5 x 17 = 8.5 miles
So he will pass you before the end of the trail because 8.5 < 10.

Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides Homework & practice 1.3

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
-9z + 2 = 11

Answer:
z = -1

Explanation:
Given equation is -9z + 2 = 11
-9z + 2 – 2 = 11 – 2
-9z = 9
z = -9/9
z = -1
Put z = -1 in -9z + 2 = 11
-9(-1) + 2 = 9 + 2 = 11

Question 2.
-3n – 4n – 17 = 25

Answer:
n = -6

Explanation:
Given equation is -3n – 4n – 17 = 25
-7n – 17 = 25
-7n = 25 + 17
-7n = 42
n = -42/7
n = -6
Put n = -6 in -3n – 4n – 17 = 25
-3(-6) – 4(-6) – 17 = 18 + 24 – 17
= 42 – 17 = 25

Question 3.
-2(x + 3) + 5x = -39

Answer:
x = -11

Explanation:
Given equation is -2(x + 3) + 5x = -39
-2x – 6 + 5x = -39
3x – 6 = -39
3x = -39 + 6
3x = -33
x = -33/3
x = -11
Put x = -11 in -2(x + 3) + 5x = -39
-2(-11 + 3) + 5(-11) = -2(-8) – 55
= 16 – 55 = 3-9

Question 4.
-15 + 7.5(2d – 1) = 7.5

Answer:
d = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is -15 + 7.5(2d – 1) = 7.5
-15 + 15d – 7.5 = 7.5
-22.5 + 15d = 7.5
15d = 7.5 + 22.5
15d = 30
d = 30/15
d = 2
Put d = 2 in -15 + 7.5(2d – 1) = 7.5
-15 + 7.5(2(2) – 1) = -15 + 7.5(4 – 1)
= -15 + 7.5(3) = -15 + 22.5 = 7.5

Find the volume of the solid.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 60

Answer:
Volume = 27 cubic cm

Explanation:
Length = 3 cm, width = 2 cm height = 4.5 cm
Solid volume formula is length x width x height
Volume V = 3 x 2 x 4.5
= 27 cubic cm

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 61

Answer:
Volume is 15.75 cubic cm.

Explanation:
Given that,
b = 4.5, h = 2, l = 3.5
The volume of Triangular Prism = ½ × b × h × l
V = ½ × 4.5 × 2 × 3.5
= 4.5 x 1 x 3.5
= 15.75 cubic cm

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 62

Answer:
Volume is 24 cubic in

Explanation:
Given that,
Area of pentagon = 18 in²
Height h = 4 in
The volume of the pentagonal pyramid = 1/3 x base area x height
= 1/3 x 18 x 4
= 6 x 4 = 24 cubic in

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
FINDING MISSING MEASURES IN FIGURES
If possible, find the value of so that the value of the surface area (in square inches) is equal to the value of the volume (in cubic inches). Use an equation to justify your answer. (See Exploration 1, p. 17.)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 63

Answer:
2(14x + 33) = 33x, x = 66/5

Explanation:
Given that,
length l =x in, width w = 11 in, height h = 3 in
Surface area of rectangular prism = Volume of the rectangular prism
2(wl + hl + hw) = whl
2(11x + 3x + 33) = 11 . 3. x
2(14x + 33) = 33x
28x + 66 = 33x
66 = 33x – 28x
66 = 5x
x = 66/5

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 64

Answer:
2(36 + 13x) = 36x, x = 7.2

Explanation:
Given that,
length l = 9 in, width w = 4 in, height h = x in
The surface area of rectangular prism = Volume of the rectangular prism
2(wl + hl + hw) = whl
2(36 + 9x + 4x) = 9 . 4 . x
2(36 + 13x) = 36x
72 + 26x = 36x
72 = 36x – 26x
10x = 72
x = 72/10
x = 7.2

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 65

Answer:
2(9x + 18) = 18x, It does not have a solution

Explanation:
Given that,
length l = 6 in, width w = 3 in, height h = x in
The surface area of rectangular prism = Volume of the rectangular prism
2(wl + hl + hw) = whl
2(3x + 6x + 18) = 6 . 3 . x
2(9x + 18) = 18x
18x + 18 = 18x
18x – 18x = 18
0 = 18

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 11.
m – 4 = 2m

Answer:
m = -4

Explanation:
Given equation is m – 4 = 2m
2m – m = -4
m = -4
Put m = -4 in m – 4 = 2m
-4 – 4 = 2(-4)
-8 = -8

Question 12.
3k – 1 = 7k + 2

Answer:
k = -3/4

Explanation:
Given equation is 3k – 1 = 7k + 2
-1 – 2 = 7k – 3k
-3 = 4k
k = -3/4
Put k = -3/4 in 3k – 1 = 7k + 2
3(-3/4) – 1 = 7(-3/4) + 2
-9/4 – 1 = -21/4 + 2
(-9 – 4)/4 = (-21 + 8)/4
-13/4 = -13/4

Question 13.
6x = 5x + 22

Answer:
x = 22

Explanation:
Given equation is 6x = 5x + 22
6x – 5x = 22
x = 22
Put x = 22 in 6x = 5x + 22
6(22) = 5(22) + 22
132 = 110 + 22

Question 14.
-24 – 8p = 4p

Answer:
p = -2

Explanation:
Given equation is -24 – 8p = 4p
-24 = 4p + 8p
-24 = 12p
p = -24/12
p = -2
Put p = -2 in -24 – 8p = 4p
-24 – 8(-2) = 4(-2)
-24 + 16 = -8

Question 15.
12(2w – 3) = 6w

Answer:
w = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 12(2w – 3) = 6w
24w – 36 = 6w
24w – 6w = 36
18w = 36
w = 36/18
w = 2
Put w = 2 in 12(2w – 3) = 6w
12(2w – 3) = 6w
12(2(2)- 3) = 6(2)
12(4 – 3) = 12
12 = 12

Question 16.
2(n – 3) = 4n + 1

Answer:
n = -7/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(n – 3) = 4n + 1
2n – 6 = 4n + 1
-6 – 1 = 4n – 2n
-7 = 2n
n = -7/2
Put n = -7/2 in 2(n – 3) = 4n + 1
2(-7/2 – 3) = 4(-7/2) + 1
2(-7 – 6)/2 = 2(-7) + 1
-13 = -14 + 1

Question 17.
2(4z – 1) = 3(z + 2)

Answer:
z = 8/5

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(4z – 1) = 3(z + 2)
8z – 2 = 3z + 6
8z – 3z = 6 +2
5z = 8
z = 8/5
Put z = 8/5 in 2(4z – 1) = 3(z + 2)
2(4(8/5) – 1) = 3(8/5 + 2)
64/5 – 2 = 24/5 + 6
(64 – 10)/5 = (24 + 30)/5
54/5 = 54/5

Question 18.
0.1x = 0.2(x + 2)

Answer:

Explanation:
Given equation is 0.1x = 0.2(x + 2)
0.1x = 0.2x + 0.4
0.2x – 0.1x = -0.4
0.1x = -0.4
x = -0.4/0.1
x = -4
Put x = -4 in 0.1x = 0.2(x + 2)
0.1(-4) = 0.2(-4 + 2)
-0.4 = 0.2(-2)

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 66

Answer:
d = 14

Explanation:
Given equation is (1/6)d + 2/3 = 1/4 (d – 2)
(1/6)d + 2/3 = d/4 – 2/4
(1/6)d + 2/3 = d/4 – 1/2
d/6 – d/4 = -1/2 – 2/3
(4d – 6d)/24 = (-3 – 4)/6
-2d/24 = -7/6
d = -7/6 x (-24/2)
d = 14
Put d = 14 in (1/6)d + 2/3 = 1/4 (d – 2)
(1/6)14 + 2/3 = 1/4 (14 – 2)
7/3 + 2/3 = 1/4 (12)
9/3 = 3

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 67

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
3x – 4 = 2x + 1
3x – 2x = 1 + 4
x = 5

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Write and solve an equation to find the number of miles you must drive to have the same cost for each of the car rentals.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 68

Answer:
The number of miles I should drive to have the same cost for each of the car rentals is 40 miles

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of miles
20 + 0.5x = 30 + 0.25x
20 – 30 = 0.25x – 0.5x
-10 = -0.25x
x = 10/0.25
x = 40
The number of miles I should drive to have the same cost for each of the car rentals is 40 miles

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 22.
x + 6 = x

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is x + 6 = x
x – x = -6
0 = -6
The equation has no solution

Question 23.
3x – 1 = 1 – 3x

Answer:
x = 1/3

Explanation:
Given equation is 3x – 1 = 1 – 3x
3x + 3x = 1 + 1
6x = 2
x = 2/6
x = 1/3
Put x = 1/3 in 3x – 1 = 1 – 3x
3(1/3) – 1 = 1 – 3(1/3)
1 – 1 = 1 – 1

Question 24.
3x + 15 = 3(x + 15)

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 3x + 15 = 3(x + 15)
3x + 15 = 3x + 45
3x – 3x = 45 – 15
0 = 30
The equation has no solution

Question 25.
4x – 9 = 3.5x – 9

Answer:
x = 0

Explanation:
Given equation is 4x – 9 = 3.5x – 9
4x – 3.5x = -9 + 9
-0.5x = 0
x = 0
Put x = 0 in 4x – 9 = 3.5x – 9
4(0) – 9 = 3.5(0) – 9
-9 = -9

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 69

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/3 (9x + 3) = 3x + 1
3x + 1 = 3x + 1
3x – 3x = 1 – 1
0 = 0
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 27.
5x – 7 = 4x – 1

Answer:
x = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 5x – 7 = 4x – 1
5x – 4x = 7 – 1
x = 6
Put x = 6 in 5x – 7 = 4x – 1
5(6) – 7 = 4(6) – 1
30 – 7 = 24 – 1
23 = 23

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 70

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is ½ x + ½ x = x + 1
x = x + 1
x – x = 1
0 = 1
The equation has no solution

Question 29.
2x + 4 = -(-7x + 6)

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Given equation is 2x + 4 = -(-7x + 6)
2x + 4 = 7x – 6
4 + 6 = 7x – 2x
10 = 5x
x = 10/5
x = 2
Put x = 2 in 2x + 4 = -(-7x + 6)
2(2) + 4 = -(-7(2) + 6)
4 + 4 = -(-14 + 6)
8 = -(-8)

Question 30.
5.5 – x = -4.5 – x

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 5.5 – x = -4.5 – x
5.5 + 4.5 = -x + x
10 = 0

Question 31.
-3(2x – 3) = -6x + 9

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is -3(2x – 3) = -6x + 9
-6x + 9 = -6x + 9
-6x + 6x = 9 – 9
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 71

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 10x – 8/3 – 4x= 6x
6x – 8/3 = 6x
6x – 6x = 8/3
0 = 8/3
The equation has no solution

Question 33.
6(7x + 7) = 7(6x + 6)

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 6(7x + 7) = 7(6x + 6)
42x + 42 = 42x + 42
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 34.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 72

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
-4(2n – 3) = 12 – 8n
-8n + 12 = 12 – 8n
-8n + 8n = 12 – 12
0 = 0
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 35.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an equation with variables on both sides that has no solution. Explain why it has no solution.

Answer:
5(2x – 3) = 10x – 15

Explanation:
The equation is 5(2x – 3) = 10x – 15
10x – 15 = 10x – 15
10x – 10x = -15 + 15
0 = 0
For any values of x, the equation satisies.
So, The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cable television provider charges $75 for installation and $39.96 per month for a basic entertainment package.A satellite television provider others free installation and charges $13.32 per month for service for each television. Your neighbor subscribes to the cable provider the same month you subscribe to the satellite provider. After how many months is your neighbor’s total cost the same as your total cost when you own three televisions?

Answer:
Never my neighbor’s total cost, my total cost will be same.

Explanation:
Let x as the number of months
My satellite cost for 3 televisions is 13.32x * 3 = 39.96x
My friends cable cost = 75 + 39.96x
75 + 39.96x = 39.96x
75 = 39.96x – 39.96x
75 = 0
75 is never equal to zero.
So, never my neighbor’s total cost, my total cost will be same.

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A pizza parlor makes 52 pizza crusts the first week of summer and 180 pizza crusts each subsequent week. A diner makes 26 pizza crusts the first week of summer and 90 pizza crusts each subsequent week. In how many weeks will the total number of pizza crusts made by the pizza parlor be twice the total number of pizza crusts made by the diner?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 73

Answer:
The pizza parlor always makes twice the pizza crust than the dinner.

Explanation:
Let x is the number of weeks
Pizza parlor = 52 + 180x
Dinner = 26 + 90x
The number of pizza crusts made by the pizza parlor be twice the total number of pizza crusts made by the diner
52 + 180x = 2(26 + 90x
52 + 180x = 52 + 180x
52 – 52 = 180x – 180x
0 = 0
Infinite solutions.
So, the pizza parlor always makes twice the pizza crust than the dinner.

Question 38.
PRECISION
Is the triangle an equilateral triangle? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 74

Answer:
The given triangle is not equilateral triangle

Explanation:
Equilateral triangle have all sides of equal length
2x + 5.2 = 3x + 1.2
2x – 3x = 1.2 – 5.2
-x = -4
x = 4
3x + 1.2 = 2x + 6.2
3x – 2x = 6.2 – 1.2
x = 5
So, the given triangle is not equilateral triangle

GEOMETRY
Find the perimeter of the regular polygon.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 75

Answer:
Perimeter = 3

Explanation:
Perimeter is the sum of all sides of the polygon
As it is a regular polygon all sides are equal
5 – 2x = -4x + 9
5 – 9 = -4x + 2x
-4 = -2x
x = 4/2
x = 2
One side = 5 – 2(2) = 5 – 4 = 1
Perimeter = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 76

Answer:
Perimeter = 7.5

Explanation:
Perimeter is the sum of all sides of the polygon
As it is a regular polygon all sides are equal
3(x – 1) = 5x – 6
3x – 3 = 5x – 6
5x – 3x = -3 + 6
2x = 3
x = 3/2 = 1.5
One side = 5(1.5) – 6
= 7.5 – 6 = 1.5
Perimeter = 5(1.5) = 7.5

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 77

Answer:
Perimeter = 344/3

Explanation:
Perimeter is the sum of all sides of the polygon
As it is a regular polygon all sides are equal
4/3 x – 1/3 = x + 7
4/3 x – x = 7 + 1/3
x = (21 + 1)/3
x = 22/3
One side = 22/3 + 7
= (22 + 21)/3 = 43/3
Perimeter = 8(43/3)
= 344/3

Question 42.
PRECISION
The cost of mailing a DVD in an envelope using Company B is equal to the cost of mailing a DVD in a box using Company A. What is the weight of the DVD with its packing material? Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 78

Answer:
The weight of the DVD with its packing material is around 0.19 lb.

Explanation:
Let x is the weight of the DVD
Cost of mailing a DVD in a box using company A is 2.50x + 2.25
Cost of mailing a DVD in a box using company B 8.50x + 1.10
$8.50x + $1.10 = $2.50x + $2.25
8.50x – 2.50x = 2.25 – 1.10
6x = 1.15
x = 1.15/6
x = 0.19
The weight of the DVD with its packing material is around 0.19 lb.

Question 43.
WRITING
Would you solve the equation 0.25x + 7 = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 8 using fractions or decimals ? Explain.

Answer:
x = 180

Explanation:
0.25x + 7 = 1/3 x – 8
0.25x – 1/3 x = -8 – 7
25/100x – 1/3 x = -15
1/4 x – 1/3 x = -15
(3 – 4)/12 x = -15
-1/12 x = -15
x = -15 x -12
x = 180

Question 44.
NUMBER SENSE
The weight of an object is equal to \(\frac{3}{4}\) of its own weight plus \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a pound. How much does the object weigh? Explain.

Answer:
The object weight is 3 lb.

Explanation:
Let us take x as the object weight
x = 3/4 x + 3/4
4x = 3x + 3
4x – 3x = 3
x = 3
The object weight is 3 lb.

Question 45.
STRUCTURE
Fill in the blanks in three different ways to create an equation that has one solution, no solution, and infinitely many solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 80

Answer:
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(10x + 10) has one solution.
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(-5x – 5) has infinite solutions
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(-5x + 1) has no solution.

Explanation:
Given that,
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(_ x + _)
One solution
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(10x + 10)
10x + 10 = -20x – 20
10x + 20x = -20 – 10
30x = -30
x = -30/3
x = -1
Infinite solutions
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(-5x – 5)
10x + 10 = 10x + 10
10x – 10x = 10 – 10
0 = 0
No solution
7x + 3x + 10 = -2(-5x + 1)
10x + 10 = 10x – 2
10 = -2

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The volume of red blood cells in a blood sample is equal to the total volume of the sample minus the volume of plasma. What is the total volume x of blood drawn?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 81

Answer:
The volume of blood is 5.95 mL.

Explanation:
The volume of red blood cells in a blood sample is equal to the total volume of the sample minus the volume of plasma.
45% = sample volume – 5.5
0.45 = sample volume – 5.5
sample volume = 045 + 5.5
= 5.95

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
One serving of oatmeal provides 16% of the fiber you need daily. You must get the remaining 21 grams of fiber from other sources. How many grams of fiber should you consume daily? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The total amount of fiber you need daily is 25 grams.

Explanation:
Let x is the total amount of fiber you needed daily.
Since one serving of oatmeal provides 16% of the fiber you need daily, then 0.16x grams is the amount of fiber you get from oatmeal
If you get another 21 grams of fiber from other sources, then 0.16x + 21 grams is the total amount of fiber you need daily
x and 0.16x + 21 both represent the total amount of fiber you need daily
So 0.16x + 21 = x
21 = x – 0.16x
21 = 0.84x
x = 21/0.84
x = 25
The total amount of fiber you need daily is 25 grams.

Question 48.
DIG DEEPER!
The floor of a six-foot-wide hallway is painted as shown, using equal amounts of white and black paint.
a. How long is the hallway?
b. Can this same hallway be painted with the same pattern, but using twice as much black paint as white paint? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 82

Answer:
a. The total length of the hallway = 9x + 4
b. Yes

Explanation:
a. The total length of the hallway = The length of white paints + lngth of black paints
= 5(x) + 4(x + 1)
= 5x + 4x + 4 = 9x + 4

Question 49.
PRECISION
Consider the equation c = ax – bx, where a, b, and c are whole numbers. Which of the following result in values a, b and c so that the original equation has exactly one solution? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 83

Answer:
a ≠  b, c = 0

Explanation:
c = ax – bx,
Substitute a ≠  b, c = 0 values in above equation
c = ax – bx
0 = x(a – b)

Lesson 1.4 Rewriting Equations and Formulas

EXPLORATION

Work with a partner.
a. Write a formula for the height h of each figure. Explain your method.

  • A parallelogram with area A and base b
  • A rectangular prism with volume V, length l, and width w
  • A triangle with area A and base b

b. Write a formula for the length l of each figure. Explain your method.

  • A rectangle with perimeter P and width w
  • A rectangular prism with surface area S, width w, and height h.

c. Use your formulas in parts (a) and (b) to find the missing dimension of each figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 84

1.4 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation for y.

Question 1.
5y – x = 10

Answer:
y = (10 + x)/5

Explanation:
Given equation is 5y – x = 10
Add x to both sides
5y – x + x = 10 + x
5y = 10 + x
Divide both sides by 5
5y/5 = (10 + x)/5
y = (10 + x)/5

Question 2.
4x – 4y = 1

Answer:
y = (4x – 1)/4

Explanation:
Given equation is 4x – 4y = 1
Subtract 4x from both sides
4x – 4y – 4x  = 1 – 4x
-4y = 1 – 4x
Divide both sides by -4
-4y/-4 = (1-4x)/-4
y = (4x – 1)/4

Question 3.
12 = 6x + 3y

Answer:
y = (12 – 6x)/3

Explanation:
Given equation is 12 = 6x + 3y
Subtract 6x from each side
12 – 6x = 6x + 3y – 6x
12 – 6x = 3y
Divide each side by 3
(12 – 6x)/3 = 3y/3
y = (12 – 6x)/3

Try It

Solve the formula for the red variable.

Question 4.
Area of rectangle: A = bh

Answer:
b = A/h

Explanation:
Given that,
Area of the rectangle A = bh
Divide each side by h
A/h = bh/h
A/h = b
Area/height = base

Question 5.
Simple interest: I = Prt

Answer:
P = I/rt

Explanation:
Given that,
Simple interest: I = Prt
Divide each side by rt
I/rt = Prt/rt
P = I/rt

Question 6.
Surface area of cylinder: S = 2πr2 + 2πrh

Answer:
h = (S – 2πr²)/2πr

Explanation:
Given that,
Surface area of cylinder: S = 2πr² + 2πrh
Subtract 2πr² from each side
S – 2πr² = 2πr² + 2πrh – 2πr²
S – 2πr² = 2πrh
Divide each side by 2πr
(S – 2πr²)/2πr = h

Try It

Question 7.
Solve the formula F = \(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 for C. Justify your answer.

Answer:
C = 5(F – 32)/9

Explanation:
Given that,
F = (9/5)C + 32
Subtract 32 from each side
F – 32 = (9/5)C + 32 – 32
F – 32 = (9/5)C
Multiply each side by (5/9)
(F – 32) x (5/9) = (9/5)C x (5/9
5(F – 32)/9 = C

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
REWRITING A Formula
The formula for the circumference of a circle is C = 2πr. Solve the formula for r.

Answer:
r = C/2π

Explanation:
Given that
The formula for the circumference of a circle is C = 2πr
Divide each side by 2π
C/ 2π = 2πr/2π
C/2π = r

Question 9.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 85

Answer:
2y – 4x = 6

Explanation:
1. 4x = 6 + 2y
4x – 6 = 2y
(4x – 6)/2 = y
y = [2(2x – 3)]/2
y = (2x – 3)
2. 6 = 4x – 2y
6 – 4x = -2y
y = (4x – 6)/2
y = (2x – 3)
3. 2y – 4x = -6
2y = -6 + 4x
y = (4x – 6)/2
y = 2x – 3
4. 2y – 4x = 6
2y = 6 + 4x
y = 3 + 2x

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
Room temperature is considered to be 70°F. The temperature outside is currently 23°C. Is this greater than or less than room temperature?

Answer:
The outside temperature is greater than room temperature

Explanation:
Room temperature is considered to be 70°F. The temperature outside is currently 23°C
F = (9/5) C + 32
Put C = 23°
F = (9/5)23 + 32
F = 41.1+ 32
F = 73.4°
C = 23° is greater than F = 70°
So the outside temperature is greater than room temperature

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A bird flies at a top speed of 20,000 meters per hour. The bird flies 30,000 meters without stopping.
a. For how many hours did the bird fly if it flew at top speed?
b. In part(a), did you rewrite a formula to find the number of hours the bird flew, or did you use another approach? Explain.

Answer:
a) The bird flew 1.5 hours at Top speed
b) Yes, I rewrite a formula to find the number of hours the bird flew.

Explanation:
Speed of the bird = 20000 meters per hour
Distance travelled = 30000 meters
a) Distance = speed x time
d = s x t
t = d/s
t = 30000/20000
t = 1.5
The bird flew 1.5 hour at Top speed
b) Yes, I rewrite a formula to find the number of hours the bird flew.

Question 12.
A ball pit is in the shape of a cylinder with a lateral surface area of 245 square feet. The diameter of the ball pit is 312 inches. What is the height of the ball pit? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 86

Answer:
The height of the ball pit is 3 feet.

Explanation:
Diameter of the ball pit = 312 inches = 26 feet
Radius of the ball pit = 26/2 = 13 feet
Lateral surface area = 245 sq. ft
Surface area = 2πrh
245 = 2 x 3.14 x 13 x h
245 = 81.64h
h = 245/81.64
h = 3 feet
The height of the ball pit is 3 feet

Rewriting Equations and Formulas Homework & Practice 1.4

Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 1.
-2x = x + 15

Answer:
x = -5

Explanation:
Given equation is -2x = x + 15
-2x – x = 15
-3x = 15
x = -15/3
x = -5
Put x = -5 in -2x = x + 15
-2(-5) = -5 + 15
10 = 10

Question 2.
4(z – 3) = 2z

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 4(z – 3) = 2z
4z – 12 = 2z
4z – 2z = 12
2z = 12
z = 12/2
z = 6
Put z = 6 in 4(z – 3) = 2z
4(6 – 3) = 2(6)
4(3) = 12

Question 3.
x – 8 = x – 1

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is x – 8 = x – 1
x – x = -1 + 8
0 = 7
The equation has no solution

Question 4.
5(4 + t) = 5t + 20

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 5(4 + t) = 5t + 20
20 + 5t = 5t + 20
20 + 5t – 20 = 5t
5t = 5t
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Find the unit rate.

Question 5.
60 miles in 5 hours

Answer:
Speed = 12 miles per 1 hour

Explanation:
60 miles in 5 hours
Speed = 60 miles in 5 hours
= 60/5 = 12 miles per 1 hour

Question 6.
$8.50 : 5 ounces

Answer:
$8.50 : 5 ounces = 1.7 per ounce

Explanation:
$8.50 : 5 ounces
Unit rate = $8.50/5
= 1.7 per ounce

Question 7.
9 pounds per 6 crates

Answer:
9 pounds per 6 crates = 1.5

Explanation:
9 pounds per 6 crates
Unit rate = 9/6
= 1.5

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
REWRITING FORMULA
Solve the formula for the height of the figure. Then use the new formula to find the height. (See Exploration 1, p. 25.)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 87

Answer:
Height = 6mm

Explanation:
A = ½bh
36 = ½ x 12 x h
36 = 6h
h = 36/6
h = 6 mm

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 88

Answer:
Height = 6 inch

Explanation:
Volume V = Base area x height
h = V/B
h = 36/6
h = 6 inch

IDENTIFYING LITERAL EQUATIONS
Is the equation a literal equation? Explain.

Question 10.
y = 4

Answer:
y = 4 is not a liter equation.

Explanation:
y = 4 is not a liter equation. A literal equation is an equation that has two or more variables.

Question 11.
t + 8y = 7

Answer:
t + 8y = 7 is a literal equation.

Explanation:
t + 8y = 7 is a literal equation because it has two variables t, and y.

Question 12.
z = 4x + 9y

Answer:
z = 4x + 9y is a literal equation.

Explanation:
z = 4x + 9y is a literal equation because it has 3 variables x, y , and z.

REWRITING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation for y.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 89

Answer:
y = (12 – x)/3

Explanation:
Given equation is (1/3)x + y = 4
Subtract each side by (1/3)x
(1/3)x + y – (1/3)x = 4 – (1/3)x
y = 4 – (1/3)x
y = (12 – x)/3

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 90

Answer:
y = (7 – 3x)/5

Explanation:
Given equation is 3x + (1/5)y = 7
Subtract 3x from each side
3x + (1/5)y – 3x = 7 – 3x
(1/5)y = 7 – 3x
Multiply each side by 5
(1/5)y x 5 = (7 – 3x)/5
y = (7 – 3x)/5

Question 15.
6 = 4x + 9y

Answer:
y = (6 – 4x)/9

Explanation:
Given equation is 6 = 4x + 9y
Subtract 4x from each side
6 – 4x = 4x + 9y – 4x
6 – 4x = 9y
Divide each side by 9
(6 – 4x)/9 = 9y/9
y = (6 – 4x)/9

Question 16.
π = 7x – 2y

Answer:
y = (7x – π)/2

Explanation:
Given equation is π = 7x – 2y
Subtract 7x from each side
π – 7x = 7x – 2y – 7x
π – 7x = -2y
Divide eachside by -2
(π – 7x)/-2 = -2y/-2
(7x – π)/2 = y

Question 17.
4.2x – 1.4y = 2.1

Answer:
y = 3(2x – 1)/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 4.2x – 1.4y = 2.1
Subtract 4.2x from each side
4.2x – 1.4y – 4.2x = 2.1 – 4.2x
-1.4y = 2.1 – 4.2x
Divide each side by -1.4y
-1.4y/-1.4 = (2.1 – 4.2x)/-1.4
y = (4.2x – 2.1)/1.4
= 2.1(2x – 1)/1.4
y = 3(2x – 1)/2

Question 18.
6y – 1.5x = 8

Answer:
y = (8 – 1.5x)/6

Explanation:
Given equation is 6y – 1.5x = 8
Add 1.5x to each side
6y – 1.5x – 1.5x = 8 – 1.5x
6y = 8 – 1.5x
Divide each side by 6
6y/6 = (8 – 1.5x)/6
y = (8 – 1.5x)/6

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend rewrites the equation 2x – y = 5. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 91

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
2x – y = 5
Subtract 2x from each side
2x – y – 2x = 5 – 2x
-y = -2x + 5
y = 5 – 2x

REWRITING A FORMULA
Solve the formula for the red variable.

Question 20.
d = rt

Answer:
t = d/r

Explanation:
Given that,
d = rt
t = d/r

Question 21.
e = mc2

Answer:
m = e/c²

Explanation:
Given that,
e = mc²
e/c² = m

Question 22.
R – C = P

Answer:
C = R – P

Explanation:
Given that,
R – C = P
-C = P – R
C = R – P

Question 23.
P = a + b + c

Answer:
a = P – b – c

Explanation:
Given that,
P = a + b + c
P – b – c = a
a = P – b – c

Question 24.
B = 3\(\frac{V}{h}\)

Answer:
V = Bh/3

Explanation:
Given that,
B = 3(V/h)
Multiply each side by h
Bh = 3(V/h) x h
Bh = 3V
Divide each side by 3
Bh/3 = 3V/3
V = Bh/3

Question 25.
D = \(\frac{m}{V}\)

Answer:
V = m/D

Explanation:
Given that,
D = m/V
Multiply each side by V
DV = (m/V)V
DV = m
Divide each side by D
DV/D = m/D
V = m/D

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The formula K = C + 273.15 converts temperatures from degrees Celsius to Kelvin K.
a. Convert 200 degrees Celsius to Kelvin.
b. Solve the formula for C.
c. Convert 300 Kelvin to degrees Celsius.

Answer:
a. K = 473.15
b. C = K – 273.15
c. C = 26.85°

Explanation:
Given formula is K = C + 273.15
a) Convert 200 degrees Celsius to Kelvin.
K = C + 273.15
Put C = 200
K = 200 + 273.15
K = 473.15
b) Solve the formula for C
K = C + 273.15
C = K – 273.15
c) Convert 300 Kelvin to degree Celsius
C = 300 – 273.15
C = 26.85°

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The formula for simple interest is I = Prt.
a. Solve the formula for t, when r is the simple interest per year.
b. Use the new formula to find the value of in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 91.1

Answer:
a. t = I/Pr
b. t =1/20

Explanation:
The formula for simple interest is I = Prt.
a. Solve the formula for t, when r is the simple interest per year.
I = Prt
Divide each side by Pr
I/Pr = Prt/Pr
t = I/Pr
b. Given that,
I = $75, P = $500, r = 5%, t = ?
t = I/Pr
Put above values in the formula
t = 75/(500 x 5)
= 1/20

Question 28.
GEOMETRY
Use the triangle shown.
a. Write a formula for the perimeter P of the triangle.
b. Solve the formula for b.
c. Use the new formula to find b when a is 10 feet and c is 17 feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 92

Answer:
a. P = a + b + c
b. b = P – a – c
c. b = 15 feet

Explanation:
a. Write a formula for the perimeter P of the triangle.
We know that the perimeter is nothing but the sum of the outer edges of the triangle.
Perimeter = a + b + c
P = a + b + c
b. Solve the formula for b.
P = a + b + c
Subtract a, c from each side
P – a – c = a + b + c – a – c
P – a – c = b
c. Given that,
P = 42 feet, a = 10 ft, c = 17 ft
b = P – a – c
b = 42 – 10 – 17
b = 42 – 27
b = 15 feet

Question 29.
REASONING
The formula Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 93 converts temperatures from degrees Fahrenheit F to Kelvin K.
a. Solve the formula for F.
b. The freezing point of helium is 0.95 Kelvin. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
c. The temperature of dry ice is -78.5°C. Which is colder, dry ice or liquid nitrogen?

Answer:
a. F = 9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32
b. F = = -454.96
c. liquid nitrogen is colder than dry ice

Explanation:
K = 5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15
a. Solve the formula for F.
K = 5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15
Subtract 237.15 from each side
K – 273.15 = 5/9 (F – 32)
Multiply each side by 9
9(K – 273.15) = 5(F – 32)
Divide each side by 5
9(K – 273.15)/5 = 5(F – 32)/5
9/5 (K – 273.15) = F – 32
Subtract 32 from each side
9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32 = F – 32 + 32
9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32 = F
b. The freezing point of helium is 0.95 Kelvin. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
F = 9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32
Put K = 0.95
F = 9/5 (0.95  – 273.15) + 32
F = 9/5 (-272.2) + 35
= 9(-54.44) + 35
= -489.96 + 35
= -454.96
c. The temperature of dry ice is -78.5°C. Which is colder, dry ice or liquid nitrogen?
liquid nitrogen is colder than dry ice

Question 30.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In which city is the water temperature higher?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 94

Answer:
The water temperature is higher in Portland.

Explanation:
By observing the image we can say that in Portland the water temperature is higher.

Question 31.
GEOMETRY
The volume of a square pyramid with a height of 30 feet is 360 cubic feet. What are the side lengths of the base? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The base side length is 6 feet.

Explanation:
Given that,
height h = feet
Volume V = 360 cubic feet
Volume V = Bh/3
3V = Bh
3V/h = B
B = (3 x 360)/30
B = 36
Side² = 36
Side = √(36)
Side = 6 feet
The base side length is 6 feet.

Question 32.
DIG DEEPER!
The Navy Pier Ferris Wheel in Chicago has a circumference that is 56% of the circumference of the first Ferris wheel built in 1893.
a. What is the radius of the Navy Pier Ferris Wheel?
b. What was the radius of the first Ferris wheel?
c. The first Ferris wheel took 9 minutes to make a complete revolution. How fast was the wheel moving?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 95

Answer:
a. The radius of the Navy Pier Ferris Wheel is 70 feet
b. The radius of the first Ferris wheel is 125 feet
c. The wheel is moving with 87.2 ft/min

Explanation:
a. Circle circumference = 2πr
439 = 2πr
r = 439/2π
r = 439/(2 x 3.14) = 439/6.28
r = 70 feet
The radius of the Navy Pier Ferris Wheel is 70 feet
b. New circumference = 56% of old circumference
439.6 = 0.56 x C
C = 439.6/0.56
C = 785
Old circumference = 2πr(old)
785 = 2πr(old)
r(old) = 785/2π
= 125 feet
The radius of the first Ferris wheel is 125 feet
c. Old circumference/ time
Cold / Time = 785/9
= 87.2 ft/min
The wheel is moving with 87.2 ft/min

Equations Connecting Concepts

Connecting Concepts

Problem-Solving Strategies
Using an appropriate strategy will help you make sense of problems as you study the mathematics in this course. You can use the following strategies to solve problems that you encounter.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 96

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
The battery life of a one-year-old cell phone is 75% of its original battery life. When the battery is charged to 50% of its capacity, it dies after 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours. Find the original battery life of the phone. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 97

Understand the problem.
You know how long a cell phone battery lasts when it is charged to 50% of its capacity. You also know that the battery life of the phone is 75% of its original battery life. You are asked to find the original battery life of the phone.
Make a plan.
First, find the battery life of the one-year-old cell phone. Then use this information to write and solve an equation for the original battery life of the phone.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
The original battery life of the phone is 12 hours.

Explanation:
Let x be the battery life of the one-year-old cell phone.
(100% – 50%)x = 4.5
(1 – 0.5)x = 4.5
0.5x = 4.5
x = 4.5/0.5
x = 9 hours
Let take y as the original battery life
One year old battery life = 75% of original battery life
9 = 0.75y
y = 9/0.75
y = 12 hours
75% of original battery life is 75% x 12 = 0.75 x 12 = 9
50% of the battery life of the one year old cell phone is 0.50 x 9 = 4.5
The original battery life of the phone is 12 hours.

Question 2.
The triangular prism shown has a volume of 132 cubic centimeters. Find the height of the prism. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 98

Answer:
Height h = 5.5 cm

Explanation:
The triangular prism shown has a volume of 132 cubic centimeters.
a = 6 cm, b = 8 cm, h = ?
V = 0.5 x b x a x h
132 = 0.5 x 8 x 6 x h
132 = 24 x h
h = 132/24
h = 5.5
Height h = 5.5 cm

Performance Task

Target Heart Rates
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Training for a Half Marathon.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 99

Equations Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of the vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 100

Graphic Organizers

You can use an Information Frame to help organize and remember a concept. Here is an example of an Information Frame for solving equations with variables on both sides.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 101
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. solving simple equations using addition
  2. solving simple equations using subtraction
  3. solving simple equations using multiplication
  4. solving simple equations using division
  5. inverse operations
  6. literal equation

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 102

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 103

1.1 Solving Simple Equations (pp. 3–10)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
y + 8 = -11

Answer:
y = -19

Explanation:
Given equation is y + 8 = -11
y + 8 – 8 = -11 – 8
y = -19
Put y = -19 in y + 8 = -11
-19 + 8 = -11

Question 2.
3.2 = -0.4n

Answer:
n = -8

Explanation:
Given equation is 3.2 = -0.4n
3.2/-0.4 = -0.4n/-0.4
-8 = n
Put n = -8 in 3.2 = -0.4n
3.2 = -0.4(-8)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 104

Answer:
t = 12π

Explanation:
Given equation is -t/4 = -3π
-t = -3π x 4
-t = -12π
t = 12π
Put t = 12π in -t/4 = -3π
-12π/4 = -3π

Question 4.
v – | 2.4 | = 5.7

Answer:
v = 8.1

Explanation:
Given equation is v – | 2.4 | = 5.7
v – 2.4 = 5.7
v = 5.7 + 2.4
v = 8.1
put v = 8.1 in v – | 2.4 | = 5.7
8.1 – | 2.4 | = 5.7
8.1 – 2.4 = 5.7

Question 5.
-6 = -2 + w

Answer:
w = -4

Explanation:
Given equation is -6 = -2 + w
-6 + 2 = w
-4 = w
Put w = -4 in -6 = -2 + w
-6 = -2 – 4

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 105

Answer:
x = -1/4

Explanation:
Given equation is x – 2/3 = -11/12
x = -11/12 + 2/3
x = (-11 + 8)/12
x = -3/12
x = -1/4
Put x = -1/4 in x – 2/3 = -11/12
-1/4 – 2/3 = -11/12
(-3 – 8)/12 = -11/12

Question 7.
The boiling point of a liquid is the temperature at which the liquid becomes a gas. The boiling point of mercury is about \(\frac{41}{200}\) of the boiling point of lead. Write and solve an equation to find the boiling point of lead.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 1 Equations 106

Answer:
41/200 x = 357
The boiling point of lead is 1741.46°C

Explanation:
The boiling point of mercury = 357°C
The boiling point of lead is x
41/200 x = 357
x = 357 x (200/41)
x = 1741.46
The boiling point of lead is 1741.46°C

Question 8.
Write an equation that you can use the Addition Property of Equality to solve.

Answer:
x – 6 = 8

Explanation:
x – 6 = 8
Add 6 to each side
x – 6 + 6 = 8 + 6
x = 14

Question 9.
To solve \(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 14, you multiply both sides of the equation by \(\frac{5}{2}\). Your friend divides both sides of the equation by \(\frac{2}{5}\). Who is correct? Explain.

Answer:
Multiply both sides of the equation by 5/2

Explanation:
2/5 x = 14
Multiply both sides of the equation by 5/2
2/5 x (5/2) = 14(5/2)
x = 7 x 5
x = 35

Question 10.
Write and solve an equation to find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 107

Answer:
x = 45°

Explanation:
(x + 10)° = 55°
x + 10 – 10 = 55 – 10
x = 45°

Question 11.
The circumference C of a circle is 24π inches. Use the formula C = 2πr to find the radius r of the circle.

Answer:
The radius r of the circle is 12 inches.

Explanation:
The circumference C of a circle is 24π inches
C = 2πr
24π = 2πr
24π/2π = r
12 = r
The radius r of the circle is 12 inches

1.2 Solving Multi-Step Equations (pp. 11–16)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
3n + 12 = 30

Answer:
n = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 3n + 12 = 30
3n = 30 – 12
3n = 18
n = 18/3
n = 6
Put n = 6 in 3n + 12 = 30
3(6) + 12 = 18 + 12 = 30

Question 13.
2(3 – p) – 17 = 41

Answer:
p = -26

Explanation:
Given equation is 2(3 – p) – 17 = 41
6 – 2p – 17 = 41
-2p – 11 = 41
-2p = 41 + 11
-2p = 52
p = 52/-2
p = -26
Put p = -26 in 2(3 – p) – 17 = 41
2(3 – (-26)) – 17 = 2(3 + 26) – 17
= 2(29) – 17 = 58 – 17 = 41

Question 14.
-14x + 28 + 6x = -44

Answer:
x = 9

Explanation:
Given equation is -14x + 28 + 6x = -44
-8x + 28 = -44
-8x = -44 – 28
-8x = -72
x = 72/8
x = 9
put x = 9 in -14x + 28 + 6x = -44
-14(9) + 28 + 6(9) = -126 + 28 + 54
= -44

Question 15.
1.06(12.95 + x) = 31.27

Answer:
x = 16.55

Explanation:
Given equation is 1.06(12.95 + x) = 31.27
12.95 + x = 31.27/1.06
12.95 + x = 29.5
x = 29.5 – 12.95
x = 16.55
Put x = 16.55 in 1.06(12.95 + x) = 31.27
1.06(12.95 + 16.55) = 1.06(29.5) = 31.27

Question 16.
The sum of the angle measures of a quadrilateral x is 360°. Find the value of x. Then find the angle measures of the quadrilateral.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 108

Answer:
x = 120°

Explanation:
The sum of the angle measures of a quadrilateral is 360°
x° + x° + ½x° + ½x° = 360°
2x° + x° = 360°
3x° = 360°
x = 360/3
x = 120°

Question 17.
The equation P = 2.5m + 35 represents the price (in dollars) of a bracelet, where is the cost of the materials (in dollars). The price of a bracelet is $115. What is the cost of the materials?

Answer:
The cost of the materials is $32.

Explanation:
The equation P = 2.5m + 35 represents the price (in dollars) of a bracelet
The price of a bracelet is $115
$115 = 2.5m + 35
115 – 35 = 2.5m
80 = 2.5m
80/2.5 = m
32 = m
The cost of the materials is $32.

Question 18.
A 455-foot fence encloses a pasture. What is the length of each side of the pasture?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 109

Answer:
The length of each side of the pasture is 50 ft, 150 ft, 180 ft, 75 ft.

Explanation:
A 455-foot fence encloses a pasture
x + 3x + 1.5x + 180 = 455
5.5x + 180 = 455
5.5x = 455 – 180
5.5x = 275
x = 275/5.5
x = 50
The length of each side of the pasture is 50 ft, 150 ft, 180 ft, 75 ft.

1.3 Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides (pp. 17–24)

Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 19.
3(x – 4) = -2(4 – x)

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
Given equation is 3(x – 4) = -2(4 – x)
3x – 12 = -8 + 2x
3x – 2x = -8 + 12
x = 4
Put x = 4 in 3(x – 4) = -2(4 – x)
3(4 – 4) = -2(4 – 4)
3(0) = -2(0)
0 = 0

Question 20.
4 – 5k = -8 – 5k

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 4 – 5k = -8 – 5k
4 + 8 = -5k + 5k
12 = 0
The equation has no solution

Question 21.
5m – 1 = 4m + 5

Answer:
m = 6

Explanation:
Given equation is 5m – 1 = 4m + 5
5m – 4m = 5 + 1
m = 6
Put m = 6 in 5m – 1 = 4m + 5
5(6) – 1 = 4(6) + 5
30 – 1 = 24 + 5
29 = 29

Question 22.
3(5p – 3) = 5(p – 1)

Answer:
p = 2/5

Explanation:
Given equation is 3(5p – 3) = 5(p – 1)
15p – 9 = 5p – 5
15p – 5p = -5 + 9
10p = 4
p = 4/10
p = 2/5
Put p = 2/5 in 3(5p – 3) = 5(p – 1)
3(5(2/5) – 3) = 5(2/5 – 1)
3(2 – 3) = 5(2 – 5)/5
3(-1) = -3

Question 23.
0.4n + 0.1 = 0.5(n + 4)

Answer:
n = -19

Explanation:
Given equation is 0.4n + 0.1 = 0.5(n + 4)
0.4n + 0.1 = 0.5n + 2
0.1 – 2 = 0.5n – 04n
-1.9 = 0.1n
-1.9/0.1 = n
n = -19
Put n = -19 in 0.4n + 0.1 = 0.5(n + 4)
0.4(-19) + 0.1 = 0.5(-19 + 4)
-7.6 + 0.1 = 0.5(-15)
-7.5 = -7.5

Question 24.
7t + 3 = 8 + 7t

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 7t + 3 = 8 + 7t
7t – 7t = 8 – 3
0 = 5
The equation has no solution

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 110

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/5 (15b – 7) = 3b – 9
(15b – 7) = 5(3b – 9)
15b – 7 = 15b – 45
15b – 15b = -45 + 7
0 = -38
The equation has no solution

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 111

Answer:
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/6 (12z – 18) = 2z – 3
1/6 (6(2z – 3)) = 2z – 3
2z – 3 = 2z – 3
2z = 2z – 3 + 3
2z = 2z
The equation has infinitely many solutions

Question 27.
The side lengths of an isosceles triangle are (3x + 1) inches, (4x + 5) inches, and (2x + 7) inches. Find the perimeters of two possible triangles.

Answer:
The perimeters of two possible triangles are 11x + 11, 12x + 19.

Explanation:
The side lengths of an isosceles triangle are (3x + 1) inches, (4x + 5) inches, and (2x + 7) inches.
The sides of first triangle are (3x + 1), (4x + 5), (4x + 5)
Perimeter = sum of all sides
P = 3x + 1 + 4x + 5 + 4x + 5
= 11x + 11
The sides of the second triangle are (4x + 5), (2x + 7), (2x + 7)
Perimeter = (4x + 5) + (2x + 7) + (2x + 7)
= 12x + 19

Question 28.
A shuttle company charges $3.25 plus $0.55 per mile. A taxi company charges $2.50 plus $0.60 per mile. After how many miles will both companies charge the same amount?

Answer:
After 15 miles both company charge the same amount.

Explanation:
Assume x as the miles
3.25 + 0.55x = 2.50 + 0.60x
3.25 – 2.50 = 0.60x – 0.55x
0.75 = 0.05x
x = 0.75/0.05
x = 15
After 15 miles both company charge the same amount.

Question 29.
You begin the year with $25 in a savings account and $50 in a checking account. Each week you deposit $5 into the savings account and $10 into the checking account. In how many weeks is the amount in the checking account twice the amount in the savings account?

Answer:
Every week the amount in checking twice the amount in savings.

Explanation:
You begin the year with $25 in a savings account and $50 in a checking account.
50 + 10x
Savings is 25 + 5x
The amount in checking twice the amount in savings
50 + 10x = 2(25 + 5x)
50 + 10x = 50 + 10x
Every week the amount in checking twice the amount in savings.

Rewriting Equations and Formulas (pp. 25–30)

Question 30.
6y + x = 8

Answer:
y = (8 – x)/6

Explanation:
Given equation is 6y + x = 8
6y = 8 – x
y = (8 – x)/6

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 112

Answer:
y = 30x – 45

Explanation:
Given equation is 10x – 1/3 y = 15
-1/3 y = 15 – 10x
y = (15 – 10x)-3
y = -45 + 30x
y = 30x – 45

Question 32.
20 = 5x + 10y

Answer:
y = (20 – 5x)/10

Explanation:
Given equation is 20 = 5x + 10y
20 – 5x = 10y
(20 – 5x)/10 = y

Question 33.
The formula Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 113 converts a temperature from Kelvin K to Fahrenheit F.
a. Solve the formula for K.
b. Convert 240°F to Kelvin. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.

Answer:
a. K = 5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15
b. K = 400

Explanation:
F = 9/5 (K – 273.15) + 32
a.
F – 32 = 9/5 (K – 273.15)
5(F – 32) = 9(K – 273.15)
5/9 (F – 32) = K – 273.15
5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15 = K
b.
K = 5/9 (F – 32) + 273.15
Put F = 240°F
K = 5/9 (240 – 32) + 273.15
= 5/9(208) + 273.15
= 115.5 + 273.15
= 388.7
Rounding 388 to nearest 100
So, K = 400

Question 34.
Use the trapezoid shown.
a. Write the formula for the area A of a trapezoid.
b. Solve the formula for h.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 113.1
c. Use the new formula to find the height of the trapezoid.

Answer:
a. A = (a + b) h/2
b. h = 2A/(a + b)
c. h = 6 cm

Explanation:
a.
Area of trapezoid formula is A = (a + b) h/2
b.
Area of trapezoid is A = (a + b) h/2
2A = (a + b)h
h = 2A/(a + b)
c.
A = 72 cm², a = 8 cm, b = 16 cm
h = (2 x 72)/(8 + 16)
= 144/24
h = 6 cm

Question 35.
The equation for a line in slope-intercept form is y = mx + b. Solve the equation for x.

Answer:
x = (y – b)/m

Explanation:
The equation for a line in slope-intercept form is y = mx + b
y = mx + b
y – b = mx
(y – b)/m = x

Question 36.
The formula for the volume of a cylinder is V = πr2h, where r is the radius of the circular base and is the height of the cylinder.
a. Solve the formula for h.
b. Use the new formula to find the height of the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 114

Answer:
a. h = V/πr²
b. The height h = 3.84 in

Explanation:
The formula for the volume of a cylinder is V = πr²h
a. Solve the formula for h.
V = πr²h
Divide each side by πr²
V/πr² = πr²h/πr²
V/πr² = h
b.
Height h = V/πr²
Volume = 6π cubic inches
radius = 1.25 inch
h = V/πr²
= 6π / π(1.25)²
= 6/1.5625
= 3.84
The height h = 3.84 in

Equations Practice Test

Practice Test
Solve the equation. Check your solution, if possible.

Question 1.
4 + y = 9.5

Answer:
y = 5.5

Explanation:
Given equation is 4 + y = 9.5
y = 9.5 – 4
y = 5.5
Put y = 5.5 in 4 + y = 9.5
4 + 5.5 = 9.5

Question 2.
–\(\frac{x}{9}\) = -8

Answer:
x = 72

Explanation:
Given equation is -x/9 = -8
-x = -8 * 9
-x = -72
x = 72
Put x = 72 in -x/9 = -8
-72/9 = -8

Question 3.
z – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
z = 19/24

Explanation:
Given equation is z – 2/3 = 1/8
z = 1/8 + 2/3
z = (3 + 16)/24
z = 19/24
Put z = 19/24 in z – 2/3 = 1/8
19/24 – 2/3 = (19 – 16)/24 = 3/24
= 1/8

Question 4.
15 = 9 – 3a

Answer:
a = -2

Explanation:
Given equation is 15 = 9 – 3a
15 – 9 = -3a
6 = -3a
6/-3 = a
-2 = a
put a = -2 in 15 = 9 – 3a
15 = 9 – 3(-2) = 9 + 6

Question 5.
4(b + 5) – 9 = -7

Answer:
b = -9/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 4(b + 5) – 9 = -7
4b + 20 – 9 = -7
4b + 11 = -7
4b = -7 – 11
4b = -18
b = -18/4
b = -9/2
Put b = -9/2 in 4(b + 5) – 9 = -7
4(-9/2 + 5) – 9 = 4(-9 + 10)/2 – 9
= 4/2 – 9 = 2 – 9 = -7

Question 6.
9j – 8 = 8 + 9j

Answer:
The equation has no solution

Explanation:
Given equation is 9j – 8 = 8 + 9j
9j = 8 + 9j + 8
9j – 9j = 16
0 = 16
The equation has no solution

Question 7.
3.8n – 13 = 1.4n + 5

Answer:
n = 7.5

Explanation:
Given equation is 3.8n – 13 = 1.4n + 5
3.8n – 1.4n = 5 + 13
2.4n = 18
n = 18/2.4
n = 7.5
Put n = 7.5 in 3.8n – 13 = 1.4n + 5
3.8(7.5) – 13 = 1.4(7.5) + 5
28.5 – 13 = 10.5 + 5
15.5 = 15.5

Question 8.
9(8d – 5) + 13 = 12d – 2

Answer:
d = 1/2

Explanation:
Given equation is 9(8d – 5) + 13 = 12d – 2
72d – 45 + 13 = 12d – 2
72d – 12d – 32 = -2
60d = -2 + 32
60d = 30
d = 30/60
d = 1/2
Put d = 1/2 in 9(8d – 5) + 13 = 12d – 2
9(8(1/2) – 5) + 13 = 12(1/2) – 2
9(4 – 5) + 13 = 6 – 2
9(-1) + 13 = 4
-9 + 13 = 4

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 115

Answer:
t = -4

Explanation:
Given equation is 1/4 t + 4 = 3/4(t + 8)
1/4 t + 4 = 3/4t + 8(3/4)
1/4 t + 4 = 3/4t + 6
3/4 t – 1/4 t = 4 – 6
2/4 t = -2
1/2 t = -2
t = -2 * 2
t = -4
Put t = -4 in 1/4 t + 4 = 3/4(t + 8)
1/4 (-4) + 4 = 3/4(-4 + 8)
-1 + 4 = 3/4(4)
3 = 3

Question 10.
The sum of the angle measures of a triangle is 180°. Find the value of x. Then find the angle measures of the triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 116

Answer:
x = 57.33°
The angles of traingle are 57.33°, 114.66°, 65.33°

Explanation:
The sum of the angle measures of a triangle is 180°.
x + 2x + x + 8 = 180
3x + 8 = 180
3x = 180 -8
3x = 172
x = 172/3
x = 57.33
The angles of traingle are 57.33, 114.66, 65.33

Question 11.
A formula for the perimeter of a rectangle P = 2l + 2w.
a. Solve the formula for w.
b. Use the new formula to find the width w (in meters) of a rectangle with a perimeter of 2 meters and a length of 40 centimeters.

Answer:
a. w = (P – 2l)/2
b. Width is 15.6 m

Explanation:
P = 2l + 2w
a.
P – 2l = 2w
(P – 2l)/2 = w
b.
P = 32 m = 3200 cm, l = 40 cm
w = (P – 2l)/2
w = (3200- 2(40))/2
= (3200 – 80)/2
= 3120/2
= 1560 cm
= 15.6 m
Width is 1560 cm

Question 12.
Solve 0.5 = 0.4y – 0.25 for y.

Answer:
y = 1.875

Explanation:
0.5 = 0.4y – 0.25
0.5 + 0.25 = 0.4y
0.75 = 0.4y
0.75/0.4 = y
1.875 = y

Question 13.
Your basketball team wins a game by 13 points. The opposing team scores 72 points. Explain how to find your team’s score.

Answer:
Your team’s score is 85 points

Explanation:
Your basketball team wins a game by 13 points. The opposing team scores 72 points.
Let your team score is x
x – 72 = 13
x = 13 + 72
x = 85
Your team’s score is 85 points

Question 14.
You are biking at a speed of 18 miles per hour. You are 3 miles behind your friend, who is biking at a speed of 12 miles per hour. Write and solve an equation to find the amount of time it takes for you to catch up to your friend.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 117

Answer:
It will take 1/2 hour for you to catch up with your friend.

Explanation:
Let t be the number of hours you and your friends ride bikes
Distance = rate x time and you are riding the bike at a rate of 18 miles per hour, then the distance you ride your bike is 18t miles
Your friend is riding the bike at 12 miles per hour, then your friend rides a distance of 12t miles.
You start 3 miles behind your friend so that distance you ride to catch up to your friend is 3 more than the distance your friend rides. Therefore,
the distance you ride = distance your friend rides + 3
18t = 12t + 3
18t – 12t = 3
6t = 3
t = 3/6
t = 1/2
It will take 1/2 hour for you to catch up with your friend.

Question 15.
Two scientists are measuring the temperatures of lava. One scientist records a temperature of 1725°F. The other scientist records a temperature of 950°C. Which is the greater temperature?

Answer:
The greater temperature is 950°C.

Explanation:
One scientist records a temperature of 1725°F. The other scientist records a temperature of 950°C.
C = 5/9 (F – 32)
Put F = 1725
C = 5/9 (1725 – 32)
= 5/9 (1693)
= 940.55
This is smaller than 950°C

Question 16.
Your profit for mowing lawns this week is $24. You are paid $8 per hour and you paid $40 for gas for the lawn mower. How many hours did you work this week?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 118

Answer:
You work for 8 hours this week.

Explanation:
Let x be the number of hours you work this week
8x – 40 = 24
8x = 24 + 40
8x = 64
x = 64/8
x = 8
You work for 8 hours this week.

Equations Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Which value of x makes the equation true?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 119
A. 8
B. 28
C. 36
D. 128

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 120

Answer:
A. 8

Explanation:
4x = 32
Divide each side by 4
4x/4 = 32/4
x = 8

Question 2.
A taxi ride costs $3 plus $2 for each mile driven. You spend $39 on a taxi. This can be modeled by the equation 2m + 3 = 39, where m represents the number of miles driven. How long was your taxi ride?
F. 18 mi
G. 21 mi
H. 34 mi
I. 72 mi

Answer:
F. 18 mi

Explanation:
To know the miles you traveled,
we have to find the solution of the equation
2m + 3 = 39
2m = 39 – 3
2m = 36
m = 36/2
m = 18
So, you traveled 18 mi

Question 3.
Which of the following equations has exactly one solution?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 121

Answer:
None of the equation has exactly one solution.

Explanation:
A. 2/3 (x + 6) = 2/3 x + 4
2/3x + 2/3 (6) = 2/3 x + 4
2/3 x + 4 = 2/3 x + 4
B. 3/7 y + 13 = 13 – 3/7 y
3/7 y + 3/7y = 13 – 13
6/7y = 0
C. 4/5(n + 1/3) = 4/5 n + 1/3
4/5n + 4/15 = 4/5n + 1/3
4/5n – 4/5n = 1/3 – 4/15
0 = 1/15
D. 7/8(2t + 1/8) = 7/4t
7t/4 + 7/64 = 7t/4

Question 4.
The perimeter of the square is equal to the perimeter of the triangle. What are the side lengths of the square?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 122
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 123

Answer:
The side length of the square is 12 units.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the square is equal to the perimeter of the triangle
4(3x + 3) = 2x + 4 + 7x – 2 + 7x – 2
12x + 12 = 16x
16x – 12x = 12
4x = 12
x = 12/4
x = 3
Side of square = 3x+ 3
= 3(3) + 3 = 9 + 3
= 12
The side length of the square is 12 units.

Question 5.
The formula d = rt relates distance, rate, and time. Solve the formula for t.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 124

Answer:
G. t = d/r

Explanation:
Given that,
d = rt
Divide both sides by r
d/r = rt/r
d/r = t

Question 6.
What is a possible first step to solve the equation 3x + 5 = 2(x + 7)?
A. Combine 3x and 5.
B. Multiply x by 2 and 7 by 2.
C. Subtract x from 3x.
D. Subtract 5 from 7.

Answer:
B. Multiply x by 2 and 7 by 2.

Explanation:
3x + 5 = 2(x + 7)
Multiply x by 2 and 7 by 2.
3x + 5 = 2x + 14
3x – 2x = 14 – 5
x = 9

Question 7.
You work as a sales representative. You earn $400 per week plus 5% of your total sales for the week.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 125
Part A
Last week, you had total sales of $5000. Find your total earnings. Show your work.
Part B
One week, you earned $1350. Let represent your total sales that week. Write an equation that you can use to find s.
Part C
Using your equation from Part B, find s. Show all steps clearly.

Answer:
Part A
$650
Part B
400 + 0.05s = 1350
Part C
s = 19,000

Explanation:
Earnings = 400 + 0.05s
a.
Earnings = 400 + 0.05s
Put s = 5000
400 + 0.05(5000) = 400 + 250 = 650
b.
400 + 0.05s = 1350
c.
400 + 0.05s = 1350
0.05s = 1350 – 400
0.05s = 950
s = 950/0.05
s = 19,000

Question 8.
In 10 years, your aunt will be 39 years old. Let m represent your aunt’s age today. Which equation can you use to find m?
F. m = 39 + 10
G. m – 10 = 39
H. m + 10 = 39
I. 10m = 39

Answer:
H. m + 10 = 39

Explanation:
In 10 years, your aunt will be 39 years old.
Let m represent your aunt’s age today.
Equation is
m = 39 – 10
m + 10 = 39

Question 9.
Which value of y makes the equation 3y + 8 = 7y + 11 true?
A. -4.75
B. -0.75
C. 0.75
D. 4.75

Answer:
C. 0.75

Explanation:
Given equation is 3y + 8 = 7y + 11
8 – 11 = 7y – 3y
-3 = -4y
y = 3/4

Question 10.
What is the value of x?
F. 23
G. 39
H. 58
I. 68
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 126

Answer:
F. 23

Explanation:
As shown in the figure
90 = 2x+ 12 + 32
90 = 2x + 44
90 – 44 = 2x
46 = 2x
46/2 = x
23 = x

Question 11.
You have already saved $35 for a new cell phone. You need $175 to buy the cell phone. You think you can save $10 per week. At this rate, how many more weeks will you need to save money before you can buy the new cell phone?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 126.1

Answer:
14 more weeks are required to save money to buy the new cell phone

Explanation:
The equation for the total amount saved
35 + 10x = 175
10x = 175 – 35
10x = 140
x = 140/10
x = 14
14 more weeks are required to save money to buy the new cell phone

Question 12.
What is the greatest angle measure in the triangle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 127
A. 26°
B. 78°
C. 108°
D. 138°

Answer:
A. 26°

Explanation:
Sum of angle measures = 180°
3x + 2x + 50 = 180
5x + 50 = 180
5x = 180 – 50
5x = 130
x = 130/5
x = 26°

Question 13.
Which value x of makes the equation 6(x – 3) = 4x – 7 true?
F. -5.5
G. -2
H. 1.1
I. 5.5

Answer:
I. 5.5

Explanation:
6(x – 3) = 4x – 7
6x – 18 = 4x – 7
6x – 4x = -7 + 18
2x = 11
x = 11/2
x = 5.5

Question 14.
The drawing below shows equal weights on two sides of a balance scale.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations 128
What can you conclude from the drawing?
A. A mug weighs one-third as much as a trophy.
B. A mug weighs one-half as much as a trophy.
C. A mug weighs twice as much as a trophy.
D. A mug weighs three times as much as a trophy.

Answer:
A. A mug weighs one-third as much as a trophy.

Explanation:
The drawing shows 3mugs + 1trophy = 2trophy
3mugs = 2trophy – 1 trophy
3mugs = 1trophy
Mug = 1/3 trophy

Final Words:

Hope you are all satisfied with the information given in this article. Share this Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 1 Equations pdf link with your besties and help them to overcome their difficulties in maths. Bookmark our site to get the Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapterwise Pdf links.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14

Students who are interested to learn Grade 1 concepts in depth can get a strong foundation by using Big Ideas Math Book Solution Key. People of highly subject expertise will prepare the solutions in a concise manner for easy grasping. Start answering all the questions given in exams with the help of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares. Refer to our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares to enhance your performance skills.

Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Equal Shares

In this chapter, we discuss Equal shares, Partition Shapes into Halves, Fourths. Apply Maths in your Real-Time and get the Tips & Tricks to Solve Various Problems using Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Equal Shares. We have provided shortcuts to solve all the Problems in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares. Try to utilize the resource BIM Answers Grade 1 Ch 14 Equal Shares and make your preparation way more efficient.

Vocabulary

Lesson: 1 Equal Shares

Lesson: 2 Partition Shapes into Halves

Lesson: 3 Partition Shapes into Fourths

Performance Task

Equal Shares Vocabulary

Organize It

Review Words:
bar graph
picture graph

Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 1
Answer:
In the above, given 2 figures the first figure indicates the bar graph and the second figure indicates the picture graph.
The number of students who like the subject math = 6
The number of students who like the subject science = 5

Explanation:
In the above, given 2 figures the first figure indicates the bar graph and the second figure indicates the picture graph.
The number of students who like the subject math = 6
The number of students who like the subject science = 5

Define It
Use your vocabulary cards to complete the puzzle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 2
Answer:
In the above-given figures, the across indicates the horizontal lines.
down indicates the vertical lines.

Explanation:
In the above-given figures, the across indicates the horizontal lines.
down indicates the vertical lines.

Lesson 14.1 Equal Shares

Explore and Grow

Sort the Equal Shares Sort Cards.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 3
Answer:
The equal shares sort cards are equal, half, third, fourth.

Explanation:
The equal shares sort cards are equal, half, third, fourth.
half = divided into 2 parts.
third = divided into 3 parts.
fourth = divided into 4 parts.
Show and Grow

Circle the shape that shows equal shares.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-14-Equal-Shares-4

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the second figure is divided into equal halves
Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 5
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the second figure is divided into equal halves

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 6
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the first figure is divided into equal halves

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 7
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the first figure is divided into equal halves

Apply and Grow: Practice

Circle the shape that shows equal shares.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 8
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the first figure is divided into equal halves.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 9
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the second figure is divided into equal halves.

Question 7.
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the second figure is divided into equal halves.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 12
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 2 given figures, the first and second figure is divided into equal halves.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 13
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, the figure is divided into 2 equal halves.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 14
Answer:
The given figure is not divided into equal halves.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, the figure is divided into 2 unequal halves.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says the shape shows equal shares. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 15
Answer:
No, he was not correct.

Explanation:
The shape of the trapezoid is not equal.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You and your friend each design a kite. Your kite has 2 equal shares. Your friend’s has 2 unequal shares. Draw to show the parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 16
Answer:

Explanation:
My kite has 2 equal shares and my friend kite has 2 unequal shares

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You and your friend each design a poster. Your poster has 4 unequal shares. Your friend’s has 4 equal shares. Draw to show the parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 17
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above given 2 figures my friend divided the rectangle into 4 equal parts.
I divided the rectangle into 4 unequal parts.

Equal Shares Practice 14.1

Circle the shape that shows equal shares.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 18
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four boxes in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 19
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four two halves in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are not in equal size.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 20
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in 1st figure but in the second figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 21
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in 1st figure but in the second figure, the boxes are not in equal size.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 22
Answer:
In the above figure, the figure shows the 4 equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in the figure and, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 23
Answer:
The square is divided into two equal halves.

Explanation:
In the above figure the square is divided into 2 parts .
But it is divided in non equal halves.

Question 7.
MP Precision
Descartes makes a thank you card with 4 equal shares. Which cord does Descartes make?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 24
Answer:
1st card makes the 4 equal shares.

Explanation:
In the first figure, the word Thank you so much! makes the 4 equal shares in the same size.
In the second figure, the word Thank you so much does not make equal shares.
so the first figure is correct.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You and your friend each design a sticker. Your sticker has 2 unequal shares. Your friend’s has 2 equal shares. Draw to show the parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 25
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above heart shapes they said to draw that i has unequal shaped heart.
my friend has equal shaped heart.

Review & Refresh

Make quick sketches to find the sum.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 26
Answer:
57
Explanation:
In the ones place the given digits are 5 + 2 = 7
In the tens place the given digits are 3+2 = 5

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 27
Answer:
76
Explanation:
In the ones place the given digits are 1 + 5 = 6
In the tens place the given digits are 6+ 1 = 7

Lesson 14.2 Partition Shapes into Halves

Explore and Grow

Build hexagons with the paffern blocks shown. Circle the hexagon that shows 2 equal shares.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 28
Answer:
In the above-given figures, the first figure has two equal halves.

Explanation:
In the above given 3 figures the first figure has two equal halves.
In the given 1st hexagon = 2 trapezoids
2nd hexagon = 3 parallelograms
3rd hexagon = 6 triangles

Show and Grow

Circle the shape that shows halves.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 29
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the ist figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two boxes in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 30
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two boxes in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 31
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two boxes in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 32
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two boxes in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Circle the shapes that show halves.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 33
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first and the third figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the first and the 3rd figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 34
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the second and the fourth figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the second and the fourth figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Color half of the shape.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 35
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, half of the circle is filled.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 36
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, half of the box is filled.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 37
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, half of the square is filled.

Question 10.
MP Structure
Match each half with its whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 38
Answer:

Explanation:
The semicircle can fill the circle.
The rectangle can fill the rectangle.
The square can fill the rectangle.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Show three ways to cut the cheese in half.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 39
Answer:

Show and Grow

Question 11.
Show three ways to fold the rug in half.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 40
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above 3 figures we can divide the rug in many different ways.

Partition Shapes into Halves practice 14.2

Circle the shape that shows halves.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 41
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 42
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the first figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Circle the shapes that show halves.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 43
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the second and the third figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the second and the third figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Color half of the shape.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 44
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first and the third figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the first and the third figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Color half of the shape.

Color half of the shape.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 45
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above figure one part of the rectangle is filled.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 46
Answer:

Explanation:

In the above figure one part of the square is filled.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 47
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above figure one part of the circle is filled.

Question 8.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says there are only two ways to divide a rectangle into halves. Is he correct? Explain.

___________________________________________

___________________________________________
Answer:
No he was not correct.

Explanation:
rectangle can divided into 4 halves.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
Show three ways to fold the bandana in half.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 48
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above given the figures are divided into halves.

Review & Refresh

Question 10.
Circle the shapes that only have a curved surface.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 49
Answer:
cone and cylinder have a curved surface.

Explanation:
In the above-given figures, cone and cylinder have the curved surface.

Lesson 14.3 Partition Shapes into Fourths

Explore and Grow

Sort the 2, 4, or Unequal Shares Sort Cards.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 50
Answer:

Show and Grow

Circle the shape that shows fourths.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 51
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the first  figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 52
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes are in equal size.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 53
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the second figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the second  figure, the boxes are in equal size

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 54
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first figure shows the equal halves.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the figure, the boxes are in equal size

Apply and Grow: Practice

Circle the shapes that show fourths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 55
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first, second, fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the third  figure, the boxes are in halves.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Color a quarter of the shape.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 56
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given circle, one part of the circle is filled with color.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 57
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given Rectangle, one part of the circle is filled with color.

Question 8.
MP Precision
Draw more lines to show fourths.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 58
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given square, one part of the square is given, so we have to add  2 lines to show fourths.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
You cut a circle into halves. Your friend cuts the same-sized circle into quarters. Who has the larger pieces? Think: How do you know?
You Friend
Answer:
I have the larger pieces.

Explanation:
My friend cuts the circle into quarts.
I cut the circle into halves.
I have the larger pieces.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You cut a pizza into quarters. Your friend eats 1 quarter. How many more friends could have a piece of pizza?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 59

___________ friends
Answer:
3 friends

Explanation:
In the above-given pizza, the pizza is cut into quarters. My friend eats 1 quarter. so the remaining is 3 pieces.
3 friends have a piece of pizza

Show and Grow

Question 10.
You cut a granola bar into quarters. Your friend eats 2 quarters. How many more friends could have a piece of the granola bar?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 60

___________ friends
Answer: 2 friends

Explanation:
In the above-given granola bar, the granola bar is cut into quarters. My friend eats 2 quarter. so the remaining is 2 quarters.
2 friends have a piece of a granola bar.

Partition Shapes into Fourths practice 14.3

Circle the shape that shows fourths.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 61
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first, second, figure fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes did not have the same size.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 62
Answer:
In the above 2 figures, the first, second,  figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four halves in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes have the same size.

Circle the shapes that show fourths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 63
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first, third, and fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four fourths in each figure but in the second figure, the boxes are divided into 2 halves.
The remaining three figures are divided into quarts.

Circle the shapes that show fourths.

Color a quarter of the shape.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 64
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, one part of the rectangle is filled with color.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 65
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, one part of the circle is filled with color.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
Which shape shows a fourth of a circle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 66
Answer:
The first figure shows the fourth of a circle.

Explanation:
In the above given 2 figures, the first figure shows the fourth of a circle.

Question 7.
MP Reasoning
Color half of the square. How many fourths did you color?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 67
___________ fourths
Answer:
2 fourths

Explanation:

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You cut a slice of bread into quarters. Your friend eats 3 quarters. How many more friends could have a piece of bread?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 68
___________ friend
Answer: 1 friend

Explanation:
We cut a slice of bread into quarters.
My friend eats 3  quarters so 1 friend could have a piece of bread.
Review & Refresh

Draw to show the time.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 69
Answer:

Explanation:
The time is 5:00

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 70
Answer:

Explanation:
The time is 7:30

Equal Shares Performance Task

Question 1.
You, your friend, and your cousin are having a picnic. Use the clues to match each person with a food item.

  • You bring an item that is cut into 4 unequal shares.
  • Your friend brings an item that is cut into halves.
  • Your cousin brings an item that is cut into quarters.
  • Answer:

Explanation:
I cut the item into 4 unequal shares
my friend cut the item into 2 equal shares
my cousin cut the item into 4 equal shares

Question 2.
a. You cut an apple into 2 equal shares. You cut each share in half. How many equal shares do you have now?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 72

_____________ equal shares
Show how you know:
Answer:
4 equal shares we have now

Explanation:
We have to cut the apple into 2 equal shares.
Again we have to cut the 2 equal shares into 2 equal halves.

b. You give your friend a fourth of the apple. How many shares do you have left?

_____________ shares
Answer:
3 shares I have left

Explanation:
The apple is cut into 4 quarters.
I gave a friend a fourth of the apple
I have the 3 shares left

Equal Shares Chapter Practice

Equal Shares Homework & Practice 14.1

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 73
___________ equal shares
Answer:
2 equal shares

Explanation:
In the above-given trapezoid, the figure is divided into 2 equal shares

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 74
___________ equal shares
Answer:
4 equal shares

Explanation:
In the above-given parallelogram, the figure is divided into 4 equal shares

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
Newton and Descartes each design a place mat. Newton’s has 4 equal shares. Descartes’s has 4 unequal shares. Draw to show the parts.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 75
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above figure, the first figure is divided into 4 equal shares.
The second figure is divided into 4 unequal shares.

Partition Shapes into Halves Homework & Practice 14.2

Question 4.
Circle the shapes that show halves.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 76
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first and fourth figure shows halves

Explanation:
There are two halves in each figure but in the second and fourth figure, the boxes are divided into 2 unequal halves.
The remaining three figures are divided into quarts.

Question 5.
MP Structure
Match each half with its whole.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 77
Answer:

Explanation:
The triangle can fill in the square
The semicircle can fill in the circle
The square can fill in rectangle

Partition Shapes into Fourths Homework & Practice 14.3

Question 6.
Circle the shapes that show fourths.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 78
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first, second, third and fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four fourths in each figure but in the 1st  and third figure, the boxes are divided into 4 equal fourths.
The remaining four figures are not equal divided into quarts.

Color a quarter of the shape.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 79
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, one part is filled with colour.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 80
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given figure, one part is filled with color.

Equal Shares Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Shade the circle next to the equation that tells how many fewer students chose manga comics than superhero comics.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 81
○ 5 + 8 + 2 = 15
○ 8 – 5 = 3
○ 8 – 2 = 10
○ 8 – 2 = 6
Answer: 8-5 = 3

Explanation:
3 fewer students chose manga comics than superhero comics.

Question 2.
Shade the circle next to the number that tells how many minutes are in a half hour.
○ 15
○ 30
○ 45
○ 60
Answer:
30 minutes

Explanation:
There are 60 minutes in an hour.
30 minutes in half hour

Question 3.
Shade the circle next to the shape that does not show fourths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 82
Answer:
In the above 4 figures, the first, second,  and fourth figure shows fourths.

Explanation:
There are four fourths in each figure but in the 1st, second and fourth figure, the boxes are divided into 4 equal fourths.
The remaining third figure not divided into equal quarts.

Question 4.
Shade the circle next to the shape that has no straight sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 83
Answer:
the circle has no straight sides.

Explanation:
In the above, given four figures the second figure has no straight sides.

Question 5.
Shade the circle next to the difference.
17 – 8 = ________
○ 8
○ 9
○ 10
○ 12
Answer: 9

Explanation:
17-8=9

Question 6.
Draw lines to show halves.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 84
Answer:

Explanation:
In the above figure, the figures are divided into 2 halves

Question 7.
Write the time on the clock two ways.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 85
Answer:
8: 30

Explanation:
The time = 8 : 30
the hour’s hand is on 8, the minute’s hand is on 6
so the time = 8: 30

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 86
Answer:
vertices = 7
edges = 18
flat surfaces = 3

Explanation:
The vertices in the cube = 7
The edges in the cube= 18
The flat surfaces in the cube = 3

Question 9.
Shade the circles next to the choices that match the model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 87
○ 7 ones
○ 2 tens + 5 ones
○ 70
○ 20 + 50
Answer:
2 tens  +  5 ones

Explanation:
In the above figure the there are 2 tens and 5 ones

Question 10.
Shade the circles next to the choices that show the shapes you can use to make a Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 88.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 89
Answer:
Trapezoid and parallelogram are used to make a hexagon

Explanation:
In the above 4 figures squares and triangles are not forming the hexagon.

Question 11.
Tell how many equal shares.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 90
Answer:
Triangle = 2 equal shares
square = 4 equal shares

Explanation:
In the above 2 figures the triangle = 2 equal shares
square = 4 equal shares

Question 12.
A group of students are at a park. 2 of them leave. There are 4 left. How many students were at the park to start?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 91
__________ – __________ = __________ students
Answer:
There are 6 students at the park.

Explanation:
In the above question, given that 2 of them leave.
4 are left
6-2 = 4

Question 13.
Circle the shapes that make up the structure.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares 92
Answer:
square and rectangle make the structure

Explanation:
In the above given 4 figures squares and rectangles are used to make the structure.
cylinder and cone are not used to make the structure.

Conclusion:
I hope the pdf regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 14 Equal Shares is beneficial for you. Stay tuned to our page to get the latest updates regarding all Grade 1 Chapters in Big Ideas Math Answer Key.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5

Student’s who are in search of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5? If our guess is correct, then you are on the right page. Learn the concepts in-depth with the help of Big Ideas Math Book K Grade Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 Solution Key. To excel in the exam, we suggest the elementary school students of the K Grade standard refer to the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5. Hence Download Bigideas Math Kth Grade Answers Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 Pdf for free from here.

Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5

Make your learning more fun with the help of our Big Ideas Math Book K Grade Answer Key for Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5. Get step-by-step explanations for all the questions by using the figures from BIM Grade 2 Answers Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5. Just click on the below links and start practicing for the exams.

Vocabulary

Lesson: 1 Equal Groups

Lesson: 2 Greater Than

Lesson: 3 Less Than

Lesson: 4 Compare Groups to 5 by Counting

Lesson: 5 Compare Numbers to 5

Chapter 2 – Compare Numbers 0 to 5

Compare Numbers 0 to 5 Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 1
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 2

Answer:
The objects are:-
clouds = 3
toys = 5
slider = 1
cradle = 4

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that count the objects. say the number. write the number.
clouds = 3
toys = 5
slider = 1
cradle = 4

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2-1
Directions:
Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Chapter 2 Vocabulary Cards

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 4

Lesson 2.1 Equal Groups

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 5

Answer:
The number of paintbrushes = 3
The number of paint jars = 4

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of paintbrushes = 3
the numbers of paint jars = 4
No there are no paintbrushes for each paint jars.
There are only 3 paintbrushes.
the paintbrushes = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-1
Directions:
Use counters to show the number of paintbrushes. Use counters to show the number of paint jars. Is there a paint brush for each paint jar?

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 6

Answer:
In Group A the number of objects is equal.
In Group B the number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
In group A the number of red pencils is equal to the number of blue pencils.
In group B the number of green pencils is not equal to the number of purple pencils.

Directions:
Draw lines between the objects in each group. Are the numbers of objects equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 7

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of green pencils is not equal to the number of purple pencils.
so we have to circle down.

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 8

Answer:
The number of objects is equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of blue balls is equal to the number of red balls.
so we have to circle up.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 9

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of orange crayons is not equal to the number of pink crayons.
so we have to circle down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 10

Answer:
The number of objects is equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of blue balls is equal to the number of red balls.
so we have to circle up.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-5

Directions:
1 – 4 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Are the numbers of objects equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 11
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 12

Answer:
In group A the number of paint tubes and the number of paint spots is equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of paint tubes and the number of paint spots are equal.
so we have to circle the thumb up.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-6

Answer:
In group B the number of paint tubes and the number of paint spots is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of paint tubes and the number of paint spots is not equal.
so we have to circle the thumb down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-7

Directions:

  • Draw paint spots so that the numbers of paint tubes and paint spots are equal. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.
  • Draw paint spots so that the numbers of paint tubes and paint spots are not equal. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.

Equal Groups Homework & Practice 2.1

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 13

Answer:
The number of objects is equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of blue bottles is equal to the number of yellow bottles.
so we have to circle up.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 14

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of purple pencils is not equal to the number of red pencils.
so we have to circle down
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-9

Directions:
1 and 2 Draw lines between the counters in each group. Are the numbers of objects equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 15

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of orange bottles is not equal to the number of yellow bottles.
so we have to circle down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-10

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 16

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of blue brushes is not equal to the number of green brushes.
so we have to circle up.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-11

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 17

Answer:
the number of erasers is equal to the number of pencils.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
we have to draw the pencils for the erasers.
so the number of erasers is equal to the number of pencils.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.1-12
Directions:
3 and 4 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Are the numbers of objects equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. 5 Draw pencils so that the numbers of erasers and pencils are equal. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.

Lesson 2.2 Greater Than

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 18

Answer:
The number of suitcases is more than the number of stuffed animals.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of suitcases is more than the number of stuffed animals.
suitcases are greater than the stuffed animals.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-1

Directions:
Use counters to show the number of suitcases. Use counters to show the number of stuffed animals. Are there more suitcases or more stuffed animals?

Think and Grow
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 19

Answer:
The number of cars is more than the number of airplanes.
so we have to circle the cars.

Explanation:
In the above-given 1st figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of cars is more than the number of airplanes.
so we have to circle the cars.

Answer:
The number of mobiles is more than the number of watches.
so we have to circle the mobiles.

Explanation:
In the above-given 2nt figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of mobiles is more than the number of watches.
so we have to circle the mobiles.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-2

Directions:
Draw lines between the objects in each group. Circle the group that is greater in number than the other group.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 20

Answer:
The number of pencils is more than the number of books.
so we have to circle the pencils.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of pencils is more than the number of books.
so we have to circle the pencils.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 21

Answer:
The number of bottles is more than the number of apples.
so we have to circle the bottles.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of bottles is more than the number of apples.
so we have to circle the bottles.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 22

Answer:
The number of shirts is more than the number of shorts.
so we have to circle the shirts.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of shirts is more than the number of shorts.
so we have to circle the shirts.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 23

Answer:
The number of toothbrushes is more than the number of toothpaste.
so we have to circle the brushes.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of toothbrushes is more than the number of paste.
so we have to circle the brushes.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-6

Directions:
1 – 4 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Circle the group that is greater in number than the other group.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 24

Answer:
The number of photos is greater than the number of stickers.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of photos is greater than the number of stickers.
given that draw lines between the object in each group.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-7

Directions:
Draw photos on the scrapbook so that the number of photos is greater than the number of stickers. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.

Greater Than Homework & Practice 2.2

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 25

Answer:
The number of grey color coins is more than the number of yellow color coins.
so we have to circle the grey color coins.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of grey color coins is more than the number of yellow color coins.
so we have to circle the grey color coins.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 26

Answer:
The number of spectacles is more than the number of toys.
so we have to circle the spectacles.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of spectacles is more than the number of toys.
so we have to circle the spectacles.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-9

Directions:
1 and 2 Draw lines between the counters in each group. Circle the group that is greater in number than the other group.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 27

Answer:
The number of mats is more than the number of spectacles.
so we have to circle the mats.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of mats is more than the number of spectacles.
so we have to circle the mats.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-110

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 28

Answer:
The number of monitors is more than the number of pictures.
so we have to circle the monitors.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of monitors is more than the number of pictures.
so we have to circle the monitors.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-12

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 29

Answer:
The number of photos is more than the number of stickers.
so we have to draw the lines between the objects.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of photos is more than the number of stickers.
so we have to draw the lines between the objects.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.2-13

Directions:
3 and 4 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Circle the group that is greater in number than the other group. 5 Draw photos on the scrapbook so that the number of photos is greater than the number of stickers. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.

Lesson 2.3 Less Than

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 30

Answer:
The number of holes is less than the number of rabbits.
There are fewer holes.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of holes is less than the number of rabbits.
There are fewer holes.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-1

Directions:
Use counters to show the number of rabbits. Use counters to show the number of holes. Are there fewer rabbits or fewer holes?

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 31
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 32

Answer:
a.The number of pigeons is less than the number of clouds.
There are fewer pigeons.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of pigeons is less than the number of clouds.
There are fewer pigeons.

Answer:
b.The number of aquariums is less than the number of fishes.
There are fewer aquariums.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of aquariums is less than the number of fishes.
There are fewer aquariums.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-2

Directions:
Draw lines between the objects in each group. Draw a line through the group that is less in number than the other group.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 33

Answer:
The number of rooms is less than the number of horses.
There are fewer rooms.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of rooms is less than the number of horses.
There are fewer rooms.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 34

Answer:
The number of lands is less than the number of chicks.
There are fewer lands.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of lands is less than the number of chicks.
There are fewer lands.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 35

Answer:
The number of spiders is less than the number of webs.
There are fewer webs.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of spiders is less than the number of webs.
There are fewer webs.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 36

Answer:
The number of rabbits is less than the number of borrows.
There are fewer borrows.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of rabbits is less than the number of borrows.
There are fewer borrows.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-6

Directions:
1 – 4 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Draw a line through the group that is less in number than the other group.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 37

Answer:
The number of hummingbirds is less than the number of flowers.
There are fewer hummingbirds.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of hummingbirds is less than the number of flowers.
There are fewer hummingbirds.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-7

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 38

Answer:
The number of flowers is less than the number of hummingbirds.
There are fewer flowers.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of flowers is less than the number of hummingbirds.
There are fewer flowers.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-8

Directions

  • Draw flowers on the bush so that the number of hummingbirds is less than the number of flowers. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.
  • Draw flowers on the bush so that the number of owers is less than the number of hummingbirds. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.

Less Than Homework & Practice 2.3

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 39

Answer:
The number of holes is less than the number of ants.
There are fewer holes.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of holes is less than the number of ants.
There are fewer holes.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-9

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 40

Answer:
The number of caterpillars is less than the number of leaves.
There are fewer caterpillars.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of caterpillars is less than the number of leaves.
There are fewer caterpillars.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-10

Directions:
1 and 2 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Draw a line through the group that is less in number than the other group.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 41

Answer:
The number of grass is less than the number of foxes.
There is fewer grass.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of grass is less than the number of foxes.
There is fewer grass.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-11

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 42

Answer:
The number of snakes is less than the number of logs.
There are fewer logs.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of snakes is less than the number of logs.
There are fewer logs.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-12

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 43

Answer:
The number of berries is less than the number of bears.
There is one berry and there are four bears.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of berries is less than the number of bears.
There are fewer berries.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.3-13

Directions:
3 and 4 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Draw a line through the group that is less in number than the other group. 5 Draw berries on the bush so that the number of berries is less than the number of bears. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.

Lesson 2.4 Compare Groups to 5 by Counting

Explore and Grow
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 44

Answer:
Group A has more red jerseys.
Group B has fewer yellow jerseys.

Explanation:
In  the above-given figure,
There are yellow and red jerseys.
the yellow jerseys are less than the red jerseys.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-1
Directions:
Use counters to show the number of yellow jerseys. Use counters to show the number of red jerseys. Tell which group has more and which group has less.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 45

Answer:
The number of bats = 3
The number of balls = 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the shuttle bats = 3
balls = 1

Answer:
The number of bats = 4
The number of balls = 3

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the hockey bats = 4
balls = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-2

Directions:
Count the objects in each group. Write each number.

  • Is the number of purple dots equal to the number of green dots? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no.
  • Compare the numbers of tennis rackets and tennis balls. Circle the number that is greater than the other number.
  • Compare the numbers of hockey sticks and hockey pucks. Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 47

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of balls is not equal to the number of nets.
so we have to circle down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 48

Answer:
The number of bubbles is greater than the number of stickers.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of bubbles is greater than the number of stickers.
given that draw lines between the object in each group.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 49

Answer:
The number of balls is less than the number of hands.
There are fewer balls.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of balls is less than the number of hands.
There are fewer balls.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-5

Directions:
Count the objects in each group. Write each number. 1 Is the number of soccer balls equal to the number of soccer goals? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. 2 Circle the number that is greater than the other number. 3 Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 50

Answer:
The number of golf balls is greater than the number of golf clubs.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of balls is greater than the number of golf clubs.
given that draw lines between the object in each group.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-6

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 51

Answer:
The number of balls is less than the number of golf clubs.
There are fewer balls.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of balls is less than the number of golf clubs.
There are fewer balls.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-7

Directions:

  • Draw golf balls on the ground so that the number of golf balls is greater than the number of golf clubs. Write the number of each object. Circle the number that is greater than the other number.
  • Draw golf balls on the ground so that the number of golf balls is less than the number of golf clubs. Write the number of each object. Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number.

Compare Groups to 5 by Counting Homework & Practice 2.4

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 52

Answer:
No.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of basketball hoops is not equal to the number of basketballs.
Given that circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no.
so we have to circle down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-8

Directions:
1 Count the objects in each group. Write each number. Is the number of basketball hoops equal to the number of basketballs? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 53

Answer:
The number of lamps is greater than the number of holes.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of lamps is greater than the number of holes.
given that draw lines between the object in each group.

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-9

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 54

Answer:
The number of pom-poms is less than the number of megaphones.
There is one pom-pom and there are three megaphones.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of pom-poms is less than the number of megaphones.
There are fewer pom-poms.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.4-10

Directions:
2 Count the objects in each group. Write each number. Circle the number that is greater than the other number. 3 Draw pom-poms on the floor in the picture so that the number of pom-poms is less than the number of megaphones. Write the number of each object. Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number.

Lesson 2.5 Compare Numbers to 5

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 55

Answer:
5 is greater than the other number 3.
3 is less than the other number 5.

Explanation:
Given that the which number is greater than the other number.
given numbers are 3 and 5.
5 is greater than the other number 3.
3 is less than the other number 5.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-1

Directions:
Which number is greater than the other number? Which number is less than the other number? Use counters to show how you know.

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 56

Answer:
Yes.
The numbers are equal.

Explanation:
Given that the numbers are equal.
yes, the numbers are equal.
so we have to circle up.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 56.1

Answer:
5 is greater than the 1, 3, 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle the number that is greater the other number.
5 is greater than the 1, 3, 4.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-2

Answer:
1 is less than the other number.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that draw, a line through the number is less than the other number.
1, 3, 4 is less than 5.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-3

Directions:
Compare the numbers.

  • Are the numbers equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. Draw to show how you know.
  • Circle the number that is greater than the other number. Draw to show how you know.
  • Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number. Draw to show how you know.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 57

Answer:
The numbers are not equal.

Explanation:
Given that the numbers are 3 and 2.
the numbers are not equal.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-4

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 58

Answer:
2 is greater than the other number.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number  2 is greater than the other number 1.
given that the numbers are 1 and 2.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 59

Answer:
4 is less than 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that draw a line through the number that is less than the other number.
4 is less than 5.
the given numbers are 4 and 5.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-5

Directions:
Compare the numbers.
1 Are the numbers equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. Draw to show how you know. 2 Circle the number that is greater than the other number. Draw to show how you know. 3 Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number. Draw to show how you know.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 60

Answer:
a.The number equals to the number on the car is 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number which equals the number on the car is 4.
given that the number on the car is 4.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-6

Answer:
b.The number greater than the number on the car is 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number greater than the number on the car is 2.
given that the number on the car is 1.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-7

 

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 61

Answer:
c.The number less than the number on the car is 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number less than the number on the car is 4.
given that the number on the car is 5.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-8

Directions:

  • Write the number that is equal to the number on the car. Draw to show how you know your number is correct.
  • Write a number that is greater than the number on the car. Draw to show how you know your number is correct.
  • Write a number that is less than the number on the car. Draw to show how you know your number is correct.

Compare Numbers to 5 Homework & Practice 2.5

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 61.1

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 62

Answer:
The number is equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that the numbers are 1 and 1.
the numbers are equal.
so we have to circle up.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-9

Directions:
1 Compare the numbers. Are the numbers equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. Draw to show how you know.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 63

Answer:
The number are not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that the numbers are 4 and 2.
the numbers are not equal.
so we have to circle down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-10

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 64

Answer:
The number less than the number  5  is 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number less than the number 5 is 2.
given that the number are 2 and 5.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-11

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 65

Answer:
c.The number greater than the number on the jersey is 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number greater than the number on the jersey is 4.
given that the number on the jersey is 3.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-12

Directions:
2 Compare the numbers. Are the numbers equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. Draw to show how you know. 3 Compare the numbers. Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number. Draw to show how you know. 4 Write a number that is greater than the number on the jersey. Draw to show how you know your number is correct.

Compare Numbers 0 to 5 Performance Task

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 66

Answer:
The dots in each side of the domino = 5

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the dots on the left side = 1.
the dots on the right side = 4
the total number of dots on each side of the domino = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-13

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 67

Answer:
The number of 0’s is greater than the number of x’s.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
we have to draw the 0’s on the game board.
The number of 0’s is greater than the number of x’s.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-14

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 68

Answer:
The numbers equal are 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the numbers not equal are 4.
the numbers equal are 3.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-15

Directions:
1 Count the dots on each side of the domino. Write the 2 numbers. Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number. 2 Draw O’s on the game board so that the number of O’s is greater than the number of X’s. Write each number. Circle the number that is greater than the other number. 3 Write each number. Circle the numbers that are equal.

Compare Numbers 0 to 5 Activity

Toss and Compare

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 69

Directions:
Take turns tossing a counter onto the board. If the counter lands on Newton or Descartes, choose any number from 0 to 5. Write the numbers on your Toss and Compare Numbers from 0 to 5 Recording Sheet. Circle the number that is greater than the other number. Circle both numbers if they are equal. Repeat this process until you fill your sheet.

Compare Numbers 0 to 5 Chapter Practice

2.1 Equal Groups

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 70

Answer:
The number of objects is equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of blue balls is equal to the number of green balls.
so we have to circle up.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-16

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 71

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of ants is not equal to the number of ant holes.
so we have to circle down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-17

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 72

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of pencils not equal to the number of crayons.
so we have to circle down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-18

Directions:
1 and 2 Draw lines between the objects in each group. Are the numbers of objects equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. 3 Draw pencils so that the numbers of crayons and pencils are equal. Draw lines between the objects in each group to show that you are correct.

2.2 Greater Than

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 73

Answer:
The number of houses is greater than the number of dogs.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of houses is greater than the number of dogs.
given that draw lines between the object in each group
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-19

2.3 Less Than

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 74

Answer:
a.The number of logs is less than the number of dogs.
There are fewer logs.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of logs is less than the number of dogs.
There are fewer logs.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-20

Directions:
Draw lines between the objects in each group.
4 Circle the group that is greater in number than the other group.
5 Draw a line through the group that is less in number than the other group

2.4 Compare Groups to 5 by Counting

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 75

Answer:
The number of objects is not equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number of cycles is not equal to the number of helmets.
so we have to circle down.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-21

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 76

The number of bottles is more than the number of balls.
so we have to circle the bottles.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that circle, the group is greater than the number of the other group.
The number of bottles is more than the number of balls.
so we have to circle the bottles.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-22

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 77

Answer:
The number of tables is less than the number of golf.
There are fewer tables.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
The number of tables is less than the number of golf.
There are fewer tables.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-23

Directions:
Count the objects in each group. Write each number. 6 Is the number of helmets equal to the number of bikes? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. 7 Circle the number that is greater than the other number. 8 Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number.

2.5 Compare Numbers to 5

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 78

Answer:
The number is equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
Given that the numbers are 5 and 5.
the numbers are equal.
so we have to circle up.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-24

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 79

Answer:
The number greater than the number  3 is 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number greater than the number 3 is 4.
given that the number are 3 and 4.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-25

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 80

Answer:
The number less than the number  4 is 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
the number less than the number 4 is 2.
given that the number are 2 and 4.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-2-Compare Numbers 0 to 5-2.5-26

Directions:
Compare the numbers.
9 Are the numbers equal? Circle the thumbs up for yes or the thumbs down for no. Draw to show how you know. 10 Circle the number that is greater than the other number. Draw to show how you know. 11 Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number. Draw to show how you know.

Conclusion:
All the Questions and Answers given on this page are as per the latest edition. Refer to the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5 provided here and score maximum marks in the exams. We suggest the students make use of this platform to learn the concepts quickly and easily. Get a brief explanation for all the problems from our BIM Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 2 Compare Numbers 0 to 5.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

Hey guys!! Are you in search of the concept of Equations and Inequalities? If yes, then here is the quick material for the candidates. With the help of Big Ideas Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities, you will get diverse opportunities, and also it provides problem-solving skills. Here, we are providing the fun learning way to Big Ideas 7th Grade Math Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key.

You can also get various mathematical practices through engaging activities like literature-based exercises, games, and many others. Refer to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key and clear all your doubts while practicing the various concepts. Check the below sections to know the various concepts

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

The user-friendly and free edition of Big Ideas Math Book Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities are given in the below pdf links. You can find the various problems and solutions of concepts like Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction, Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division, Solving Two-Step Equations, Writing and Graphing Inequalities, Solving Two-Step Inequalities, etc.

You can improve the math and problem-solving techniques concerning chapter-wise Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities. It helps the candidates to get perfection in the topic of the Equations and Inequalities concept. Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities Answer Key helps you to solve homework and assignments properly. Know the solved examples and answer keys and start your preparation.

Performance

Lesson: 1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction

Lesson: 2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division

Lesson: 3 Solving Two-Step Equations

Lesson: 4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

Lesson: 5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction

Lesson: 6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division

Lesson: 7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities

Chapter: 4 – Equations and Inequalities

Equations and Inequalities STEAM Video/Performance

STEAM Video

Space Cadets

Inequalities can be used to help determine whether someone is qualified to be an astronaut. Can you think of any other real-life situations where inequalities are useful?

Watch the STEAM Video “Space Cadets.” Then answer the following questions. Tori and Robert use the inequalities below to represent requirements for applying to be an astronaut, where height is measured in inches and age is measured in years.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 1.1

Question 1.
Can you use equations to correctly describe the requirements? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Yes, we can use equations to correctly describe the requirements.

Explanation:
You can take the requirements as variables and their limit as constants. So that you can use equations to correctly describe the requirements.

Question 2.
The graph shows when a person who recently had vision correction surgery can apply to be an astronaut. Explain how you can determine when they had the surgery.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 2

Answer:
The person had surgery exactly 4 months ago.

Explanation:
We can say that he had eye vision correction surgery 4 months from now because the point on the graph is at 4 and the line represents months.

Performance Task

Distance and Brightness of the Stars

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about the celestial bodies below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 4
You will use inequalities to calculate the distances of stars from Earth and to calculate the brightnesses, or apparent magnitudes, of several stars. How do you think you can use one value to describe the brightnesses of all the stars that can be seen from Earth? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
I can take the value of brightness of all the stars that can be seen from Earth as variables. And each start brightness is assigned to that variable. Based on those stars brightness you will put an inequality symbol in between those variables.

Equations and Inequalities Getting Ready for Chapter 4

Chapter Exploration

Question 1.
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to model and solve each equation. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 5
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 6

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4

Question 2.
WRITE GUIDELINES
Work with a partner. Use your models in Exercise 1 to summarize the algebraic steps that you use to solve an equation.

Answer:
The + symbol in the yellow box represents adding 1, – symbol in the red box represents subtracting 1, + in the green box represents the variable. So, you have to represent the given equation in the form of these symbols and do calculations to get the answer.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 7

Lesson 4.1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations

Work with a partner.
a. Use the examples to explain the meaning of each property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 8
Are these properties true for equations involving negative numbers? Explain your reasoning.
b. Write the four equations modeled by the algebra tiles. Explain how you can use algebra tiles to solve each equation. Then find the solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 9
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 10
c. How can you solve each equation in part(b) without using algebra tiles?

Answer:
a. x = -1
Yes, algebraic properties are true for equations involving negative numbers.
b. x = -1, x = -7, x = 6, x = 7

Explanation:
a. x = 1 – 2
x = -1
b. x – 3 = -4
x = -4 + 3 = -1
-5 = x + 2
x = -5 – 2 = -7
x – 3 = 3
x = 3 + 3 = 6
5 = x – 2
x = 5 + 2 = 7

4.1 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 5 = -2

Answer:
p = 3

Explanation:
p – 5 = -2
Add 5 to both sides
p – 5 + 5 = -2 + 5
p = 3
Substitute p = 3 in p – 5 = -2
3 – 5 = -2

Question 2.
w + 13.2 = 10.4

Answer:
w = -2.8

Explanation:
w + 13.2 = 10.4
Subtract 13.2 from both sides
w + 13.2 – 13.2 = 10.4 – 13.2
w = -2.8
Putting w = -2.8 in w + 13.2 = 10.4
-2.8 + 13.2 = 10.4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 11

Answer:
x = 4/6

Explanation:
Adding 5/6 to both sides
x – 5/6 + 5/6 = -1/6 + 5/6
x = (-1 + 5)/6
x = 4/6
Putting x = 4/6 in x – 5/6 = -1/6
4/6 – 5/6 = -1/6

Try It

Question 4.
A bakery has a profit of $120.50 today. This profit is $145.25 less than the profit P yesterday. Write an equation that can be used to find P.

Answer:
P = $120.50 + $145.25
P = $265.75

Explanation:
Today profit = $120.50
$120.50 = – $145.25 + yesterday profit
$120.50 = -$145.25 + P
P = $120.50 + $145.25
P = $265.75

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 5.
c – 12 = -4

Answer:
c = 8

Explanation:
Add 12 to both sides
c – 12 + 12 = -4 + 12
c = 8
8 – 12 = -4

Question 6.
k + 8.4 = -6.3

Answer:
k = -14.7

Explanation:
Subtracting 8.4 from both sides
k + 8.4 – 8.4 = -6.3 – 8.4
k = -14.7
-14.7 + 8.4 = -6.3

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 12

Answer:
w = 5/3

Explanation:
Adding 7/3 on both sides
-2/3 + 7/3 = w – 7/3 + 7/3
(-2 + 7)/3 = w
w = 5/3
-2/3 = 5/3 – 7/3

Question 8.
WRITING
Are the equations m + 3 = -5 and m – 4 = -12 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, both equations are equivalent.

Explanation:
m + 3 = -5 and m – 4 = -12
m = -5 – 3 and m = -12 + 4
m = -8 and m = -8

Question 9.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 13

Answer:
x + 1 = -5

Explanation:
x + 3 = -1
x = -1 – 3 = -4
x + 1 = -5
x = -5 – 1 = -6
x – 2 = -6
x = -6 + 2 = -4
x – 9 = -13
x = -13 + 9 = -4
By solving all equations, we get solution as -4, but for x + 1 = -5, we get solution as -6.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
You have $512.50. You earn additional money by shoveling snow. Then you purchase a new cell phone for $249.95 and have $482.55 left. How much money do you earn shoveling snow?

Answer:
You earn $220 by shoveling snow.

Explanation:
Let us take additional money earned by shoveling snow as x.
The total money you spend = $249.95
$512.50 + x – $249.95 = $482.55
$262.55 + x = $482.55
x = $482.55 – $262.55
x = $220
So, the money earned at shoveling snow is $220

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
You swim 4 lengths of a pool and break a record by 0.72 second. The table shows your time for each length compared to the previous record holder. How much faster or slower is your third length than the previous record holder?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 14

Answer:
1.26 seconds faster is my third length than the previous record holder.

Explanation:
Let us take the record at the third length as x.
So, -0.23 + 0.11 + x – 0.42 = 0.72
-0.54 + x = 0.72
x = 0.72 + 0.54
x = 1.26
So, the record at third length is 1.26 seconds.

Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction Homework & Practice 4.1

Review & Refresh

Factor out the coefficient of the variable term.

Question 1.
4x – 20

Answer:
4(x – 5)

Explanation:
Take 4 as common factor out.
4x – 20 = 4(x – 5)

Question 2.
-6y – 18

Answer:
-6y – 18 = -6(y + 3)

Explanation:
Take -6 as common factor out.
-6y – 18 = -6(y + 3)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 15

Answer:
-2/5 w + 4/5 = 2/5(-w + 2)

Explanation:
Take 2/5 as common factor
-2/5 w + 4/5 = 2/5(-w + 2)

Question 4.
0.75z – 6.75

Answer:
0.75z – 6.75 = 0.75(z – 6)

Explanation:
Take 0.75 as common factor
0.75z – 6.75 = 0.75(z – 6)

Multiply or divide.

Question 5.
-7 × 8

Answer:
-7 × 8 = -56

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-2

Question 6.
6 × (-12)

Answer:
6 × (-12) = -72

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-3

Question 7.
18 ÷ (-2)

Answer:
18 ÷ (-2) = -9

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-4

Question 8.
-26 ÷ 4

Answer:
-26 ÷ 4 = -6.5

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.1-5

Question 9.
A class of 144 students voted for a class president. Three-fourths of the students voted for you. Of the students who voted for you, \(\frac{5}{9}\) are female. How many female students voted for you?
A. 50
B. 60
C. 80
D. 108

Answer:
The number of female students voted for you is 60

Explanation:
The total number of students in class = 144
Three-fourths of the students voted for you = 3/4 x 144 = 36 x 3 = 108
Out of 108, 5/9 are female = 5/9 x 108 = 12 x 5 = 60
Therefore, the number of female students voted for you is 60.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Solve the equation using algebra tiles. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 127.)

Question 10.
6 + x = 4

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
6 + x = 4
Subtract 6 from both sides
6 + x – 6 = 4 – 6
x = -2

Question 11.
x – 3 = = -5

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
Add 3 to both sides
x – 3 + 3 = -5 + 3
x = -2

Question 12.
-7 + x = -9

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
Add 7 to both sides
-7 + x + 7 = -9 + 7
x = -2

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 13.
a – 6 = 13

Answer:
a = 19

Explanation:
Add 6 to both sides
a – 6 + 6 = 13 + 6
a = 19
Substituting a= 19 in a – 6 = 13
19 – 6 = 13

Question 14.
-3 = z – 8

Answer:
z = 5

Explanation:
Add 8 to both sides.
-3 + 8 = z – 8 + 8
5 = z
Substituting z = 5 in -3 = z – 8
-3 = 5 – 8

Question 15.
-14 = k + 6

Answer:
k = -20

Explanation:
Subtract 6 from both sides
-14 – 6 = k + 6 – 6
-20 = k
Substituting k = -20 in -14 = k + 6
-14 = -20 + 6

Question 16.
x + 4 = -14

Answer:
x = -18

Explanation:
Subtract 4 from both sides
x + 4 – 4 = -14 – 4
x = -18
Substituting x = -18 in x + 4 = -14
-18 + 4 = -14

Question 17.
g – 9 = -19

Answer:
g = -10

Explanation:
Add 9 to both sides.
g – 9 + 9 = -19 + 9
g = -10
Substituting g = -10 in g – 9 = -19
-10 – 9 = -19

Question 18.
c – 7.6 = -4

Answer:
c = 3.6

Explanation:
Add 7.6 to both sides
c – 7.6 + 7.6 = -4 + 7.6
c = 3.6
Substituting c = 3.6 in c – 7.6 = -4
3.6 – 7.6 = -4

Question 19.
-10.1 = w + 5.3

Answer:
w = -15.4

Explanation:
Subtract 5.3 from both sides
-10.1 – 5.3 = w + 5.3 – 5.3
-15.4 = w
Substituting w = -15.4 in -10.1 = w + 5.3
-10.1 = -15.4 + 5.3

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 16

Answer:
q = -1/6

Explanation:
Subtract 2/3 from both sides
1/2 – 2/3 = q + 2/3 – 2/3
(3 – 4)/6 = q
q = -1/6
Substituting q = -1/6 in 1/2 – 2/3 = q + 2/3 – 2/3
1/2 = -1/6 + 2/3
= (-1 + 4)/6 = 3/6 = 1/2

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 17

Answer:
p = 4/6

Explanation:
p – 19/6 = -5/2
Adding 19/6 to both sides
p – 19/6 + 19/6 = -5/2 + 19/6
p = (-15 + 19)/6
p = 4/6
Substituting p = 4/6 in p – 19/6 = -5/2
4/6 – 19/6 = -5/2
(-15/6) = -/2

Question 22.
-9.3 = d – 3.4

Answer:
d = -5.9

Explanation:
Add 3.4 to both sides
-9.3 + 3.4 = d – 3.4 + 3.4
d = -5.9
Substituting d = -5.9 in -9.3 = d – 3.4
-9.3 = -5.9 – 3.4

Question 23.
4.58 + y = 2.5

Answer:
y = -2.08

Explanation:
Subtract 4.58 from both sides
4.58 + y – 4.58 = 2.5 – 4.58
y = -2.08
Putting y = -2.08 in 4.58 + y = 2.5
4.58 – 2.08 = 2.5

Question 24.
x – 5.2 = -18.73

Answer:
x = -13.53

Explanation:
Add 5.2 to both sides
x – 5.2 + 5.2 = -18.73 + 5.2
x = -13.53
Putting x = -13.53 in x – 5.2 = -18.73
-13.53 – 5.2 = -18.73

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 18

Answer:
q = 10/9

Explanation:
Subtract 5/9 from both sides
q + 5/9 – 5/9 = 5/6 – 5/9
q = (15 – 5)/9 = 10/9
Substituting q = 10/9 in q + 5/9 = 5/6
10/9 + 5/9 = 15/9 = 5/6

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 19

Answer:
r = -19/20

Explanation:
-7/4 = r – 4/5
Adding 4/5 to both sides
-7/4 + 4/5 = r – 4/5 + 4/5
(-35 + 16)/20 = r
r = -19/20
Putting r = -19/20 in -7/4 = r – 4/5
-7/4 = -19/20 – 4/5
= (-19 – 16)/20 = -35/20 = -7/4

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 20

Answer:
w = -74/48

Explanation:
w + 27/8 = 11/6
Subtract 27/8 from both sides
w + 27/8 – 27/8 = 11/6 – 27/8
w = (88 – 162)/48
w = -74/48
Putting w = -74/48 in w + 27/8 = 11/6
-74/48 + 27/8
(-74 + 162)/48 = 88/48 = 11/6

Question 28.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation x + 8 = 10. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21

Answer:
My friend is not correct.

Explanation:
x + 8 = 10
x = 10 – 8
x = 2
The above mentioned is the correct solution. As my friend taken x + 8 = -10, there she did mistake.

WRITING AND SOLVING AN EQUATION
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Question 29.
4 less than a number n is -15.

Answer:
4 – n = -15
n = 19

Explanation:
As 4 is less than a number n subtract 4 from n.
4 – n = -15
Add n to sides of the equation
4 – n + n = -15 + n
4 = -15 + n
Add 15 to both sides
4 + 15 = -15 + n + 15
n = 19

Question 30.
10 more than a number c is 3.

Answer:
10 + c = 3
c = -7

Explanation:
As 10 is more than c add 10 to c
10 + c = 3
Subtract 10 from both sides
10 + c – 10 = 3 – 10
c = -7

Question 31.
The sum of a number y and -3 is -8.

Answer:
y – 3 = -8
y = -5

Explanation:
y + (-3) = -8
y – 3 = -8
y – 3 + 3 = -8 + 3
y = -5

Question 32.
The difference of a number p and 6 is 14.

Answer:
p – 6 = 14
p = 20

Explanation:
p – 6 = 14
p – 6 + 6 = 14 + 6
p = 20

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The temperature of dry ice is -109.3°F. This is 184.9°F less than the outside temperature. Write and solve an equation to find the outside temperature.

Answer:
-109.3°F = x – 184.9°F
Outside temperature is -24.4°F.

Explanation:
The temperature of dry ice = -109.3°F
Let us take the outside temperature as x.
dry ice is 84.9°F less than the outside temperature
-109.3°F = x – 184.9°F
x = -109.3°F + 184.9°F
x = 75.6°F
Therefore, Outside temperature is -24.4°F

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A company makes a profit of $1.38 million. This is $2.54 million more than last year. What was the profit last year? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The last year company got $1.16 millions loss.

Explanation:
A company makes a profit of $1.38 million
Let us take last year profit as p.
p + $2.54 = $1.38
p = $1.38 – $2.54
p = -$1.16
The last year company was at a loss of $1.16 million.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The difference in elevation of a helicopter and a submarine is 18\(\frac{1}{2}\) meters. The elevation of the submarine is -7\(\frac{3}{4}\) meters. What is the elevation of the helicopter? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The elevation of the helicopter is 49/4 meters.

Explanation:
Let us take the elevation of the helicopter as x.
The elevation of the submarine = -7(3/4) = -25/4
x – 18(1/2) = -25/4
x – 37/2 = -25/4
x = -25/4 + 37/2
x = (-25 + 74)/4 = 49/4
So, the elevation of the helicopter is 49/4

GEOMETRY
What is the unknown side length?

Question 36.
Perimeter = 12 cm
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21.1

Answer:
The unknown side length is 4 cm.

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x cm.
Perimeter = 12 cm
x + 3 + 5 = 12
x + 8 = 12
x = 12 – 8
x = 4 cm

Question 37.
Perimeter = 24.2 in.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 21.2

Answer:
The unknown side length is 3.8 in.

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x inches
Perimeter = 24.2 in.
x + 8.3 + 3.8 + 8.3 = 24.2
x + 20.4 = 24.2
x = 24.2 – 20.4
x = 3.8 in

Question 38.
Perimeter = 34.6 ft
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 22

Answer:
The unknown side length is 11.9 ft

Explanation:
Let us take the unknown side length as x ft.
Perimeter = 34.6 ft
5.2 + 11.1 + 6.4 + x = 34.6
22.7 + x = 34.6
x = 34.6 – 22.7
x = 11.9 ft

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The total height of the Statue of Liberty and its pedestal is 153 feet more than the height of the statue. What is the height of the statue? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 23

Answer:
The height of statue is 152 feet.

Explanation:
Let us take the height of the statue as x feet.
The total height of the Statue of Liberty and its pedestal = x + 153
305 = x + 153
x = 305 – 153
x = 152 feet
So, the height of statue is 152 feet.

Question 40.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When bungee jumping, you reach a positive elevation on your first jump that is 50\(\frac{1}{6}\) feet greater than the elevation you reach on your second jump. Your change in elevation on the first jump is -200\(\frac{2}{3}\)feet. What is your change in elevation on the second jump?

Answer:
The height of second jump is 301/2 feet.

Explanation:
The height of the first jump = 200(2/3) = 602/3
The height of second jump = The height of the first jump – 50(1/6)
= -602/3 – 301/6
= (1204 – 301)/6 = 903/6 = 301/2
The height of second jump is 301/2 feet.

Question 41.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Boatesville is a 65\(\frac{3}{5}\)-kilometer drive from Stanton. A bus traveling from Stanton to Boatesville is 24 \(\frac{1}{3}\) kilometers from Boatesville. How far has the bus traveled? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The bus travelled 619/5 km from Boatesville.

Explanation:
The distance between Boatesville and stanton = 65(3/5) = 328/5
The distance between Stanton and bus = 24(1/3) = 73/3
The bus travelled = 328/5 – 73/3 = (984 – 365)/15
= 619/15

Question 42.
GEOMETRY
The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle equals 180°. What is the missing angle measure?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 24

Answer:
Missing angle is 108.9°.

Explanation:
The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle equals 180°
30.3 + m + 40.8 = 180
71.1 + m = 180
m = 180 – 71.1 = 108.9°

Question 43.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows your scores in a skateboarding competition. The first-place finisher scores 311.62 total points, which is 4.72 more points than you score. What is your score in the fourth round?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 25

Answer:
Your score in the fourth round is 74.36 points.

Explanation:
The first-place finisher scores 311.62 total points, which is 4.72 more points than you score
63.43 + 87.15 + 81.96 + x + 4.72 = 311.62
x + 237.26 = 311.62
x = 311.62 – 237.26
x = 74.36

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find the value of 2x – 1 when x + 6 = -2.

Answer:
2x – 1 = -17

Explanation:
x + 6 = -2
x = -2 – 6
x = -8
putting x = -8 in 2x – 1
2(-8) – 1 = -16 – 1 = -17

CRITICAL THINKING
Solve the equation.

Question 45.
| x | = 2

Answer:
x = ± 2

Explanation:
When mod x is 2, then x is plus or minus 2.

Question 46.
| x | – 2 = -2

Answer:
x = 0

Explanation:
| x | = -2 + 2
| x | = 0

Question 47.
| x | + 5 = 18

Answer:
x = ± 13

Explanation:
| x | = 18 – 5
| x | = 13
x = ± 13

Lesson 4.2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations

Work with a partner.
a. Use the examples to explain the meaning of each property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 26
Are these properties true for equations involving negative numbers? Explain your reasoning.
b. Write the three equations modeled by the algebra tiles. Explain how you can use algebra tiles to solve each equation. Then find the solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 27
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 28
c. How can you solve each equation in part(b) without using algebra tiles?

4.2 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
\(\frac{x}{5}\) = -2

Answer:
x = -10

Explanation:
x/5 = -2
x = -2 x 5
x = -10
Putting x = -10 in x/5 = -2
-10/5 = -2

Question 2.
-a = -24

Answer:
a = 24

Explanation:
a = 24

Question 3.
3 = -1.5n

Answer:
n = -2

Explanation:
n = -3/1.5
n = -2

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
–\(\frac{8}{5}\)b = 5

Answer:
b = -25/8

Explanation:
-8/5 b = 5
-b = 5 x (5/8)
-b = 25/8
b = -25/8
Substituting b = -25/8 in -8/5 b = 5
-8/5 (-25/8) = (25 x 8)/(8 x 5) = 5

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)h = -9

Answer:
h = -24

Explanation:
3/8 h = -9
h = -9 x (8/3)
h = -3 x 8 = -24
Substituting h = -24 in 3/8 h = -9
3/8 (-24) = 3 x -3 = -9

Question 6.
-14 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x

Answer:
x = -21

Explanation:
-14 = (2/3) x
x = -14 x (3/2)
x = -7 x 3 = -21
Substituting x = -21 in -14 = (2/3) x
-14 = (2/3) -21 = 2 x -7

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 7.
6d = 24

Answer:
d = 4

Explanation:
6d = 24
d = 24/6
d = 4
Putting d = 4 in 6d = 24
6 x 4 = 24

Question 8.
\(\frac{t}{3}\) = -4

Answer:
t = -12

Explanation:
t/3 = -4
t = -4 x 3
t = -12
Putting t = -12 in t/3 = -4
-12/3 = -4

Question 9.
–\(\frac{2}{5}\)p = -6

Answer:
p = 15

Explanation:
(-2/5) p = -6
p = -6 x (-5/2)
p = 3 x 5 = 15
Putting p = 15 in (-2/5) p = -6
(-2/5) 15 = -2 x 3 = -6

Question 10.
WRITING
Explain why you can use multiplication to solve equations involving division.

Answer:
Multiplication is the inverse of division. So it can easily undo the operation.

Question 11.
WRITING
Are the equations \(\frac{2}{3}\)m = -4 and -4m = 24 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Both the given equations are equivalent.

Explanation:
(2/3)m = -4 and -4m = 24
m = -4 x (3/2) and m = -24/4
m = -2 x 3 and m = -6
m = -6 and m = -6
Yes both the equations are equivalent.

Question 11.
REASONING
Describe the inverse operation that will undo the given operation.

Answer:
The inverse operation of division is the multiplication and they are opposite. When dividing a number by a, the multiplication by a will undo the operation.

Question 12.
subtracting 12

Answer:
Adding 12.

Explanation:
The inverse operation of subtraction is addition.

Question 13.
multiplying by –\(\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
Dividing by (-8)

Explanation:
The inverse operation of multiplication is division. So, dividing by (-8)

Question 14.
adding -6

Answer:
Subtracting -6

Explanation:
The inverse operation for addition is subtraction. So, subtracting -6.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
The elevation of the surface of a lake is 315 feet. During a drought, the water level of the lake changes -3\(\frac{1}{5}\) feet per week. Find how long it takes for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet. Justify your answer.

Answer:
It takes 5 weeks for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet

Explanation:
Let us take the number of weeks as x.
The lake reduced = 315 – 299 = 16 feet
-3(1/5)x = 16
-16/5 x = 16
x = -16 (5/16)
x = 5
It takes 5 weeks for the surface of the lake to reach an elevation of 299 feet

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The patio shown has an area of 116 square feet. What is the value of h? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 29

Answer:
h = 8

Explanation:
Total area = 116
Triangle 1 + rectangle + triangle2 = 116
1/2 x 4.5 x h + 10 x h + 1/2 x 4.5 x h = 116
10h + 4.5h = 116
14.5h = 116
h = 116/14.5 = 8

Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division Homework & Practice 4.2

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
n – 9 = -12

Answer:
n = -3

Explanation:
n = -12 + 9
n = -3
Putting n = -3 in n – 9 = -12
-3 – 9 = -12

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 30

Answer:
m = 5/4

Explanation:
-1/2 = m – (7/4)
m = -1/2 + 7/4
m = (-2 + 7)/4 = 5/4
Putting m = 5/4 in -1/2 = m – (7/4)
-1/2 = 5/4 – (7/4) = (5 – 7)/4
= -2/4 = -1/2

Question 3.
-6.4h = h + 8.7

Answer:
h = -1.75

Explanation:
-6.4h = h + 8.7
h + 6.4h = -8.7
7.4h = -8.7
h = -8.7/7.4
h = -1.75
Putting h = -1.175 in -6.4h = h + 8.7
-6.4 x -1.175 = -1.175 + 8.7
7.52 = 7.52

Find the difference.

Question 4.
5 – 12

Answer:
-7

Explanation:
5 – 12 = -7

Question 5.
-7 – 2

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
-7 – 2 = -9

Question 6.
4 – (-8)

Answer:
12

Explanation:
4 – (-8) = 4 + 8 = 12

Question 7.
-14 – (-5)

Answer:
-9

Explanation:
-14 – (-5) = -14 + 5 = -9

Question 8.
Of the 120 apartments in a building, 75 have been scheduled to receive new carpet. What percent of the apartments have not been scheduled to receive new carpet?
A. 25%
B. 37.5%
C. 62.5%
D. 75%

Answer:
B

Explanation:
Total number of apartments = 120
The number of apartments has not been scheduled to receive new carpet = 120 – 75 = 45
Percentage = (45/120) x 100 = 37.5%

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Solve the equation using algebra tiles. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 133.)

Question 9.
4x = -16

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
4x = -16
x = -16/4 = -4

Question 10.
2x = -6

Answer:
x = -3

Explanation:
2x = -6
x = -6/2 = -3

Question 11.
-5x = -20

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
-5x = -20
5x = 20
x = 20/5 = 4

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
4x = -16

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
4x = -16
x = -16/4 = -4
Putting x = -4 in 4x = -16
4(-4) = -16

Question 13.
2x = -6

Answer:
x = -3

Explanation:
2x = -6
x = -6/2 = -3
Putting x = -3 in 2x = -6
2(-3) = -6

Question 14.
\(\frac{n}{2}\) = -7

Answer:
n = -14

Explanation:
n/2 = -7
n = -7 x 2 = -14
Putting n = -14 in n/2 = -7
-14/2 = -7

Question 15.
\(\frac{k}{-3}\) = 9

Answer:
k = -27

Explanation:
k/-3 = 9
k = 9 x -3 = -27
Putting k = -27 in k/-3 = 9
-27/-3 = 9

Question 16.
5m = -10

Answer:
m = -2

Explanation:
m = -10/5
m = -2
Putting m = -2 in 5m = -10
5(-2) = -10

Question 17.
8t = -32

Answer:
t = -4

Explanation:
t = -32/8 = -4
Putting t = -4 in 8t = -32
8(-4) = -32

Question 18.
-0.2x = 1.6

Answer:
x = -8

Explanation:
-0.2x = 1.6
x = -1.6/0.2
x = -8
Putting x = -8 in -0.2x = 1.6
-0.2 (-8) = 1.6

Question 19.
-10 = –\(\frac{b}{4}\)

Answer:
b = 40

Explanation:
-10 = -(b/4)
b/4 = 10
b = 10 x 4 = 40
Putting b = 40 in -10 = -(b/4)
-10 = -(40/4) = -10

Question 20.
-6p = 48

Answer:
p = -8

Explanation:
-6p = 48
p = -48/6 = -8
Putting p = -8 in -6p = 48
-6(-8) = 48

Question 21.
-72 = 8d

Answer:
d = -9

Explanation:
-72 = 8d
d = -72/8
d = -9
Putting d = -9 in -72 = 8d
-72 = 8 (-9)

Question 22.
\(\frac{n}{1.6}\) = 5

Answer:
n = 8

Explanation:
n/1.6 = 5
n = 1.6 x 5
n = 8
Putting n = 8 in n/1.6 = 5
8/1.6 = 80/16 = 5

Question 23.
-14.4 = -0.6p

Answer:
p = 24

Explanation:
-14.4 = -0.6p
0.6p = 14.4
p = 14.4/0.6
p = 144/6 = 24
Putting p = 24 in -14.4 = -0.6p
-14.4 = -0.6 x 24

Question 24.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)g = -12

Answer:
g = -16

Explanation:
(3/4)g = -12
3g = -12 x 4
3g = -48
g = -48/3
g = -16
Putting g = -16 in (3/4)g = -12
(3/4) x (-16) = 3 x -4 = -12

Question 25.
8 = –\(\frac{2}{5}\)c

Answer:
c = -20

Explanation:
8 = -(2/5)c
-2c = 8 x 5 = 40
2c = -40
c = -40/2 = -20
Putting c = -20 in 8 = -(2/5)c
8 = -(2/5) x -20 = (2/5)20 = 2 x 4
= 8

Question 26.
–\(\frac{4}{9}\)f = -3

Answer:
f = 27/4

Explanation:
-(4/9)f = -3
(4/9)f = 3
4f = 3 x 9 = 27
f = 27/4
Putting f = 27/4 in -(4/9)f = -3
-(4/9) x (27/4) = -27/9 = -3

Question 27.
26 = –\(\frac{8}{5}\)y

Answer:
y = -130/8

Explanation:
26 = -(8/5)y
-8y = 26 x 5 = 130
y = -130/8
Putting y = -65/4 in 26 = -(8/5)y
26 = -(8/5) x (-130/8) = 130/5 = 26

Question 28.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation -4.2x = 21. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 31

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-4.2x = 21
-x = 21/4.1
x = -5.12

WRITING AND SOLVING AN EQUATION
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Question 29.
A number multiplied by -9 is -16.

Answer:
9n = 16
n = 16/9

Explanation:
n x -9 = -16
9n = 16
n = 16/9

Question 30.
A number multiplied by \(\frac{2}{5}\) is \(\frac{3}{20}\).

Answer:
(2/5)n = 3/20
n = 15/40

Explanation:
n x (2/5) = 3/20
(2/5)n = 3/20
n = (3/20) x (5/2)
= 15/40

Question 31.
The product of 15 and a number is -75.

Answer:
15n = -75
n = -5

Explanation:
15 x n = -75
15n = -75
n = -75/15
n = -5

Question 32.
The quotient of a number and -1.5 is 21.

Answer:
n/-1.5 = 21
n = -31.5

Explanation:
n/-1.5 = 21
-n/1.5 = 21
-n = 21 x 1.5
-n = 31.5
n = -31.5

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You make a profit of $0.75 for every bracelet you sell. Write and solve an equation to determine how many bracelets you must sell to earn enough money to buy the soccer cleats shown.

Answer:
I need to sell 48 bracelets to earn enough money to buy the soccer cleats shown.

Explanation:
Let us take a number of bracelets as x.
0.75x = 36
x = 36/0.75
x = 48

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A rock climber averages 12\(\frac{3}{5}\) feet climbed per minute. How many feet does the rock climber climb in 30 minutes? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Climber climbs 378 feet in 30 minutes.

Explanation:
A rock climber averages 63/5 feet climbed per minute
Let us take he climb x feet in 30 minutes
x/30 = 63/5
x = (63/5) x 30
x = 63 x 6
x = 378 feet

OPEN-ENDED
Write (a) a multiplication equation and (b) a division equation that has the given solution.

Question 35.
-3

Answer:
(a) 3x = -9
(b) x/3 = -1

Explanation:
(a) 3x = -9
x = -9/3 = -3
x/3 = -1
x = -1 x 3 = -3

Question 36.
-2.2

Answer:
(a) -5x = 11
(b) x/2 = -1.1

Explanation:
(a) -5x = 11
x = -11/5
x = -2.2
(b) x/2 = -1.1
x = 2 x -1.1
x = -2.2

Question 37.
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
(a) 6x = -3
(b) -x/4 = 0.125

Explanation:
(a) 6x = -3
x = -3/6 = -1/2
(b) -x/4 = 0.125
-x = 0.125 x 4 = 0.5
x = -0.5

Question 38.
-1\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
(a) 4x = 5
(b) x/2 = 10/16

Explanation:
(a) 4x = 5
x = 5/4 = 1(1/4)
(b) x/2 = 10/16
x = 2(10/16)
x = 10/8 = 5/4

Question 39.
REASONING
Which method(s) can you use to solve –\(\frac{2}{3}\)c = 16?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 31.1

Answer:
Multiply each side by -3/2.

Explanation:
-(2/3)c = 16
Multiply both sides by -(3/2)
-(2/3)c x (-3/2) = 16 x (-3/2)
c = -8 x 3 = -24

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A stock has a return of -$1.26 per day. Find the number of days until the total return is -$10.08. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The number of days required is 8 days.

Explanation:
Let us take the number of days as x.
Multiply number of days by one day return to get a total return
-$1.26 * x = -$10.08
x = 10.08/1.26
x = 8

Question 41.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
In a school election, \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the students vote. There are 1464 votes. Find the number of students. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The number of students who voted is 1098 and the number of students who not voted is 366.

Explanation:
The number of students voted = (3/4) x 1464
= 366 x 3 = 1098
So, 75% of students are 1098
Remaining 25% = 1098 x (25/75)
= 1098 x (1/3) = 366
The number of students voted is 1098 and number of students not voted is 366.

Question 42.
DIG DEEPER!
The diagram shows Aquarius, an underwater ocean laboratory located in the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary. The equation \(\frac{31}{25}\)x = -62 can be used to calculate the depth of Aquarius. Interpret the equation. Then find the depth of Aquarius. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 32

Answer:
The depth of the aquarius is -50 feet

Explanation:
(31/25)x = -62
Multiply both sides by (25/31)
(31/25)x . (25/31) = -62 . (25/31)
x = (-2) x 25
x = -50
The depth of the aquarius is -50 feet

Question 43
DIG DEEPER!
The price of a bike at Store A is \(\frac{5}{6}\) the price at Store B. The price at Store A is $150.60. Find how much you save by buying the bike at Store A. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The amount saved is $30.12

Explanation:
Let us take the price of the bike at store b as x.
$150.60 = (5/6)x
150.6 * (6/5) = x
x = 30.12 * 6 = 180.72
The amount saved is $180.72 – $150.60 = $30.12

Question 44.
CRITICAL THINKING
Solve -2| m | = -10.

Answer:
m = 5

Explanation:
-2m = -10
2m = 10
m = 10/2 = 5

Question 45.
NUMBER SENSE
In 4 days, your family drives \(\frac{5}{7}\) of the total distance of a trip. The total distance is 1250 miles. At this rate, how many more days will it take to reach your destination? Justify your answer.

Answer:
It took 1(1/2) day to reach the destination.

Explanation:
The distance travelled in 4 days = 1250 * (5/7)
= 892.857 miles
The distance travelled in 1 day = 892.857/4 = 223.214
Remaining distance = 1250 – 892.57 = 357.14
357.14 = 223.214x
x = 357.14/223.214 = 1.59
So, it took 1(1/2) day to reach the destination.

Lesson 4.3 Solving Two-Step Equations

EXPLORATION 1

Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Equations
Work with a partner.
a. What is being modeled by the algebra tiles below? What is the solution?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 33
b. Use properties of equality to solve the original equation in part(a). How do your steps compare to the steps performed with algebra tiles?
c. Write the three equations modeled by the algebra tiles below. Then solve each equation using algebra tiles. Check your answers using properties of equality.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 34
d. Explain how to solve an equation of the form ax + b = c for x.

4.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
2x + 12 = 4

Answer:
x = -4

Explanation:
2x = 4 – 12 = -8
x = -8/2
x = -4
Putting x = -4 in 2x + 12 = 4
2(-4) + 12 = -8 + 12 = 4

Question 2.
-5c + 9 = -16

Answer:
c = 5

Explanation:
9 + 16 = 5c
5c = 25
c = 25/5
c = 5
Putting c = 5 in -5c + 9 = -16
-5(5) + 9 = -25 + 9 = -16

Question 3.
9 = 3x – 12

Answer:
x = 7

Explanation:
3x = 9 + 12
3x = 21
x = 21/3 = 7
Putting x = 7 in 9 = 3x – 12
9 = 3(7) – 12 = 21 – 12 = 9

4.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 35

Answer:
m = 8

Explanation:
m/2 = 10 – 6
m/2 = 4
m = 2 x 4
m = 8
putting m = 8 in m/2 + 6 = 10
8/2 + 6 = 4 + 6 = 10

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 36

Answer:
z = -12

Explanation:
5 – 9 = z/3
z/3 = -4
z = -4 x 3
z = -12
Putting z = -12 in -z/3 + 5 = 9
-(-12)/3 + 5 = 12/3 + 5 = 4 + 5 = 9

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 37

Answer:
a = -2/5

Explanation:
2/5 + 4a =-6/5
4a = -6/5 – 2/5
4a = -8/5
a = (-8/5) x (1/4)
a = -2/5
Putting a = -2/5 in 2/5 + 4a =-6/5
2/5 + 4(-2/5) = 2/5 – 8/5 = (2 – 8)/5 = -6/5

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 7.
4 – 2y + 3 = -9

Answer:
y = 8

Explanation:
7 – 2y = -9
7 + 9 = 2y
16 = 2y
y = 16/2
y = 8
Puuting y = 8 in 4 – 2y + 3 = -9
4 – 2(8) + 3 = 7 – 16 = -9

Question 8.
7x – 10x = 15

Answer:
x = -5

Explanation:
-3x = 15
x = -15/3
x = -5
Putting x = -5 in 7x – 10x = 15
7(-5) – 10(-5) = -35 + 50 = 15

Question 9.
-8 = 1.3m – 2.1m

Answer:
m = 10

Explanation:
-8 = -0.8m
m = 8/0.8
m = 10
Putting m = 10 in -8 = 1.3m – 2.1m
-8 = 1.3(10) – 2.1(10)
= 13 – 21

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

MATCHING
Match the equation with the step(s) to solve it.

Question 10.
4 + 4n = 12

Answer:
n = 2

Explanation:
4n = 12 – 4
4n = 8
n = 8/4
n = 2

Question 11.
4n = 12

Answer:
n = 3

Explanation:
n = 12/4
n = 3

Question 12.
\(\frac{n}{4}\) = 12

Answer:
n = 48

Explanation:
n/4 = 12
n = 12 x 4
n = 48

Question 13.
\(\frac{n}{4}\) – 4 = 12

A. Add 4 to each side. Then multiply each side by 4.
B. Subtract 4 from each side. Then divide each side by 4.
C. Multiply each side by 4.
D. Divide each side by 4.

Answer:
Add 4 to each side. Then multiply each side by 4.

Explanation:
n/4 – 4 = 12
Add 4 to each side
n/4 – 4 + 4 = 12 + 4
n/4 = 16
Multiply each side by 4
n/4 x 4 = 16 x 4
n = 64

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 14.
4p + 5 = 3

Answer:
p = -1/2

Explanation:
4p = 3 – 5
4p = -2
p = -2/4
p = -1/2
putting p = -1/2 in 4p + 5 = 3
4(-1/2) + 5 = -2 + 5 = 3

Question 15.
–\(\frac{d}{5}\) – 1 = -6

Answer:
d = 25

Explanation:
-1 + 6 = d/5
5 = d/5
d = 5 x 5
d = 25
Putting d = 25 in -d/5 – 1 = -6
-25/5 – 1 = -5 – 1 = -6

Question 16.
3.6g = 21.6

Answer:
g = 6

Explanation:
g = 21.6 / 6.3
g = 6
Putting g = 6 in 3.6g = 21.6
3.6(6) = 21.6

Question 17.
WRITING
Are the equations 3x + 12 = 6 and -2 = 4 – 3x equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Equations are not equivalent

Explanation:
3x + 12 = 6 and -2 = 4 – 3x
3x = 6 – 12 and 3x = 4 + 2
3x = -6 and 3x = 6
x = -6/3 and x = 6/3
x = -2 and x = 2
Equations are not equivalent

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
You must scuba dive to the entrance of your room at Jules’ Undersea Lodge in Key Largo, Florida. The diver is 1 foot deeper than \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the elevation of the entrance. What is the elevation of the entrance?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 38

Answer:
The elevation of entrance is 21 feet

Explanation:
2/3 rd of elevation = -15 foot + 1 feet
(2/3) * x = 14
x = 14 * (3/2)
x = 7 * 3 = 21 foot

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A car drives east along a road at a constant speed of 46 miles per hour. At 4:00 P.M., a truck is 264 miles away, driving west along the same road at a constant speed. The vehicles pass each other at 7:00 P.M. What is the speed of the truck?

Answer:
The speed of truck is 42 miles per hour

Explanation:
Speed = distance/time
The time taken is 3 hours
46 + x = 264/3
46 + x = 88
x = 88 – 46 = 42

Solving Two-Step Equations Homework & Practice 4.3

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation.

Question 1.
3z = 18

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
z = 18/3
z = 6

Question 2.
-8p = 40

Answer:
p = -5

Explanation:
-p = 40/8
-p = 5
p = -5

Question 3.
–\(\frac{m}{4}\) = 5

Answer:
m = -20

Explanation:
-m/4 = 5
-m = 5 x 4
-m = 20
m = -20

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)k = -10

Answer:
k = -12

Explanation:
(5/6)k = -10
k = -10(6/5)
k = -2(6)
k = -12

Multiply or divide.

Question 5.
-6.2 × 5.6

Answer:
-6.2 × 5.6 = -34.72

Explanation:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.3-1

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 39

Answer:
-40/6

Explanation:
(8/3) x (-5/2) = -40/6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 40

Answer:
-25/8

Explanation:
(5/2) / (-4/5) = (5 x 5) / (2 x – 4)
= -25/8

Question 8.
-18.6 ÷ (-3)

Answer:
6.2

Explanation:
-18.6 ÷ (-3) = 186/30
= 6.2

Question 9.
Which fraction is not equivalent to 0.75?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 41

Answer:
6/9 is not equivalent to 0.75

Explanation:
15/20 = 3/4 = 0.75
9/12 = 3/4 = 0.75
6/9 = 2/3 = 0.66

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Write the equation modeled by the algebra tiles. Then solve the equation using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of equality. (See Exploration 1, p. 139.)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 42

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 43

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
2v + 7 = 3

Answer:
v = -2

Explanation:
2v = 3 – 7
2v = -4
v = -4/2
v = -2
Putting v = -2 in 2v + 7 = 3
2(-2) + 7 = -4 + 7 = 3

Question 13.
4b + 3 = -9

Answer:
b = -3

Explanation:
4b = -9 – 3
4b = -12
b = -12/4
b = -3
Putting b = -3 in 4b + 3 = -9
4(-3) + 3 = -12 + 3 = -9

Question 14.
17 = 5k – 2

Answer:
k = 19/5

Explanation:
5k = 17 + 2
5k = 19
k = 19/5
Putting k = 19/5 in 5k = 17 + 2
5(19/5) – 2 = 19 – 2 = 17

Question 15.
-6t – 7 = 17

Answer:
t = -4

Explanation:
-6t = 17 + 7
-6t = 24
t = -24/6
t = -4
Putting t = -4 in -6t – 7 = 17
-6(-4) – 7 = 24 – 7 = 17

Question 16.
8n + 16.2 = 1.6

Answer:
n = -1.825

Explanation:
8n = 1.6 – 16.2
8n = -14.6
n = -14.6/8
n = -1.825
Putting n = -1.825 in 8n + 16.2 = 1.6
8(-1.825) + 16.2 = -14.6 + 16.2 = 1.6

Question 17.
-5g + 2.3 = -18.8

Answer:
g = 4.22

Explanation:
2.3 + 18.8 = 5g
5g = 21.1
g = 21.1/5
g = 4.22
putting g = 4.22 in -5g + 2.3 = -18.8
-5(4.22) + 2.3 = -21.1 + 2.3 = -18.8

Question 18.
2t + 8 = -10

Answer:
t = -9

Explanation:
2t = -10 – 8
2t = -18
t = -18/2
t = -9
Putting t = -9 in 2t + 8 = -10
2(-9) + 8 = -18 + 8 = -10

Question 19.
-4p + 9 = -5

Answer:
p = 3.5

Explanation:
4p = 9 + 5
4p = 14
p = 14/4
p = 3.5
Putting p = 3.5 in -4p + 9 = -5
-4(3.5) + 9 = -14 + 9 = -5

Question 20.
15 = -5x + 10

Answer:
x = -1

Explanation:
15 – 10 = -5x
-5x = 5
x = -5/5
x = -1
Putting x = -1 in 15 = -5x + 10
15 = -5(-1) + 10 = 5 + 10
= 15

Question 21.
10.35 + 2.3h = -9.2

Answer:
h = -8.5

Explanation:
2.3h = -9.2 – 10.35
2.3h = -19.55
h = -19.55/2.3
h = -8.5
Putting h = -8.5 in 10.35 + 2.3h = -9.2
10.35 + 2.3(-8.5) = 10.35 – 19.55 = -9.2

Question 22.
-4.8f + 6.4 = -8.48

Answer:
f = 3.1

Explanation:
-4.8f = -8.48 – 6.4
-4.8f = -14.88
4.8f = 14.88
f = 14.88/4.8
f = 3.1
Putting f = 3.1 in -4.8f + 6.4 = -8.48
-4.8(3.1) + 6.4 = -14.88 + 6.4 = -8.48

Question 23.
7.3y – 5.18 = -51.9

Answer:
y = -6.4

Explanation:
7.3y = -51.9 + 5.18
7.3y = -46.72
y = -46.72/7.3
y = -6.4
Putting y = -6.4 in 7.3y – 5.18 = -51.9
7.3(-6.4) – 5.18 = -46.72 – 5.18 = -51.9

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 44

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-6x + 2x = -10
-4x = -10
x = 10/4
x = 5/2

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 45

Answer:
My friend is wrong.

Explanation:
-3(x + 6) = 12
x + 6 = -12/3
x + 6 = -4
x = -4 – 6
x = -10

SOLVING AN EQUATION
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 46

Answer:
g = -5

Explanation:
(3/5)g = -10/3 + 1/3
(3/5)g = (-10 + 1)/3
= -9/3 = -3
(3/5)g = -3
g = -3 x (5/3)
g = -5
Putting g = -5 in (3/5)g -1/3 = -10/3
(3/5)(-5) -1/3 = -3 – 1/3 = (-9 – 1)/3
= -10/3

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 47

Answer:
a = 4/3

Explanation:
a/4 = -1/2 + 5/6
a/4 = (-3 + 5)/6
a/4 = 2/6
a = (2/6) x 4
a = 4/3 = 1.33
Putting a = 4/3 in a/4 – 5/6 = -1/2
(1.33)/4 – 5/6 = (4 – 10)/12 = -6/12 = -1/2

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 48

Answer:
z = -3/2

Explanation:
(4 + z) = -5/6 x -3
4 + z = 5/2
z = 5/2 – 4
z = (5 – 8)/2
z = -3/2
putting z = -3/2 in -1/3(4 + z) = -5/6
-1/3(4 + (-3/2)) = -1/3(4 – 3/2)
= -1/3(8-3)/2 = -1/6 x (5)
= -5/6

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 49

Answer:
b = 27/2

Explanation:
2 + 5/2 = b/3
(4 + 5)/2 = b/3
b/3 = 9/2
b = 9/2 x 3
b = 27/2
Putting b = 27/2 in 2 – b/3 = – 5/2
2 – (27/2)/3 = 2 – 27/6
= (12 – 27)/6 = -15/6 = – 5/2

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 50

Answer:
x = -27/20

Explanation:
(x + 3/5) = 1/2 x (-3/2)
x + 3/5 = -3/4
x = -3/4 – 3/5
x = (-15 – 12)/20
x = -27/20
Putting x = -27/20 in -2/3(x + 3/5) = 1/2
-2/3(-27/20 + 3/5) = -2/3(-27 + 12)/20
= -2/3(-15/20) = (2 x 15)/(3 x 20)
= 30/60 = 1/2

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 51

Answer:
v = -1/30

Explanation:
-9/4 v = 7/8 – 4/5
-9/4 v = (35 – 32)/40 = 3/40
v = -3/40 x 4/9
v = -1/30
Putting v = -1/30 in -9/4 v + 4/5 = 7/8
-9/4 v + 4/5 = -9/4 (-1/30) + 4/5
= 3/40 + 4/5 = (3 + 32)/40
= 35/40 = 7/8

Question 32.
PRECISION
Starting at 1:00 P.M., the temperature changes -4°F per hour. Write and solve an equation to determine how long it will take for the temperature to reach -1°F.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 52

Answer:
Iit takes 8 hours 30 minutes.

Explanation:
Starting at 1:00 P.M., the temperature changes -4°F per hour.
The temperature change is 35 – 1 = 34°F
So, the equation is 4x = 34
x = 34/4
x = 8.5
S,o, it takes 8 hours 30 minutes.

COMBINING LIKE TERMS
Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 33.
3v – 9v = 30

Answer:
v = -5

Explanation:
-6v = 30
v = -30/6
v = -5
Putting v = -5 in 3v – 9v = 30
3(-5) – 9(-5) = -15 + 45 = 30

Question 34.
12t – 8t = -52

Answer:
t = -13

Explanation:
4t = -52
t = -52/4
t = -13
Putting t = -13 in 12t – 8t = -52
12(-13) – 8(-13) = -156 + 104 = -52

Question 35.
-8d – 5d + 7d = 72

Answer:
d = -12

Explanation:
-13d + 7d = 72
-6d = 72
d = -72/6
d = -12
Putting d = -12 in -8d – 5d + 7d = 72
-8(-12) – 5(-12) + 7(-12) = 96 + 60 – 84
= 156 – 84 = 72

Question 36.
-3.8g + 5 + 2.7g = 12.7

Answer:
g = -7

Explanation:
-1.1g + 5 = 12.7
-1.1g = 12.7-5
-1.1g = 7.7
g = -7.7/1.1
g = -7
Putting g = -7 in -3.8g + 5 + 2.7g = 12.7
-3.8(-7) + 5 + 2.7(-7) = 26.6 + 5 – 18.9 = 12.7

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have $9.25. How many games can you bowl if you rent bowling shoes? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 53

Answer:
3 games can be played

Explanation:
The amount you have is $9.25
After renting $9.25 – $2.50 = $6.75
Bowling per game = $2.25
After one game,
$2.25 gone out of $6.75
After two games,
$4.50 gone
After three games,
$6.75 gone
Total is $6.75, after three games it will cost you $6.75
So, 3 games can be played

Question 38.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cell phone company charges a monthly fee plus $0.25 for each text message you send. The monthly fee is $30.00. You owe $59.50. How many text messages did you send? Justify your answer.

Answer:
You have sent 118 text messages.

Explanation:
Since the total cost of $59.50 is comprised of the monthly fee of $30 plus $0.25 for each text message, we can write
$59.50 = $30 + $0.25x
$0.25x = $59.50 – $30
$29.50 = $0.25x
x = 29.5/0.25
x = 118
So, you have sent 118 text messages

Question 39.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The height at the top of a roller coaster hill is 10 times the height h of the starting point. The height decreases 100 feet from the top to the bottom of the hill. The height at the bottom of the hill is -10 feet. Find h.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 54

Answer:
h = -9

Explanation:
From the image, we can write the equation as,
-10 + 10h = -100
10h = -100 + 10
10h = -90
h = -90/10
h = -9

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
On a given day, the coldest surface temperature on the Moon, -280°F, is 53.6°F colder than twice the coldest surface temperature on Earth. What is the coldest surface temperature on Earth that day? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The coldest surface temperature on Earth is 166.8°F

Explanation:
the coldest surface temperature on the Moon = -280°F
2E + 53.6 = -280
2E = -280 – 53.6
2E = 333.6
E = 166.8°F
The coldest surface temperature on Earth is 166.8°F

Question 41.
DIG DEEPER!
On Saturday, you catch insects for your science class. Five of the insects escape. The remaining insects are divided into three groups to share in class. Each group has nine insects.
a. Write and solve an equation to find the number of insects you catch on Saturday.
b. Find the number of insects you catch on Saturday without using an equation. Compare the steps used to solve the equation in part (a) with the steps used to solve the problem in part (b).
c. Describe a problem that is more convenient to solve using an equation. Then describe a problem that is more convenient to solve without using an equation.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 56

Answer:
a. You catch 32 insects on Saturday.
b.

Explanation:

a.
(x – 5)/3 = 9
(x – 5) = 27
x = 27 + 5 = 32
You catch 32 insects on saturday.
b. The only number which is divisible by 3 and obtained after subtracting 5 insects from it is 5. so, you caught 32 insects.
c. Equation is more convenient to solve the problem.

Question 42.
GEOMETRY
How can you change the dimensions of the rectangle so that the ratio of the length to the width stays the same, but the perimeter is 185 centimeters? Write an equation that shows how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 57

Answer:
The required dimensions are 52.75, 52.75, 39.75.

Explanation:
The perimeter for given dimensions = 2(25 + 12) = 50 + 24 = 74
Given perimeter = 185
Change in perimeter = 185 – 74 = 111
Divide the perimeter by 4 = 111/4 = 27.75
Add 27.75 to each dimension to get the perimeter 185
So, the required dimensions are 52.75, 52.75, 39.75

Lesson 4.4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

EXPLORATION 1
Understanding Inequality Statements
Work with a partner. Create a number line on the floor with both positive and negative numbers.
a. For each statement, stand at a number on your number line that could represent the situation. On what other numbers can you stand?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 58
• Atleast 3 students from our school are in a chess tournament.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 59
• Your ring size is less than 7.5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 60
• The temperature is no more than -1 degree Fahrenheit.
• The elevation of a frogfish is greater 1 than -8\(\frac{1}{2}\) meters.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 61
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 62
b. How can you represent all of the solutions for each statement in part(a) on a number line?

4.4 Lesson

Try It

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
A number is at least -10.

Answer:
n ≥ -10

Explanation:
The symbol for at least is ≥.
So, n ≥ -10

Question 2.
Twice a number y is more than –\(\frac{5}{2}\).

Answer:
2y > -5/2

Explanation:
more than symbol is >.
2y > -5/2

A solution of an inequality is a value that makes the inequality true. An inequality can have more than one solution. The set of all solutions of an inequality is called the solution set.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 63

Try It

Tell whether -5 is a solution of the inequality.

Question 3.
x + 12 > 7

Answer:
-5 is not soution.

Explanation:
x + 12 > 7
-5 + 12 > 7
7 > 7

Question 4.
1 – 2p ≤ -9

Answer:
-5 is not the solution.

Explanation:
1 – 2p ≤ -9
1 – 2(-5) ≤ -9
1 + 10 ≤ -9
11 ≤ -9

Question 5.
n ÷ 2.5 ≥ -3

Answer:
-5 is solution.

Explanation:
-5 ÷ 2.5 ≥ -3
-2 ≥ -3

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
REASONING
Do x < 5 and 5 < x represent the same inequality? Explain.

Answer:
No, both inequalities do not represent the same.

Explanation:
No, both inequalities do not represent the same.
The reason is the first one x < 5 means all numbers that are less than 5.
Second one 5 < x, all numbers that are greater than 5.

Question 7.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Write “both” inequalities.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 64

Answer:
A number k is no more than -3 is different.

Explanation:
A number k is less than or equal to -3
k ≤ -3
A number k is at least -3
k ≥ – 3
a number k is at most -3
k ≤ -3
A number k is no more than -3
k < -3

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether -4 is a solution of the inequality.

Question 8.
c + 6 ≤ 3

Answer:
Yes, -4 is a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
c + 6 ≤ 3
-4 + 6 ≤ 3
2 ≤ 3

Question 9.
6 > p ÷ (-0.5)

Answer:
No, -4 is not a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
6 > p ÷ (-0.5)
6 > -4 ÷ (-0.5)
6 > 4 ÷ (0.5)
6 > 8

Question 10.
-7 < 2g + 1

Answer:
No, -4 is not a solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
-7 < 2g + 1
-7 < 2(-4) + 1
-7 < -8 + 1
-7 < -7

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
The three requirements to pass a fitness test are shown. Write and graph three inequalities that represent the requirements. Then give a set of possible values for a person who passes the test.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 65

Answer:
x ≥ 2 kilometers
x ≥ 25 pushups
x ≥ 10 pullups
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-1

Explanation:
Jog at least 2 kilometers
x ≥ 2 kilometers
Perform 25 or more pushups
x ≥ 25 pushups
Perform at least 10 pull-ups
x ≥ 10 pullups

Question 12.
To set a depth record, a submersible vehicle must reach a water depth less than -715 feet. A vehicle breaks the record by more than 10 feet. Write and graph an inequality that represents the possible depths reached by the vehicle.

Answer:
-705 < x < -175
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-2

Explanation:
Submersible vehicle must reach a water depth less than -715 feet
x < – 175
A vehicle breaks the record by more than 10 feet.
So, -175 + 10 < x < -175
-705 < x < -175

Writing and Graphing Inequalities Homework & Practice 4.4

Review & Refresh

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 8 = 3

Answer:
p = 11

Explanation:
p – 8 = 3
p = 8 + 3
p = 11
Putting p = 11 in p – 8 = 3
11 – 8 = 3

Question 2.
8.7 + w = 5.1

Answer:
w = -3.6

Explanation:
8.7 + w = 5.1
w = 5.1 – 8.7
w = -3.6
Putting w = -3.6 in 8.7 + w = 5.1
8.7 + (-3.6) = 8.7 – 3.6 = 5.1

Question 3.
x – 2 = -9

Answer:
x = -7

Explanation:
x – 2 = -9
x = -9 + 2
x = -7
Putting x = -7 in x – 2 = -9
-7 – 2 = -9

Question 4.
8v + 5 = 1

Answer:
v = -1/2

Explanation:
8v + 5 = 1
8v = 1 – 5
8v = -4
v = -4/8
v = -1/2
Putting v = -1/2 in 8v + 5 = 1
8(-1/2) + 5 = -4 + 5 = 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 66

Answer:
n = 5

Explanation:
7/8 – (1/4)n = -3/8
7/8 + 3/8 = 1/4 n
1/4 n = (7 + 3)/8
1/4 n = 10/8
n = (10/8) x (4)
n = 10/2
n = 5
Putting n = 5 in 7/8 – (1/4)n = -3/8
7/8 – (1/4)5 = 7/8 – 5/4
= (7-10)/8 = -3/8

Question 6.
1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h

Answer:
h = -3

Explanation:
1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h
1.8 + 5.7 = 2.1h – 4.6h
-2.5h = 7.5
h = -7.5/2.5
h = -3
Putting h = -3 in 1.8 = 2.1h – 5.7 – 4.6h
1.8 = 2.1(-3) – 5.7 – 4.6(-3)
= -6.3 – 5.7 + 13.8
= -12 + 13.8

Question 7.
Which expression has a value less than -5?
A. 5 + 8
B. -9 + 5
C. 1 + (-8)
D. 7 + (-2)

Answer:
B has a value less than -5.

Explanation:
A. 5 + 8 = 13
B. -9 + 5 = -4
C. 1 + (-8) = -7
D. 7 + (-2) = 5

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
UNDERSTANDING INEQUALITY STATEMENTS
Choose a number that could represent the situation. What other numbers could represent the situation? (See Exploration 1, p. 145.)

Question 8.
Visibility in an airplane is greater than 6.5 miles.

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-3
x > 6.5 miles

Explanation:
x > 6.5 miles

Question 9.
You must sell no fewer than 20 raffle tickets for a fundraiser.

Answer:
x > 20
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-4

Explanation:
x > 20

Question 10.
You consume at most 1800 calories per day.

Answer:
x ≤ 1800
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-5

Explanation:
x ≤ 1800

Question 11.
The elevation of the Dead Sea is less than -400 meters.

Answer:
x < -400
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-6

Explanation:
x < -400

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 12.
A number y is no more than -8.

Answer:
y < -8

Explanation:
No more than means <
y < -8

Question 13.
A number w added to 2.3 is more than 18.

Answer:
w + 2.3 > 18

Explanation:
More than means >
w + 2.3 > 18
w > 18 – 2.3
w > 15.7

Question 14.
A number t multiplied by -4 is atleast –\(\frac{2}{5}\).

Answer:
-4t ≥ -2/5

Explanation:
Atleast means ≥
-4t ≥ -2/5

Question 15.
A number b minus 4.2 is less than -7.5.

Answer:
b – 4.2 < -7.5

Explanation:
Less than means <
b – 4.2 < -7.5
b < -7.5 + 4.2
b < -3.3
b > 3.3

Question 16.
–\(\frac{5}{9}\) is no less than 5 times a number k.

Answer:
-5/9 > 5k

Explanation:
No less than means >
-5/9 > 5k

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes the word sentence as an inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 67

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
Twice a number x means 2x
Atmost means ≤
So, 2x ≤ -24

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 18.
n + 8 ≤ 13; n = 4

Answer:
n = 4 is the solution

Explanation:
4 + 8 ≤ 13
12 ≤ 13

Question 19.
-15 < 5h; h = -5

Answer:
h = -5 is the solution

Explanation:
-15 < 5(-5)
-15 < -25

Question 20.
p + 104 ≤ 0.5; p = 0.1

Answer:
p = 0.1 is the solution

Explanation:
0.1 + 104 ≤ 0.5
104.1 ≤ 0.5

Question 21.
\(\frac{a}{6}\) > -4; a = -18

Answer:
a = -18 is the solution

Explanation:
a/6 > -4
-18/6 > -4
-3 > -4

Question 22.
6 ≥ –\(\frac{2}{3}\)s ; s = -9

Answer:
s = -9 is the solution

Explanation:
6 ≥ (-2/3)s
6 ≥ (-2/3) x -9
6 ≥ 2 x 3
6 ≥ 6

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 68

Answer:
k = 1/4 is not the solution

Explanation:
7/8 – 3k < -1/2
7/8 – 3(1/4) < -1/2
7/8 – 3/4 < -1/2
(7 – 6)/8 < -1/2
1/8 < -1/2

GRAPHING AN INEQUALITY
Graph the inequality on a number line.

Question 24.
r ≤ -9

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-7

Question 25.
g ≥ 2.75

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-8

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 69

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-9

Explanation:
x ≥ -7/2

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 70

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.4-10

Explanation:
5/4 > z

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Each day at lunchtime, atleast 53 people buy food from a food truck. Write and graph an inequality that represents this situation.

Answer:

Explanation:

CHECKING SOLUTIONS
Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 29.
4k < k + 8; k = 3

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 191

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 31.
7 – 2y > 3y + 13; y = -1

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 71

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A single subway ride for a student costs $1.25. A monthly pass costs $35.
a. Write an inequality that represents the numbers of times you can ride the subway each month for the monthly pass to be a better deal.
b. You ride the subway about 45 times per month. Should you buy the monthly pass? Explain.

Answer:
a. 1.25x ≥ 35
b. Yes, it is better to buy a monthly pass.

Explanation:
A.
1.25x ≥ 35
B. 1.25x ≥ 35
x ≥ 35/1.25
x ≥ 28
Yes, it is better to buy a monthly pass.

Question 34.
LOGIC
Consider the in equality b > -2.
a. Describe the values of b that are solutions of the inequality.
b. Describe the values of b that are not solutions of the inequality. Write an inequality that represents these values.
c. What do all the values in parts (a) and (b) represent? Is this true for any similar pair of inequalities? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. b is greater than -2, The possible solutions of b are -1, 0, 1, 2, and so on
b. The values of b that are nor solutions are -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, …. and an inequality that represents it is b < – 2
c. All the values in parts (A), (b) represents all whole numbers.

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A planet orbiting a star at a distance such that its temperatures are right for liquid water is said to be in the star’s habitable zone. The habitable zone of a particular star is atleast 0.023 AU and at most 0.054 AU from the star (1 AU is equal to the distance between Earth and the Sun). Draw a graph that represents the habitable zone.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 72

Answer:
x ≥ 0.023 and x ≤ 0.054
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4-11

Explanation:
As the start is at least 0.023 AU means x ≥ 0.023
And it is almost 0.054 AU means x ≤ 0.054
x ≥ 0.023 ≤ 0.054

Question 36.
DIG DEEPER!
The girth of a package is the distance around the perimeter of a face that does not include the length as a side. A postal service says that a rectangular package can have a maximum combined length and girth of 108 inches.
a. Write an inequality that represents the allowable dimensions for the package.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 73
b. Find three different sets of allowable dimensions that are reasonable for the package. Find the volume of each package.

Answer:
a. x ≥ 27 inches
b. The three different sets of allowable dimensions are 27, 28, 29 and their volumes are 19683 cubic inches, 21952 cubic inches, 24389 cubic inches.

Explanation:
Girth = 108 inches
4x ≥ 108
x ≥ 108/4
x ≥ 27
b. The three different sets of allowable dimensions are 27, 28, 29
Volume = 27³ = 19683
= 28³ = 21952
= 29³ = 24389

Lesson 4.5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Inequalities
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes on which the odd numbers are negative on one of the number cubes and the even numbers are negative on the other number cube.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 74

  • Roll the number cubes. Write an inequality that compares the numbers.
  • Roll one of the number cubes. Add the number to each side of the inequality and record your result.
  • Repeat the previous two steps five more times.

a. When you add the same number to each side of an inequality, does the inequality remain true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 75
b. When you subtract the same number from each side of an inequality, does the inequality remain true? Use inequalities generated by number cubes to justify your answer.
c. Use your results in parts (a) and (b) to make a conjecture about how to solve inequality of form x + a < b for x. 4.5 Lesson Try It Solve the inequality.

Answer:
a. When you add the same number to each side of an inequality, does the inequality remains true. Because when the same quantity is added on both sides does not show any impact on the actual inequality.
b. When you subtract the same number from each side of an inequality, the inequality remain true. Because when the same quantity is subtracted from both sides does not show any impact on the actual inequality.

Graph the solution.

Question 1.

y – 6 > -7

Answer:
y > -1
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-1

Explanation:
y > -7 + 6
y > -1

Question 2.
b – 3.8 ≤ 1.7

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-2

Explanation:
b ≤ 1.7 + 3.8
b ≤ 5.5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 76

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-3

Explanation:
-1/2 + 1/4 > z
(-2 + 1)/4 > z
-1/4 > z
1/4 < z

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 4.
w + 3 ≤ -1

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-4
w ≤ -4

Explanation:
w ≤ -1 – 3
w ≤ -4

Question 5.
8.5 ≥ d + 10

Answer:
1.5 ≤ d
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-5

Explanation:
8.5 – 10 ≥ d
-1.5 ≥ d
1.5 ≤ d

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 77

Answer:
x > 3/4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-6

Explanation:
x > 3/2 – 3/4
x > (6 – 3)/4
x > 3/4

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
WRITING
Are the inequalities c + 3 > 5 and c – 1 > 1 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Inequalities are equivalent.

Explanation:
c + 3 > 5 and c – 1 > 1
c > 5 – 3 and c > 1 + 1
c > 2 and c > 2

Question 8.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which inequality does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 78

Answer:
-7/4 < w – 3/4

Explanation:
w + 7/4 < 3/4
w < 3/4 – 7/4
w < -4/4
w < -1
w – 3/4 > -7/4
w > -7/4 + 3/4
w > -4/4
w > -1
w+ 7/4 > 3/4
w > 3/4 – 7/4
w > -4/4
w > -1
-7/4 < w – 3/4
-7/4 + 3/4 < w
-4/4 < w
-1 < w
By solving all inequalities we obtain w > -1, but by solving -7/4 < w – 3/4, we get -1 < w.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 9.
x – 4 > -6

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-7
x > -2

Explanation:
x > -6 + 4
x > -2

Question 10.
z + 4.5 ≤ 3.25

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-8
z ≤ -1.25

Explanation:
z ≤ 3.25 – 4.5
z ≤ -1.25

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 79

Answer:
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-9
-1/10 > g

Explanation:
7/10 – 4/5 > g
(7 – 8)/10 > g
-1/10 > g

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write two different inequalities that can be represented using the graph. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 80

Answer:
x > -5
x ≥ 5

Explanation:
x > -5
Because in the graph the point is from 5 to left side.
x ≥ 5
In the graph, the point is also located on 5.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
A volcanologist rappels 1200 feet into a volcano. He wants to climb out of the volcano in less than 4 hours. He climbs the first 535 feet in 100 minutes. Graph an inequality that represents the average rates at which he can climb the remaining distance and meet his goal. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The average rate at which he climb the remaining distance and meet his goal is less than 0.21 inches per 1 minute.
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-10

Explanation:
A volcanologist rappel climbs first 535 feet in 100 minutes
He needs to climb the remaining 1200 – 535 = 665 feet in the remaining time.
(1200 – 535)x < (4 x 60 – 100)
665x < (240 – 100)
665x < 140
x < 140/665
x < 0.21
The average rate at which he climb the remaining distance and meet his goal is less than 0.21 inches per 1 minute.

Question 14.
You install a mailbox by burying a post as shown. According to postal service guidelines, the bottom of the box must be at least 41 inches, but no more than 45 inches, above the road. Write and interpret two inequalities that describe the possible lengths of the post.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 81

Answer:
The possible length of post is in between 45 to 41 inches

Explanation:
Given that,
The bottom box must be at least 41 inches
x ≥ 41 inches
The bottom box must be no more than 45 inches
x < 45
By combining both inequalities, we get
45 < x ≥ 41
So, the possible length of post is in between 45 to 41 inches.

Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction Homework & Practice 4.5

Review & Refresh

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 1.
A number p is greater than 5.

Answer:
p > 5.

Explanation:
greater than means >
p > 5.

Question 2.
A number z times 3 is atmost -4.8.

Answer:
3z ≤ -4.8

Explanation:
Atmost means ≤
3z ≤ -4.8

Question 3.
The sum of a number n and \(\frac{2}{3}\) is no less than 5\(\frac{1}{3}\).

Answer:
n + 2/3 > 5(1/3)

Explanation:
The sum of n and 2/3 is n + 2/3
no less than means >
n + 2/3 > 5(1/3)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
4x = 36

Answer:
x = 9

Explanation:
4x = 36
x = 36/4
x = 9
Putting x = 9 in 4x = 36
4(9) = 36

Question 5.
\(\frac{w}{3}\) = -9

Answer:
w = -27

Explanation:
w/3 = -9
w = -9 x 3
w = -27
Putting w = -27 in w/3 = -9
-27/3 = -9

Question 6.
-2b = 44

Answer:
b = -22

Explanation:
-2b = 44
b = -44/2
b = -22
Putting b = -22 in -2b = 44
-2(-22) = 44

Question 7.
60 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)h

Answer:
h = 80

Explanation:
60 = (3/4)h
60 x 4 = 3h
240 = 3h
h = 240/3
h = 80
Putting h = 80 in 60 = (3/4)h
60 = (3/4) x 80 = 3 x 20

Question 8.
Which fraction is equivalent to -2.4?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 82

Answer:
-12/5 is the equivalent to -2.4

Explanation:
-12/5 = -2.4
-51/25 = -2.04
-8/5 = -1.6
-6/25 = -0.24
So, by observing all those, we can say that -12/5 is the equivalent to -2.4

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write an inequality that compares the given numbers. Does the inequality remain true when you add 2 to each side? Justify your answer. (See Exploration 1, p. 151.)

Question 9.
-1; 4

Answer:
-1 > 4
False.

Explanation:
-1 > 4
-1 + 2 > 4 + 2
1 > 6

Question 10.
-3; -6

Answer:
-3 > – 6
True

Explanation:
-3 > – 6
By adding 2 to each side
-3 + 2 > -6 + 2
-1 > -4

Question 11.
-4; -1

Answer:
-4 < -1
False

Explanation:
-4 < -1
-4 + 2 < -1 + 2
-2 < 1
False

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 12.
x + 7 ≥ 18

Answer:
x ≥ 11
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-11

Explanation:
x ≥ 18 – 7
x ≥ 11

Question 13.
a – 2 > 4

Answer:
a > 6
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-12

Explanation:
a > 4 + 2
a > 6

Question 14.
3 ≤ 7 + g

Answer:
-4 ≤ g
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4_optimized.5-13

Explanation:
3 – 7 ≤ g
-4 ≤ g

Question 15.
8 + k ≤ -3

Answer:
k ≤ -11
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-14

Explanation:
k ≤ -3 – 8
k ≤ -11

Question 16.
-12 < y – 6

Answer:
-6 < y
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-15

Explanation:
-12 + 6 < y
-6 < y

Question 17.
n – 4 < 5

Answer:
n < 9
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-16

Explanation:
n < 4 + 5
n < 9

Question 18.
t – 5 ≤ -7

Answer:
t ≤ -2

Explanation:
t ≤ -7 + 5
t ≤ -2

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 83

Answer:
p ≥ 7/4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-18

Explanation:
p ≥ 2 – (1/4)
p ≥ (8 – 1)/4
p ≥ 7/4

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 84

Answer:
-3/7 > b

Explanation:
2/7 – 5/7 > b
(2 – 5)/7 > b
-3/7 > b

Question 21.
z – 4.7 ≥ -1.6

Answer:
z ≥ 3.1
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-20

Explanation:
z ≥ -1.6 + 4.7
z ≥ 3.1

Question 22.
-9.1 < d – 6.3

Answer:
-2.8 < d
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-21

Explanation:
-9.1 + 6.3 < d
-2.8 < d

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 85

Answer:
-4/5 > s
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-22

Explanation:
8/5 – 12/5 > s
(8 – 12)/5 > s
-4/5 > s

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 86

Answer:
6/8 ≥ m

Explanation:
-7/8 + 13/8 ≥ m
6/8 ≥ m

Question 25.
r + 0.2 < -0.7

Answer:
r < 0.5

Explanation:
r < 0.7 – 0.2
r < 0.5

Question 26.
h – 6 ≤ -8.4

Answer:
h ≤ -2.4
big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-4.5-25

Explanation:
h ≤ -8.4 + 6
h ≤ -2.4

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality and graphs the solution. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 87

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
x – 7 > – 2
x > – 2 + 7
x > 5
As the graph says the values of x are more than 5.
So, my friend is correct.

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 88

Answer:
My friend is correct.

Explanation:
8 ≤ x + 3
8 – 3 ≤ x
5 ≤ x
As the graph represents the values of x are less than or equal to 5.
So, my friend is correct.

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A small airplane can hold 44 passengers. Fifteen passengers board the plane.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the additional numbers of passengers that can board the plane.
b. Can 30 more passengers board the plane? Explain.

Answer:
a. 15 + x ≤ 44
b. No.

Explanation:
As the airplane can hold 44 passengers and already 15 passengers board the plane. The inequality can be expressed as
15 + x ≤ 44
Here, x is the additional number of passengers who board the plane
b. Can 30 more passengers board the plane
So, take x as 30
15 + 30 ≤ 44
45 ≤ 44
As this inequality is false. So, 30 more passengers board the plane

GEOMETRY
Find the possible values of x.

Question 30.
The perimeter is less than 28 feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 89

Answer:
x < 14

Explanation:
Perimeter = 7 + 7 + x = 14 + x
The perimeter is less than 28 feet.
So, p < 28
14 + x < 28
x < 28 – 14
x < 14

Question 31.
The base is greater than the height.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 90

Answer:
x > 5

Explanation:
Here base = (x + 3), h = 8
The base is greater than the height.
b > h
(x + 3) > 8
x > 8 – 3
x > 5

Question 32.
The perimeter is less than or equal to 51 meters.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 91

Answer:
x ≤ 15 m

Explanation:
Perimeter = 10 + 8 + 8 + 10 + x
= 36 + x
The perimeter is less than or equal to 51 meters.
perimeter ≤ 51
36 + x ≤ 51
x ≤ 51 – 36
x ≤ 15

Question 33.
REASONING
The inequality d + s > -3 is equivalent to d > -7. What is the value of s?

Answer:
s = -4

Explanation:
d + s > -3
d > -3 – s
When s = -4, then d + s > -3 is equivalent to d > -7
So, s = -4

Question 34.
LOGIC
You can spend up to $35 on a shopping trip.
a. You want to buy a shirt that costs $14. Write and solve an inequality that represents the remaining amounts of money you can spend if you buy the shirt.
b. You notice that the shirt is on sale for 30% off. How does this change your inequality in part(a)?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 92

Answer:
a. x + $14 < 35
b. x + $9.8 < 35

Explanation:
You can spend up to $35 on a shopping trip.
a. Shirt cost = $14
The inequality represents the remaining amounts of money you can spend if you buy the shirt.
x + $14 < 35
b. When the shirt is on 30% sale
If the shirt is on sale, then the cost of the shirt is $9.8
Then 35 – 9.8 = 25.2
Then the inequality is x + $9.8 < 35

Question 35.
DIG DEEPER!
If items plugged into a circuit use more than 2400 watts of electricity, the circuit overloads. A portable heater that uses 1050 watts of electricity is plugged into the circuit.
a. Find the additional numbers of watts you can plug in without overloading the circuit.
b. In addition to the portable heater, what two other items in the table can you plug in at the same time without overloading the circuit? Is there more than one possibility? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 93

Answer:
a. You can add 1350 additional watts without overloading the circuit.
b. You can add vacuum cleaner, television, and vacuum cleaner, aquarium.

Explanation:
a. Given that,
Circuit overloads at 2400 watts
Electricity used by heater = 1050 watts
Let,
x be the number of additional watts.
Electricity used by heater + Additional watts ≤ Circuit’s capacity
1050 + x ≤ 2400
x ≤ 2400 – 1050
x ≤ 1350
You can add 1350 additional watts without overloading the circuit.
b. Check the sum of which two numbers is less than 1350
You can add vacuum cleaner, television, and vacuum cleaner, aquarium.

Question 36.
The possible values of x are given by x + 8 ≤ 6. What is the greatest possible value of 7x? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The greatest possible value of x is -14.

Explanation:
Given that,
x + 8 ≤ 6
x ≤ 6 – 8
x ≤ -2
Multiply both sides by 7
7x ≤ -14
So the greatest possible value of x is -14.

Lesson 4.6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Inequalities
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes on which the odd numbers are negative on one of the number cubes and the even numbers are negative on the other number cube.

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 94

  • Roll the number cubes. Write an inequality that compares the numbers.
  • Roll one of the number cubes. Multiply each side of the inequality by the number and record your result.
  • Repeat the previous two steps nine more times.

a. When you multiply each side of an inequality by the same number, does the inequality remain true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 95
b. When you divide each side of an inequality by the same number, does the inequality remain true? Use inequalities generated by number cubes to justify your answer.
c. Use your results in parts (a) and (b) to make a conjecture about how to solve an inequality of the form ax < b for x when a > 0 and when a < 0.

4.6 Lesson

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
n ÷ 3 < 1

Answer:
n < 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 77

Explanation:
n < 1 x 3
n < 3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 96

Answer:
-5 ≤ m
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 78

Explanation:
-0.5 x 10 ≤ m
-5 ≤ m

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 97

Answer:
-4.5 > p
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 79

Explanation:
-3 > (2/3) p
-3 x 3 > 2p
-9 > 2p
-9/2 > p
-4.5 > p

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
4b ≥ 2

Answer:
b ≥ 1/2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 80

Explanation:
4b ≥ 2
b ≥ 2/4
b ≥ 1/2

Question 5.
12k ≤ -24.

Answer:
k ≤ -2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 81

Explanation:
12k ≤ -24
k ≤ -24/12
k ≤ -2

Question 6.
-15 < 2.5q

Answer:
-6 < q
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 82

Explanation:
-15 < 2.5q
-15/2.5 < q
-6 < q

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 98

Answer:
x > 12

Explanation:
x > -4 x -3
x > 12

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 99

Answer:
1 ≥ y
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 84

Explanation:
0.5 ≤ -y/2
0.5 x 2 ≤ -y
1 ≤ – y
1 ≥ y

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 100

Answer:
-10 ≥ m

Explanation:
-12 ≥ (6/5)m
-12 x 5 ≥ 6m
-60 ≥ 6m
-60/6 ≥ m
-10 ≥ m

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 101

Answer:
h ≤ 20
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 86

Explanation:
(-2/5)h ≤ -8
(2/5)h ≤ 8
2h ≤ 8 x 5
2h ≤ 40
h ≤ 40/2
h ≤ 20

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an inequality that you can solve using the Division Property of Inequality where the direction of the inequality symbol must be reversed.

Answer:
Let us take an inequality -3x < 6
Divide both sides by -3
-3x/-3 < 6/-3
x > -2
The solution is x > -2

Question 12.
PRECISION
Explain how solving 4x < -16 is different from −4x < 16.

Answer:
4x < -16
x < -16/4
x < -4
−4x < 16
-4x/-4 > 16/-4
x > -4
For 4x < -16, we get x < -4. For −4x < 16 we get x > -4 as solution.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 13.
6n < -42

Answer:
n < -7
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 87

Explanation:
6n < -42
Divide both sides by 6
6n/6 < -42/6
n < -7

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 102

Answer:
32 ≤ g
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 88

Explanation:
4 ≥ -g/8
4 x 8 ≥ -g
32 ≥ -g
32 ≤ g

Question 15.
WRITING
Are the inequalities 12c > -15 and 4c < -5 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Both inequalities are not equivalent.

Explanation:
12c > -15
c > -15/12
c > -5/4
4c < -5
c < -5/4
So, both inequalities are not equivalent

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
You want to put up a fence that encloses a triangular region with an area greater than or equal to 60 square feet. Describe the possible values of c.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 103

Answer:
12 + c + √(c² + 144) ≥ 60

Explanation:
Find all sides to get its perimeter
Let us take hypotenuse as x.
Asit is a right-angled triangle, hypotenuse² = sum of squares of other sides
x² = c² + 12²
x² = c² + 144
x = √(c² + 144)
The perimeter of the triangular region is greater than or equal to 60 square feet.
So, perimeter ≥ 60
Perimeter = 12 + c + x = 12 + c + √(c² + 144)
12 + c + √(c² + 144) ≥ 60

Question 17.
A motorcycle rider travels at an average speed greater than 50 miles per hour. Write and solve an inequality to determine how long it will take the motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 104

Answer:
It may take more than 7.5 hours for a motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles

Explanation:
A motorcycle rider travels at an average speed greater than 50 miles per hour.
speed > 50 miles per hour
50 miles per one hour
So, 375 miles per how many hours
50x > 375
x >375/50
x > 7.5
So, it may take more than 7.5 hours for a motorcycle rider to travel 375 miles

Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division Homework & Practice 4.6

Review & Refresh

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
h + 4 < 6

Answer:
h < 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 89

Explanation:
h < 6 – 4
h < 2

Question 2.
c – 5 ≥ 4

Answer:
c ≥ 9
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities

Explanation:
c ≥ 4 + 5
c ≥ 9

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 105

Answer:
-1/10 ≤ n
 Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 91

Explanation:
7/10 ≤ n + 4/5
7/10 – 4/5 ≤ n
(7 – 8)/10 ≤ n
-1/10 ≤ n

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
-2w + 4 = -12

Answer:
w = 4

Explanation:
-2w = -12 + 4
-2w = -8
2w = 8
w = 8/2
w = 4
Putting w = 4 in -2w = -12 + 4
-2(-4) = -12 + 4
-8 = -8

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 106

Answer:
v = 45

Explanation:
v/5 = 3 + 6 = 9
v = 9 x 5
v = 45
Putting v = 45 in v/5 – 6 = 3
45/5 – 6 = 9 – 6 = 3

Question 6.
3(x – 1) = 18

Answer:
x = 7

Explanation:
3(x – 1) = 18
(x – 1) = 18/3
x – 1 = 6
x = 6 + 1
x = 7
Putting x = 7 in 3(x – 1) = 18
3(7 – 1) = 3 x 6 = 18

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 107

Answer:
m = 4

Explanation:
m/4 + 50 = 51
m/4 = 51 – 50
m/4 = 1
m = 1 x 4
m = 4
Putting m = 4 in m/4 + 50 = 51
4/4 + 50 = 1 + 50 = 51

Question 8.
What is the value of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 109

Answer:
B.

Explanation:
2/3 + (-5/7) = 2/3 – 5/7
= (14 – 15)/21
= -1/21

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING AN INEQUALITY
Write an inequality that compares the given numbers. Does the inequality remain true when you multiply each number in the inequality by 2? by -2? Justify your answers. (See Exploration 1, p. 157.)

Question 9.
-2; 5

Answer:
True

Explanation:
-2 < 5
-2 x 2 < 5 x 2
-4 < 10

Question 10.
4; -1

Answer:
true

Explanation:
4 > -1
4 x 2 > -1 x 2
8 > -2

Question 11.
6; -3

Answer:
True

Explanation:
6 > -3
6 x 2 > -3 x 2
12 > -6

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 12.
2n > 20

Answer:
n > 10

Explanation:
2n > 20
n > 20/2
n > 10

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 110

Answer:
c ≤ -36
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 93

Explanation:
c/9 ≤ -4
c ≤ -4 x 9
c ≤ -36

Question 14.
2.2m < 11

Answer:
m < 5

Explanation:
m < 11/2.2
m < 5

Question 15.
-16 > x ÷ 2

Answer:
-32 > x
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 95

Explanation:
-16 > x ÷ 2
-16 x 2 > x
-32 > x

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 111

Answer:
w ≥ 15

Explanation:
(1/6)w ≥ 2.5
w ≥ 2.5 x 6
w ≥ 15

Question 17.
7 < 3.5k

Answer:
2 < k
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 97

Explanation:
7/3.5 < k
2 < k

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 112

Answer:
x < -5/12
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 98

Explanation:
3x ≤ -5/4
x < (-5/4) x (1/3)
x < -5/12

Question 19.
4.2y ≤ -12.6

Answer:
y ≤ -3

Explanation:
4.2y ≤ -12.6
y ≤ -12.6/4.2
y ≤ -3

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 113

Answer:
48.59 > b
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 100

Explanation:
11.3 > (b/4.3)
11.3 x 4.3 > b
48.59 > b

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You earn $9.20 per hour at your summer job. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of hours you can work to earn enough money to buy a smart phone that costs $299.

Answer:
9.2h ≥ 299
h ≥ 32.5

Explanation:
Let us take h as the number of hours you work.
Multiply the number of hours by the amount you make per hour. If the total is greater than or equal to the cost of the phone, you can buy it.
9.2h ≥ 299
h ≥ 299/9.2
h ≥ 32.5

Question 22.
DIG DEEPER!
You have $5.60 to buy avocados for a guacamole recipe. Avocados cost $1.40 each.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of avocados you can buy.
b. Are there infinitely many solutions in this context? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 114

Answer:
a. You can buy at most 4 avocados.
b. Yes

Explanation:
Let x represents the number of avocados that you buy
Then 1.40x is the total cost of avocados.
Since you have $5.60 to spend, 1.40x ≤ 5.60
x ≤ 5.60/1.40
x ≤ 4
You can buy at most 4 avocados.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 23.
5n ≥ 15

Answer:
n ≥ 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 101

Explanation:
5n ≥ 15
n ≥ 15/5
n ≥ 3

Question 24.
7w > -49

Answer:
w > -7
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 103

Explanation:
7w > -49
w > -49/7
w > -7

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 115

Answer:
h ≤ -24
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 104

Explanation:
-1/3 h ≥ 8
h ≤ -8 x 3
h ≤ -24

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 116

Answer:
45 > x
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 105

Explanation:
-9 < -1/5 x
-9 x -5 > x
45 > x

Question 27.
-3y < -14

Answer:
y > 42
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 106

Explanation:
-3y < -14
y > -14 x -3
y > 42

Question 28.
-2d ≥ 26

Answer:
d ≤ -13
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 107

Explanation:
-2d ≥ 26
d ≤ -26/2
d ≤ -13

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Answer:
-27 > m

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 108

Explanation:
-4.5 > m/6
-4.5 x 6 > m
-27 > m

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 118

Answer:
k ≥ -144
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 109

Explanation:
k/(-0.25) ≤ 36
k ≥ -36/0.25
k ≥ -144

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 119

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 102
6 < b

Explanation:
-2.4 > b/(-2.5)
-2.4 x -2.5 < b
6 < b

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 120

Answer:
Wrong.

Explanation:
x/3 < -9
x < -9 x 3
x < -27

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
-3m ≥ 9
m ≤ -9/3
m ≤ -3

WRITING AND SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Write the word sentence as an inequality. Then solve the inequality.

Question 34.
The quotient of a number and -4 is atmost 5.

Answer:
x ≥ -20

Explanation:
x/-4 ≤ 5
x ≥ 5 x -4
x ≥ -20

Question 35.
A number p divided by 7 is less than -3.

Answer:
p < -21

Explanation:
p/7 < -3
p < -3 x 7
p < -21

Question 36.
Six times a number w is atleast -24.

Answer:
w ≥ -4

Explanation:
6w ≥ -24
w ≥ -24/6
w ≥ -4

Question 37.
The product of -2 and a number is greater than 30.

Answer:
x < -15

Explanation:
-2x > 30
x < -30/2
x < -15

Question 38.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is greater than or equal to a number k divided by -8.

Answer:
-6 ≤ k

Explanation:
3/4 ≥ k / -8
(3/4) x -8 ≤ k
3 x -2 ≤ k
-6 ≤ k

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cryotherapy chamber uses extreme cold to reduce muscle soreness. A chamber is currently 0°F. The temperature in the chamber is dropping 2.5°F every second. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of seconds that can pass for the temperature to drop below -20°F.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 122

Answer:
8x ≤ -20°F

Explanation:
The temperature in the chamber is dropping 2.5°F every second.
The chamber is currently 0°F.
So, for the 1st second the temperature is -2.5°F
For the second the temperature is -5°F
By calculating these seconds, we get for the 8th second the temperature dropped is below -20°F.
So, the inequality can be 8x ≤ -20°F.

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You are moving some of your belongings into a storage facility.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of boxes that you can stack vertically in the storage unit.12.5
b. Can you stack 6 boxes vertically in the storage unit? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 123

Answer:
a. 27x ≤ 150
b. No

Explanation:
Given that the height of the storage unit is 12.5 feet = 150 inches
The height of each box is 27 inches
Let us take x as the number of boxes that you can stack vertically in the storage unit.
So, 27x ≤ 150
x ≤ 150/27
x ≤ 5.55
b. By solving the inequality, we obtain value as 5.55
So, we can stack only 5 boxes in the stack.

GEOMETRY
Write and solve an inequality that represents x.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Answer:
x ≥ 12

Explanation:
10x ≥ 120
x ≥ 120/10
x ≥ 12

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 125

Answer:
x < 5

Explanation:
1/2 * 8 * x < 20
4x < 20
x < 20/4
x < 5

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A device extracts no more than 37 liters of water per day from the air. How long does it take to collect atleast 185 liters of water? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
It takes 5 days to collect atleast 185 liters of water

Explanation:
A device extracts no more than 37 liters of water per day from the air.
Let us take x as the number of days required to collect 185 liters of water.
So, 37x ≥ 185
x ≥ 185/37
x ≥ 5
So, it takes 5 days to collect atleast 185 liters of water

Question 44.
REASONING
Students in a science class are divided into 6 equal groups with atleast 4 students in each group for a project. Describe the possible numbers of students in the class.

Answer:
The possible number of students in the class are 24 or more.

Explanation:
Students in a science class are divided into 6 equal groups with at least 4 students in each group for a project.
So, each group must have 4 or more students.
If we take each group has 4 students, then the number of students is 6 x 4 = 24
So, The possible number of students in the class are 24 or more.

Question 45.
PROJECT
Choose two novels to research.
a. Use the Internet to complete the table below.
b. Use the table to find and compare the average number of copies sold per month for each novel. Which novel do you consider to be the most successful? Explain.
c. Assume each novel continues to sell at the average rate. For what numbers of months will the total number of copies sold exceed twice the current number sold for each novel?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 126
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 127

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 112
b. As the number of copies sold is highest for Jude the Obscure so i consider it as the most successful
c. It purely depends on the number of copies sold.

Question 46.
LOGIC
When you multiply or divide each side of an inequality by the same negative number, you must reverse the direction of the inequality symbol. Explain why.

Answer:
When divide or multiply the same negative number on each side of the inequality, then you need to reverse the direction of the inequality symbol. The reason behind this is, when you take an example and show it on the number line then you can understand easily.

NUMBER SENSE
Describe all numbers that satisfy both inequalities. Include a graph with your description.

Question 47.
4m > -4 and 3m < 15

Answer:
m > -1 and m < 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 113

Explanation:
4m > -4 and 3m < 15
m > -4/4 and m < 15/3
m > -1 and m < 5
The possible values 4, 3, 2, 1, 0

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 128

Answer:
n ≥ -12 and n ≤ -5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 114

Explanation:
n/3 ≥ -4 and n/-5 ≥ 1
n ≥ – 4 x 3 and n ≤ 1 x -5
n ≥ -12 and n ≤ -5
The possible values of n are -11, -10, -9, -8, -7, -6.

Question 49.
2x ≥ -6 and 2x ≥ 6

Answer:
x ≥ -3 and x ≥ 3
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 115

Explanation:
2x ≥ -6 and 2x ≥ 6
x ≥ -6/2 and x ≥ 6/2
x ≥ -3 and x ≥ 3
The possible values of x are -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, ….

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 129

Answer:
s < 14 & s < 36
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 116

Explanation:
-1/2 s > -7 and 1/3 s < 12
-s > -7 x 2 and s < 12 x 3
-s > -14 & s < 36
s < 14 & s < 36

Lesson 4.7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities

EXPLORATION 1
Using Algebra Tiles to Solve Inequalities
Work with a partner.
a. What is being modeled by the algebra tiles below? What is the solution?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 130
b. Use properties of inequality to solve the original inequality in part(a). How do your steps compare to the steps performed with algebra tiles?
c. Write the three inequalities modeled by the algebra tiles below. Then solve each inequality using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of inequality.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 131
d. Explain how solving a two-step inequality is similar to solving a two-step equation.

4.7 Lesson

Try It
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
6y – 7 > 5

Answer:
y > 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Explanation:
6y – 7 > 5
6y > 7 + 5
6y > 12
y > 12/6
y > 2

Question 2.
4 – 3d ≥ 19

Answer:
d ≤ -5
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 118

Explanation:
4 – 3d ≥ 19
-3d ≥ 19 – 4
-3d ≥ 15
d ≤ -15/3
d ≤ -5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 132

Answer:
w < -4
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 119

Explanation:
w/-4 + 8 > 9
w/-4 > 9 – 8
w/-4 > 1
w < 1 x -4
w < -4

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 4.
2(k – 5) < 6

Answer:
k < 8
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 120

Explanation:
2(k – 5) < 6
(k – 5) < 6/2
(k – 5) < 3
k < 3 + 5
k < 8

Question 5.
-4(n – 10) < 32

Answer:
n > 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 117

Explanation:
-4(n – 10) < 32
(n – 10) > -32/4
(n – 10) > -8
n > -8 + 10
n > 2

Question 6.
-3 ≤ 0.5(8 + y)

Answer:
-14 ≤  y
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Explanation:
-3 ≤ 0.5(8 + y)
-3/0.5 ≤ (8 + y)
-6 ≤ (8 + y)
-6 – 8 ≤  y
-14 ≤  y

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 7.
3d – 7 ≥ 8

Answer:
d ≥ 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-122

Explanation:
3d – 7 ≥ 8
3d ≥ 8 + 7
3d ≥ 15
d ≥ 15/3
d ≥ 5

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 133

Answer:
-14 < z
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 121

Explanation:
-6 – 1 > z/-2
-7 > z/-2
-7 x -2 < z
-14 < z

Question 9.
-6(g + 4) ≤ 12

Answer:
g ≥ -6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 123

Explanation:
-6(g + 4) ≤ 12
(g + 4) ≥ -12/6
g + 4 ≥ -2
g ≥ -2 – 4
g ≥ -6

Question 10.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe two different ways to solve the inequality 3(a + 5) < 9.

Answer:
a < -3

Explanation:
3(a + 5) < 9
divide both sides by 3
a + 5 < 9/3
a + 5 < 3
Subtract 5 from both sides
a + 5 – 5 < 3 – 5
a < -2
3(a + 5) < 9
expand 3
3a + 15 < 9
3a < 9 – 15
3a < -6
a < -6/2
a < -3

Question 11.
WRITING
Are the inequalities -6x + 18 ≤ 12 and 2x – 4 ≤ -2 equivalent? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, both inequalities are equivalent

Explanation:
-6x + 18 ≤ 12 and 2x – 4 ≤ -2
-6x ≤ 12 – 18 and 2x ≤ -2 + 4
-6x ≤ -6 and 2x ≤ 2
x ≥ -6/6 and x ≤ 2/2
x ≥ -1 and x ≤ 1
Yes, both inequalities are equivalent

Question 12.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a two-step inequality that can be represented by the graph. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 134

Answer:
x + a > -5 + a

Explanation:
The solution should be x > -5
Add any number to both sides
x + a > -5 + a

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
A fair rents a thrill ride for $3000. It costs $4 to purchase a token for the ride. Write and solve an inequality to determine the numbers of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 135

Answer:
The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750 is 937

Explanation:
A fair rents a thrill ride for $3000. It costs $4 to purchase a token for the ride.
So, 3000/4 = 750 ride tokens can be sold without loss or profit.
The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750.
So, the total amount collected at the fair is 3000 + 750 = 3750
Each ticket cost 4.
4x ≥ 3750
x ≥ 3750/4
x ≥ 937.5
So, The number of ride tokens that can be sold for the fair to make a profit of at least $750 is 937

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A theater manager predicts that 1000 tickets to a play will be sold if each ticket costs $60. The manager predicts that 20 less tickets will be sold for every $1 increase in price. For what prices can the manager predict that at least 800 tickets will be sold?

Answer:
The manager predict that at least 800 tickets will be sold for $ 70.

Explanation:
The 1000 tickets will be sold when each ticket costs $60.
The manager wants to sell at least 800 tickets which is maximum
1000 – 800 = 200 tickets less than 1000.
Given that for 20 less tickets will be sold for every $1 increase in price.
So, 20 x 2 = 40 less tickets will be sold for $1 x 2 = $2 increase in price.
Proceeding in a similar way, for any natural number n:
20 x n less tickets will be sold for $1 x n=$n increase in price.
Here, 200 = 20 x 10, so n = 10
So, 20 x 10 less tickets will be sold for $1 x 10 = $10 increase in price.
Hence, the manager can increase the price of each ticket up to $10.
So, to sell at least 800 tickets, the maximum price of each ticket can be $60 + $10 = $70.
Hence, the value of p is p ≤ $70.

Solving Two-Step Inequalities Homework & Practice 4.7

Review & Refresh

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 1.
-3x ≥ 18

Answer:
x ≤ -6
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Explanation:
-3x ≥ 18
x ≤ -18/3
x ≤ -6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 136

Answer:
d > 12

Explanation:
2/3 d > 8
2d > 8 x 3
2d > 24
d > 24/2
d > 12

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 137

Answer:
-8 ≤ g
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-138

Explanation:
2 ≥ g/-4
2 x -4 ≤ g
-8 ≤ g

Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 138

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-139

Explanation:
12 = 4 x 3. So, 7x 3 = 21
7x 4 = 28. So, 4 x 4 = 16

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 139

Answer:

Explanation:
3 = 6 x 0.5. So, 10 x 0.5 = 5
50 = 10 x 5. So, 6 x 5 = 30

Question 6.
What is the volume of the cube?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 140

Answer:
A. 8 ft³

Explanation:
Cube volume formula = side³
Given side = 2 feet
Volume = 2³
= 2 x 2 x 2 = 8 ft³

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING ALGEBRA TILES
Write the inequality modeled by the algebra tiles. Then solve the inequality using algebra tiles. Check your answer using properties of inequality. (See Exploration 1, p. 165.)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 141

Answer:
x ≥ -5

Explanation:
x + 1 + 1 + x + 1 + 1 ≥ -1 – 1-1-1-1-1
2x + 4 ≥ -6
2x ≥ -6 – 4
2x ≥ -10
x ≥ -10/2
x ≥ -5

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 142

Answer:
x < -2

Explanation:
-x + 1 -x + 1 > +1 + 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1
-2x + 2 > 6
-2x > 6 – 2
-2x > 4
x < -4/2
x < -2

SOLVING A TWO-STEP INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 9.
8y – 5 < 3

Answer:
y < 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-137

Explanation:
8y – 5 < 3
8y < 3 + 5
8y < 8
y < 1

Question 10.
3p + 2 ≥ -10

Answer:
p ≥ -4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-135

Explanation:
3p + 2 ≥ -10
3p ≥ -10 – 2
3p ≥ -12
p ≥ -12/3
p ≥ -4

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 143

Answer:
-4.5 < h
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-136

Explanation:
2 – 8 > -4/3 h
-6 > -4/3 h
-6 x 3 > -4h
-18 > -4h
-18/-4 < h
-9/2 < h
-4.5 < h

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 144

Answer:
30 > m
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-134

Explanation:
-2 + 7 > m/6
5 > m/6
5 x 6 > m
30 > m

Question 13.
-1.2b – 5.3 ≥ 1.9

Answer:
b ≤ -6
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 124

Explanation:
-1.2b ≥ 1.9 + 5.3
-1.2b ≥ 7.2
b ≤ -7.2/1.2
b ≤ -6

Question 14.
-1.3 ≥ 2.9 – 0.6r

Answer:
7 ≥ r
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-133

Explanation:
-1.3 ≥ 2.9 – 0.6r
-1.3 – 2.9 ≤ – 0.6r
-4.2 ≤ -0.6r
-4.2/-0.6 ≥ r
7 ≥ r

Question 15.
5(g + 4) > 15

Answer:
g > -1
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-132

Explanation:
5(g + 4) > 15
(g + 4) > 15/5
(g + 4) > 3
g > 3 – 4
g > -1

Question 16.
4(w – 6) ≤ -12

Answer:
w ≤ 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-131

Explanation:
(w – 6) ≤ -12/4
(w – 6) ≤ -3
w ≤ -3 + 6
w ≤ 3

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 145

Answer:
-18 ≤ k
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-130

Explanation:
-8 x 5 ≤ 2(k – 2)
-40 / 2 ≤ k – 2
-20 ≤ k – 2
-20 + 2 ≤ k
-18 ≤ k

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 146

Answer:
d > -9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-129

Explanation:
-1(d + 1) < 2 x 4
-1(d + 1) < 8
d + 1 > -8
d > -8 – 1
d > -9

Question 19.
7.2 > 0.9(n + 8.6)

Answer:
-0.6 > n
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-128

Explanation:
7.2/0.9 > (n + 8.6)
8 > (n + 8.6)
8 – 8.6 > n
-0.6 > n

Question 20.
20 ≥ -3.2(c – 4.3)

Answer:
-1.95 ≤ c
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-127

Explanation:
20 ≥ -3.2(c – 4.3)
20/-3.2 ≤ (c – 4.3)
-6.25 ≤ c – 4.3
-6.25 + 4.3 ≤ c
-1.95 ≤ c

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 147

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
x/3+ 4 < 6
x/3 < 6 – 4
x/3 < 2
x < 2 x 6
x < 12

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148

Answer:
Wrong

Explanation:
3(w – 2) ≥ 10
w – 2 ≥ 10/3
w ≥ 10/3 + 2
w ≥(10+6)/3
w ≥ 16/3

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The first jump in a unicycle high-jump contest is shown. The bar is raised 2 centimeters after each jump. Solve the inequality 2n + 10 ≥ 26 to find the numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148.1

Answer:
The numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters is 8.

Explanation:
2n + 10 ≥ 26
2n ≥ 26 – 10
2n ≥ 16
n ≥ 16/2
n ≥ 8
The numbers of additional jumps needed to meet or exceed the goal of clearing a height of 26 centimeters is 8.

SOLVING AN INEQUALITY
Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 24.
9x – 4x + 4 ≥ 36 – 12

Answer:
x ≥ 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 126

Explanation:
9x – 4x + 4 ≥ 36 – 12
5x + 4 ≥ 24
5x ≥ 24 – 4
5x ≥ 20
x ≥ 20/5
x ≥ 4

Question 25.
3d – 7d + 2.8 < 5.8 – 27

Answer:
d > -0.075
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 125

Explanation:
-4d + 2.8 < 3.1
-4d < 3.1 – 2.8
-4d < 0.3
d > -0.3/4
d > -0.075

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cave explorer is at an elevation of 38 feet. The explorer starts moving at a rate of 12 feet per minute. Write and solve an inequality that represents how long it will take the explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Answer:
It takes 13 minutes 30 seconds for a cave explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Explanation:
A cave explorer is at an elevation of 38 feet.
The explorer starts moving at a rate of 12 feet per minute.
He should reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.
So, 38 + 12n ≤ 200
12n ≤ 200 – 38
12n ≤ 162
n ≤ 162/12
n ≤ 13.5
So, it takes 13 minutes 30 seconds for a cave explorer to reach an elevation deeper than -200 feet.

Question 27.
CRITICAL THINKING
A contestant in a weight-loss competition wants to lose an average of atleast 8 pounds per month during a five-month period. Based on the progress report, how many pounds must the contestant lose in the fifth month to meet the goal?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 148.2

Answer:
6 pounds must the contestant lose in the fifth month to meet the goal

Explanation:
The total weight loss in five months = 12 + 9 + 5 + 8
= 34
A contestant in a weight-loss competition wants to lose an average of atleast 8 pounds per month during a five-month period.
So, he must loss at least 8 x 5 = 40 pounds on overall
Hence, he should lost 40 – 34 = 6 more pounds to meet the goal.

Question 28.
REASONING
A student theater charges $8.50 per ticket.
a. The theater has already sold 70 tickets. How many more tickets does the theater need to sell to earn atleast $750?
b. The theater increases the ticket price by $1. Without solving an inequality, describe how this aspects the total number of tickets needed to earn atleast $750. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. 18 more tickets needed.
b. If the theater charges more per ticket, then they can sell fewer tickets to rach their goal $750.

Explanation:
a. Let t represent the number of additional tickets.
t + 70 is the total number of tickets sold.
Each ticket cost is $8.50, the theatre will earn a tota of $8.50(t + 70)
The theater wants to earn at least $750. So, 8.50(t + 70) ≥ 750
(t + 70) ≥ 750/8.50
t + 70 ≥ 88.23
(t) ≥ 88.23 – 70
t ≥ 18.235
So, 18 more tickets needed.
b. If the theater charges more per ticket, then they can sell fewer tickets to rach their goal $750.

Question 29.
DIG DEEPER!
A zoo does not have room to add any more tigers to an enclosure. According to regulations, the area of the enclosure must increase by 150 square feet for each tiger that is added. The zoo is able to enlarge the 450 square foot enclosure for a total area no greater than 1000 square feet. a. Write and solve an inequality that represents this situation. b. Describe the possible numbers of tigers that can be added to the enclosure. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 149

Answer:
(a + 150)t < 1000

Explanation:
Let us take the area of enclosure for a tiget as a.
The number of tigers as t
the area of the enclosure must increase by 150 square feet for each tiger that is added.
The zoo is able to enlarge the 450 square foot enclosure
(a + 150)t = 450
(a + 150)t < 1000

Question 30.
GEOMETRY
For what values of r will the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 150

Answer:
For r greater than equal to 8 the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units

Explanation:
Total area of rectangle = 3 x r = 3r
Area of unshaded triangle = 1/2 x r x 3 = 1.5r
The area of the shaded region = Total area of rectangle – Area of unshaded triangle
= 3r – 1.5r = 1.5r
The area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units
1.5r ≥ 12
r ≥ 12/1.5
r ≥ 8
For r greater than equal to 8 the area of the shaded region be greater than or equal to 12 square units

Equations and Inequalities Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
Fencing costs $7 per foot. You install feet of the fencing along one side of a property, as shown. The property has an area of 15,750 square feet. What is the total cost of the fence?
Understand the problem.
You know the area, height, and one base length of the trapezoid-shaped property. You are asked to find the cost of x feet of fencing, given that the fencing costs $7 per foot.
Make a plan.
Use the formula for the area of a trapezoid to find the length of fencing that you buy. Then multiply the length of fencing by $7 to find the total cost.
Solve and check
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
The total cost of the fence is $840.

Explanation:
The given image is in the shape of a trapezoid.
Traperzoid area formula = (a + b) xh/2
Here a = 90, b = x, h = 150
Area of property = (90 + x) x 150/2
= (90 + x) x 75
Given that, property area is 15,750 sq ft.
15750 = (90 + x)75
15750/75 = 90 + x
210 = 90 + x
210 – 90 = x
x = 120
Multiply x by fencing cost$7 to get total cost
Total cost = 120 x 7 = $840

Question 2.
A pool is in the shape of a rectangular prism with a length of 15 feet, a width of 10 feet, and a depth of 4 feet. The pool is filled with water at a rate no faster than 3 cubic feet per minute. How long does it take to fill the pool?

Answer:
The time is taken to fill the pool is more than 200 minutes.

Explanation:
Pool length = 15 ft, width = 10 ft, depth = 4 ft
Pool volume = length x width x depth
= 15 x 10 x 4 = 600 cubic feet
The water filled per minute is 3 cubic feet.
The time is taken to fill the pool = 600/3 = 200 minutes

Question 3.
The table shows your scores on 9 out of 10 quizzes that are each worth 20 points. What score do you need on the final quiz to have a mean score of atleast 17 points?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 151

Answer:
You need to score 18 points

Explanation:
The total score on quiz = (15 + 14 + 16 + 19 + 18 + 19 + 20 + 15 + 16 + x)
= 152 + x
Mean of total score = (152 + x)/ 10
So, (152 + x)/ 10 ≥ 17
152 + x ≥ 17 x 10
152 + x ≥ 170
x ≥ 170 – 152
x ≥ 18
So, you need to score 18 points

Performance Task
Distance and Brightness of the Stars
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Space Cadets.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 152

Equations and Inequalities Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 153
Graphic Organizers
You can use a Summary Triangle to explain a concept. Here is an example of Summary Triangle for Addition Property of Equality.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 154
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. equivalent equations
  2. Subtraction Property of Equality
  3. Multiplication Property of Equality
  4. Division Property of Equality
  5. graphing inequalities
  6. Addition and Subtraction Properties of Inequality
  7. Multiplication and Division Properties of Inequality

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 155

Chapter Self-Assessment
As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 156

4.1 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction (pp. 127–132)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
p – 3 = -4

Answer:
p = -1

Explanation:
p – 3 = -4
p = -4 + 3
p = -1
Putting p = -1 in p – 3 = -4
-1 – 3 = -4

Question 2.
6 + q = 1

Answer:
q = -5

Explanation:
6 + q = 1
q = 1 – 6
q = -5
Putting q = -5 in 6 + q = 1
6 + (-5) = 6 – 5 = 1

Question 3.
-2 + j = -22

Answer:
j = -20

Explanation:
-2 + j = -22
j = -22 + 2
j = -20
Putting j = -20 in -2 + j = -22
-2 + (-20) = -2 – 20 = -22

Question 4.
b – 19 = -11

Answer:
b = 8

Explanation:
b – 19 = -11
b = -11 + 19
b = 8
Putting b = 8 in b – 19 = -11
8 – 19 = -11

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 157

Answer:
n = -1/2

Explanation:
n + 3/4 = 1/4
n = 1/4 – 3/4
n = -2/4
n = -1/2
putting n = -1/2 in n + 3/4 = 1/4
-1/2 + 3/4 = (-2 + 3)/4 = 1/4

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 158

Answer:
v = -1/24

Explanation:
v – 5/6 = -7/8
v = -7/8 + 5/6
v = (-21 + 20)/24
v = -1/24
Putting v = -1/24 in v – 5/6 = -7/8
-1/24 – 5/6 = (-1 – 20)/24 = -21/24 = -7/8

Question 7.
t – 3.7 = 1.2

Answer:
t = 4.9

Explanation:
t = 1.2 + 3.7
t = 4.9
Putting t = 4.9 in t – 3.7 = 1.2
4.9 – 3.7 = 1.2

Question 8.
l + 15.2 = -4.5

Answer:
I = -19.7

Explanation:
l + 15.2 = -4.5
I = -4.5 – 15.2
I = -19.7
Putting I = -19.7 in l + 15.2 = -4.5
-19.7 + 15.2 = -4.5

Question 9.
Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 159

Answer:
5 + x = -4
x = -9

Explanation:
5 more than a number x is -4
5 + x = -4
x = -4 – 5
x = -9

Question 10.
The perimeter of the trapezoid-shaped window frame is 23.59 feet. Write and solve an equation to find the unknown side length (in feet).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 160

Answer:
The unknown side length is 8.7 feet

Explanation:
Perimeter = 23.59
3.65 + 5.62 + 5.62 + x = 23.59
14.89 + x = 23.59
x = 23.59 – 14.89
x = 8.7
The unknown side length is 8.7 feet

Question 11.
You are 5 years older than your cousin. How old is your cousin when you are 12 years old? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Cousin age is 7 years when you are 12 years old.

Explanation:
My age = cousin + 5
When my age is 12 years
12 = cousin + 5
cousin = 12 – 5
cousin = 7 years
Cousin age is 7 years when you are 12 years old.

4.2 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division (pp. 133–138)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 161

Answer:
x = -24

Explanation:
x = -8 x 3
x = -24
Putting x = -24 in x/3 = -8
-24/3 = -8

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 162

Answer:
y = -49

Explanation:
-7 = y/7
-7 x 7 = y
y = -49
Putting y = -49 in -7 = y/7
-7 = -49/7

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 163

Answer:
z = 3

Explanation:
-z/4 = -3/4
z/4 = 3/4
z = (3/4) x 4
z = 3
Putting z = 3 in -z/4 = -3/4
-3/4 = -3/4

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 164

Answer:
w = 50

Explanation:
-w/20 = -2.5
w = 2.5 x 20
w = 50
Putting w = 50 in -w/20 = -2.5
-50/20 = -2.5

Question 16.
4x = -8

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
4x = -8
x = -8/4
x = -2
Putting x = -2 in 4x = -8
4(-2) = -8

Question 17.
-10 = 2y

Answer:
y = -5

Explanation:
-10 = 2y
y = -10/2
y = -5
Putting y = -5 in -10 = 2y
-10 = 2(-5)

Question 18.
-5.4z = -32.4

Answer:
z = 6

Explanation:
-5.4z = -32.4
z = 32.4/5.4
z = 6
Putting z = 6 in -5.4z = -32.4
-5.4(6) = -32.4

Question 19.
-6.8w = 3.4

Answer:
w = -0.5

Explanation:
-6.8w = 3.4
w = -3.4/6.8
w = -0.5
Putting w = -0.5 in -6.8w = 3.4
-6.8(-0.5) = 3.4

Question 20.
Write “3 times a number is 42” as an equation. Then solve the equation.

Answer:
x = 14

Explanation:
3 times a number is 42
3x = 42
x = 42/3
x = 14

Question 21.
The mean temperature change is -3.2°F per day for 5 days. Write and solve an equation to find the total change over the 5-day period.

Answer:
The total change in temperature for 5 days is -16°F.

Explanation:
The mean temperature change is -3.2°F per day
The total change in temperature for 5 days = 5 x -3.2 = -16°F
x= 5 x -3.2
x = -16°F

Question 22.
Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by 7x = 1.75.

Answer:
x = 0.25

Explanation:
7x = 1.75.
x = 1.75/7
x = 0.25

4.3 Solving Two-Step Equations (pp. 139–144)

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 23.
-2c + 6 = -8

Answer:
c = 2

Explanation:
-2c = -8 – 6
-2c = -14
c = 14/2
c = 7
Putting c = 7 in -2c + 6 = -8
-2(7) + 6 = -14 + 6 = -8

Question 24.
5 – 4t = 6

Answer:
t = -1/4

Explanation:
-4t = 6 – 5
-4t = 1
t = -1/4
Putting t = -1/4 in 5 – 4t = 6
5 – 4(-1/4) = 5 + 1 = 6

Question 25.
-3x – 4.6 = 5.9

Answer:
x = -3.5

Explanation:
-3x = 5.9 + 4.6
-3x = 10.5
x = -10.5/3
x = -3.5
Putting x = -3.5 in -3x – 4.6 = 5.9
-3(-3.5) – 4.6 = 10.5 – 4.6 = 5.9

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 165

Answer:
w = -12

Explanation:
w/6 + 5/8 = -11/8
w/6 = -11/8 – 5/8
w/6 = -16/8
w/6 = -2
w = -2 x 6
w = -12
Putting w = -12 in w/6 + 5/8 = -11/8
-12/6 + 5/8 = -2 + 5/8
= (-16 + 5)/8 = -11/8

Question 27.
3(3w – 4) = -20

Answer:
w = -8/9

Explanation:
3(3w – 4) = -20
(3w – 4) = -20/3
3w = -20/3 + 4
3w = (-20 + 12)/3
3w = -8/3
w = -8/3 x 1/3
w = -8/9
Putting w = -8/9 in 3(3w – 4) = -20
3(3(-8/9) – 4) = 3(-8/3 – 4)
= 3(-8 – 12)/3 = -20

Question 28.
-6y + 8y = -24

Answer:
y = -12

Explanation:
2y = -24
y = -24/2
y = -12
putting y = -12 in -6y + 8y = -24
-6(-12) + 8(-12) = 72 – 96 = -24

Question 29.
The floor of a canyon has an elevation of -14.5 feet. Erosion causes the elevation to change by -1.5 feet per year. How many years will it take for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet? Justify your solution.

Answer:
It takes 11 years for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet

Explanation:
The floor of a canyon has an elevation of -14.5 feet
Erosion causes the elevation to change by -1.5 feet per year
Let us take x as the no of years take for the canyon floor to reach an elevation of 31 feet
-14.5 – 1.5x > 31
-1.5x > -31 + 14.5
-1.5x > -16.5
x < 16.5/1.5
x < 11
So, it take 11 years.

4.4 Writing and Graphing Inequalities (pp. 145–150)

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 30.
A number w is greater than -3.

Answer:
w > -3

Explanation:
Greater than means >
w > -3

Question 31.
A number y minus \([\frac{1}{2}/latex] is no more than –[latex][\frac{3}{2}/latex].

Answer:
y – 1/2 < -3/2

Explanation:
No more than means <
y – 1/2 < -3/2

Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 32.
5 + j > 8; j = 7

Answer:
j = 7 is the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
5 + j > 8; j = 7
5 + 7 > 8
12 > 8

Question 33.
6 ÷ n ≤ -5; n = -3

Answer:
n = -3 is not the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
6 ÷ n ≤ -5; n = -3
6 ÷ -3 ≤ -5
-2 ≤ -5
2 ≥ 5

Question 34.
7p ≥ p – 12; p = -2

Answer:
p = -2 is the solution of the inequality.

Explanation:
7p ≥ p – 12; p = -2
7(-2) ≥ -2 – 12
-14 ≥ -14

Graph the inequality on a number line.

Question 35.
q > -1.3

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-139

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 165.1

Answer:
s < 7/4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-140

Question 37.
The Enhanced Fujita scale rates the intensity of tornadoes based on wind speed and damage caused. An EF5 tornado is estimated to have wind speeds greater than 200 miles per hour. Write and graph an inequality that represents this situation.

Answer:
w > 200
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-141

Explanation:
The wind speed is greater than 200 miles per hour
w > 200

4.5 Solving Inequalities Using Addition or Subtraction (pp. 151–156)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 38.
d + 12 < 19

Answer:
d < 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-142

Explanation:
d + 12 < 19
d < 19 – 12
d < 7

Question 39.
t – 4 ≤ -14

Answer:
t ≤ -10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-143

Explanation:
t – 4 ≤ -14
t – 4 + 4 ≤ -14 + 4
t ≤ -10

Question 40.
-8 ≤ z + 6.4

Answer:
-14.4 ≤ z
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-144

Explanation:
-8 ≤ z + 6.4
-8 -6.4 ≤ z + 6.4 -6.4
-14.4 ≤ z

Question 41.
A small cruise ship can hold up to 500 people. There are 115 crew members on board the ship.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the additional numbers of people that can board the ship.
b. Can 385 more people board the ship? Explain.

Answer:
a. 115 + x < 500
b. Yes

Explanation:
A small cruise ship can hold up to 500 people. There are 115 crew members on board the ship.
a. 115 + x < 500
b. a. 115 + x < 500
a. 115 + x – 115 < 500 -115
a < 385

Question 42.
Write an inequality that can be solved using the Subtraction Property of Inequality and has a solution of all numbers less than -3.

Answer:
x + 15 < 12

Explanation:
x + 15 < 12
x + 15 – 15 < 12 – 15
x < -3

4.6 Solving Inequalities Using Multiplication or Division (pp. 157–164)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 43.
6q < -18

Answer:
q < -3
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-145

Explanation:
6q < -18
6q/6 < -18/6
q < -3

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 166

Answer:
r ≥-18
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-146

Explanation:
-r/3 ≤ 6
-r ≤ 6 * 3
-r ≤ 18
r ≥-18

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 166.1

Answer:
3 < s
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-147

Explanation:
-4 x 3 > -4s
-12 > -4s
12 < 4s
12/4 < s
3 < s

Question 46.
Write the word sentence as an inequality. Then solve the inequality.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 167

Answer:
p < -7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-148

Explanation:
-3p > 21
-p > 21/3
-p > 7
p < -7

Question 47.
You are organizing books on a shelf. Each book has a width of [latex]\frac{3}{4}\) inch. Write and solve an inequality for the numbers of books b that can fit on the shelf.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 168

Answer:
32 books will fit on the shelf.

Explanation:
Width of book = 3/4 inch
The total width of shelf = 24 in
3/4 b < 24
3b < 24 x 4
3b < 96
b < 96/3
b < 32
So, 32 books will fit on the shelf.

4.7 Solving Two-Step Inequalities (pp. 165–170)

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 48.
3x + 4 > 16

Answer:
x > 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 149

Explanation:
3x + 4 > 16
3x + 4 – 4 > 16 – 4
3x > 12
x > 12/3
x > 4

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 169

Answer:
z ≥ -8
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities 150

Explanation:
z / -2 ≤ -2 + 6
z/-2 ≤ 4
z ≥ 4 x -2
z ≥ -8

Question 50.
-2t – 5 < 9

Answer:
t > -7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-151

Explanation:
-2t – 5 + 5 < 9 + 5
-2t < 14
t > -14/2
t > -7

Question 51.
7(q + 2) < -77

Answer:
q < -13
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-152

Explanation:
7(q + 2) < -77
q + 2 < -77/7
q + 2 < -11
q < -11 – 2
q < -13

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 170

Answer:
p ≥ -21
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-153

Explanation:
-1/3 (p + 9) ≤ 4
(p + 9) ≥ -4 x 3
p + 9 ≥ -12
p ≥ -12 – 9
p ≥ -21

Question 53.
1.2(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8

Answer:
j ≥ 0.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-154

Explanation:
1.2(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8
(j + 3.5) ≥ 4.8/1.2
(j + 3.5) ≥ 4
j ≥ 4 – 3.5
j ≥ 0.5

Question 54.
Your goal is to raise at least $50 in a charity fundraiser. You earn $3.50 for each candle sold. You also receive a $15 donation. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of candles you must sell to reach your goal.

Answer:
You must sell 10 candles to reach your goal.

Explanation:
Your goal is to raise at least $50 in a charity fundraiser.
goal ≥ 50
You earn $3.50 for each candle sold. You also receive a $15 donation.
3.5x + 15 ≥ 50
3.5x ≥ 50 – 15
3.5x ≥ 35
x ≥ 35/3.5
x ≥ 10

Equations and Inequalities Practice Test

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
7x = -3

Answer:
x = -3/7

Explanation:
7x = -3
x = -3/7
Putting x = -3/7 in 7x = -3
7(-3/7) = -3

Question 2.
2(x + 1) = -2

Answer:
x = -2

Explanation:
2(x + 1) = -2
x + 1 = -2/2
x + 1 = -1
x = -1 – 1
x = -2
Putting x = -2 in 2(x + 1) = -2
2(-2 + 1) = 2(-1) = -2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 171

Answer:
g = -36

Explanation:
(2/9)g = -8
2g = -8 x 9
2g = -72
g = -72/2
g = -36
Putting g = -36 in (2/9)g = -8
(2/9) x (-36) = 2 x -4 = -8

Question 4.
z + 14.5 = 5.4

Answer:
z = -9.2

Explanation:
z + 14.5 = 5.4
z = 5.4 – 14.5
z = -9.2
Putting z = -9.2 in z + 14.5 = 5.4
-9.2 + 14.5 = 5.4

Question 5.
-14 = c – 10

Answer:

Explanation:
-14 + 10 = c
c = -4
Putting c = -4 in -14 = c – 10
-14 = -4 – 10

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 172

Answer:
k = -7

Explanation:
(2/7)k – 3/8 = -19/8
(2/7)k = -19/8 + 3/8
(2/7)k = -16/8
(2/7)k = -2
2k = -2 x 7
2k = -14
k = -14/2
k = -7
Putting k = -7 in (2/7)k – 3/8 = -19/8
(2/7)(-7) – 3/8 = -2 – 3/8
= (-16 – 3)/8 = -19/8

Write the word sentence as an inequality.

Question 7.
A number k plus 19.5 is less than or equal to 40.

Answer:
k + 19.5 ≤ 40

Explanation:
A number k plus 19.5 is less than or equal to 40.
less than or equal to means ≤
k + 19.5 ≤ 40

Question 8.
A number q multiplied by \(\frac{1}{4}\) is greater than -16.

Answer:
q/4 > -16

Explanation:
A number q multiplied by 1/4 is greater than -16.
greater than means >
q (1/4) > -16
q/4 > -16

Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 9.
n – 3 ≤ 4; n = 7

Answer:
The given value is the solution for the inequality.

Explanation:
Putting n = 7 in n – 3 ≤ 4
7 – 3 ≤ 4
4 ≤ 4
So, the given value is the solution for the inequality.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 173

Answer:
The given value is not the solution for the inequality.

Explanation:
Putting m = -7 in (-3/7)m < 1 + m
(-3/7)(-7) < 1 + (-7)
3 < -6
So, the given value is not the solution for the inequality.

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.

Question 11.
x – 4 > -6

Answer:
x > -2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-70

Explanation:
x – 4 > -6
x > -6 + 4
x > -2

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 174

Answer:
y ≤ 7/9
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-71

Explanation:
-2/9 + y ≤ 5/9
y ≤ 5/9 + 2/9
y ≤ 7/9

Question 13.
-6z ≥ 36

Answer:
z ≥ -6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-72

Explanation:
-6z ≥ 36
z ≥ -36/6
z ≥ -6

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 174.1

Answer:
-20.8 ≥ p
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-73

Explanation:
-5.2 ≥ p/4
-5.2 x 4 ≥ p
-20.8 ≥ p

Question 15.
4k – 8 ≥ 20

Answer:
k ≥ 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-75

Explanation:
4k – 8 ≥ 20
4k ≥ 20 + 8
4k ≥ 28
k ≥ 28/4
k ≥ 7

Question 16.
-0.6 > -0.3(d + 6)

Answer:
-4 > d
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-4-Equations-and-Inequalities-74

Explanation:
-0.6/(-0.3) > (d + 6)
2 > d + 6
2 – 6 > d
-4 > d

Question 17.
You lose 0.3 point for stepping out of bounds during a gymnastics floor routine. Your final score is 9.124. Write and solve an equation to find your score without the penalty.

Answer:
My score without penalty is 9.424

Explanation:
You lose 0.3 point for stepping out of bounds during a gymnastics floor routine.
Assume my score without penalty as x.
Your final score is 9.124.
x – 0.3 = 9.124
x = 9.124 + 0.3
x = 9.424
So, my score without penalty is 9.424

Question 18.
Half the area of the rectangle shown is 24 square inches. Write and solve an equation to find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 175

Answer:
x = 2

Explanation:
Rectangle area = length x breadth
6(x+ 2) = 24
(x + 2) = 24/6
x + 2 = 4
x = 4 – 2
x = 2

Question 19.
You can spend no more than $100 on a party you are hosting. The cost per guest is $8.
a. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of guests you can invite to the party.
b. What is the greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 176

Answer:
a. You can invite 12 guests to the party.
b. The greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party is 13.

Explanation:
You can spend no more than $100 on a party you are hosting. The cost per guest is $8.
a. 8x < 100
x < 100/8
x < 12.5
So, you can invite 12 guests to the party.
b. x < 12.5
So, the greatest number of guests that you can invite to the party is 13.

Question 20.
You have $30 to buy baseball cards. Each pack of cards costs $5. Write and solve an inequality that represents the numbers of packs of baseball cards you can buy and still have atleast $10 left.

Answer:
I can buy at least 4 packs of baseball cards

Explanation:
You have $30 to buy baseball cards. Each pack of cards costs $5.
I must have at least 10 left after shopping
So, 5x + 10 ≥ 30
5x ≥ 30 – 10
5x ≥ 20
x ≥ 20/5
x ≥ 4
So, I can buy at least 4 packs of baseball cards

Question 21.
The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
a. Write and solve three inequalities for the previous statement using the triangle shown.
b. What values for x make sense?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 177

Answer:
a. 6.4 > x
b. The values of x can be less than 64.

Explanation:
The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the third side.
17 + 15 > 5x
32 > 5x
32/5 > x
6.4 > x
b. x can be less than 64.

Equations and Inequalities Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Which equation represents the word sentence?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 178

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 179

Answer:
B. b/0.3 = -10

Explanation:
The quotient of b and 0.3 means b/0.3
The quotient of b and 0.3 equal to negative 10.
So, b/0.3 = -10

Question 2.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 180

Answer:
-3/8 x 2/5 = -3/20

Explanation:
-3/8 x 2/5 = (-3/4) x (1/5)
= (-3/20)

Question 3.
Which graph represents the inequality?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 181

Answer:
A.

Explanation:
x/-4 – 8 ≥ -9
x/-4 ≥ -9 + 8
x/-4 ≥ -1
x ≤ -1 x -4
x ≤ 4

Question 4.
Which equation is equivalent to Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 182
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 182.1

Answer:
F.

Explanation:
-3/4 x + 1/8 = -3/8
-3/4 x =-3/8 – 1/8

Question 5.
What is the decimal form of 2\(\frac{5}{8}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 183

Answer:
The decimal form of 2(5/8) is 2.25

Explanation:
The decimal form of 2(5/8)
= 18/8 = 2.25

Question 6.
What is the value of the expression when x = -5, y = 3, and z = -1?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 184
A. -34
B. -16
C. 16
D. 34

Answer:
B. -16

Explanation:
Putting x = -5, y = 3, and z = -1 in (x² – 3y)/z
= ((-5)² – 3(3))/(-1)
= (25 – 9)/(-1)
= -16

Question 7.
Which expression is equivalent to 9h – 6 + 7h – 5?
F. 3h + 2
G. 16h + 1
H. 2h – 1
I. 16h – 11

Answer:
I. 16h – 11

Explanation:
9h – 6 + 7h – 5 = 16h – 11

Question 8.
Your friend solved the equation -96 = -6(x – 15).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 185
What should your friend do to correct her error?
A. First add 6 to both sides of the equation.
B. First subtract from both sides of the equation.
C. Distribute the -6 to get 6x – 90.
D. Distribute the -6 to get -6x + 90.

Answer:
D. Distribute the -6 to get -6x + 90.

Explanation:
-96 = -6(x – 15)
96 = 6(x – 15)
x – 15 = 96/6
x – 15 = 16
x = 16 + 15
x = 31

Question 9.
Which expression does not represent the perimeter of the rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 186
F. 4j(60)
G. 8j + 120
H. 2(4j + 60)
I. 8(j + 15)

Answer:
F. 4j(60)

Explanation:
The perimeter of rectangle = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(4j + 60) = 8j + 120 = 8(j + 15)

Question 10.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 187

Answer:
5/12 – 7/8 = -11/24

Explanation:
5/12 – 7/8 = (10 – 21)/24
= -11/24

Question 11.
You are selling T-shirts to raise money for a charity. You sell the T-shirts for $10 each.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 188
Part A
You have already sold 2 T-shirts. How many more T-shirts must you sell to raise at least $500? Explain.
Part B
Your friend is raising money for the same charity and has not sold any T-shirts previously. He sells the T-shirts for $8 each. What are the total numbers of T-shirts he can sell to raise atleast $500? Explain.
Part C
Who has to sell more T-shirts in total? How many more? Explain.

Answer:
A. You need to sell 48 more t-shirts to raise at least $500
B. You need to sell more than 63 T-shirts to raise atleast $500
C. The person who is selling $8 per T-shirt has to sell more when compared with others.

Explanation:
The cost of each T-shirt = $10
A. You have already sold 2 T-shirts.
So, you earned = 2 x 10 = 20
The more number of T-shirts must you sell to raise at least $500
2 + 10x ≥ 500
10x ≥ 500 – 2
10x ≥ 488
x ≥ 488/10
x ≥ 48.8
B. The cost of each T-shirt = $8
The total numbers of T-shirts he can sell to raise atleast $500
8x ≥ 500
x ≥ 500/8
x ≥ 62.5
You need to sell more than 63 T-shirts to raise atleast $500
C. The person who is selling $8 per T-shirt has to sell more when compared with others.

Question 12.
Which expression has the same value as Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 189
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 189.1

Answer:
A. -1/3 + 1/9

Explanation:
Solve all the expressions and check which solution represents the given expression.
-2/3 – (-4/9) = -2/3 + 4/9
= (-6 + 4)/9
= -2/9
A. -1/3 + 1/9 = (-3 + 1)/9
= -2/9
B. -2/3 x (-13) = 2/9
As option A and given expression has the same solution. A is the answer.

Question 13.
You recycle (6c + 10) water bottles. Your friend recycles twice as many water bottles as you recycle. Which expression represents the amount of water bottles your friend recycles?
F. 3c + 5
G. 12c + 10
H. 12c + 20
I. 6c + 12

Answer:
H. 12c + 20

Explanation:
Friend recycles twice as many water bottles as you recycle.
You recycle (6c + 10) water bottles.
So, my friend recycles 2(6c + 10) = 12c + 20

Question 14.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities 190

Answer:
-4/5 + (-2/3) = -22/15

Explanation:
-4/5 + (-2/3) = -4/5 – 2/3
= (-12 – 10)/15
= -22/15

Conclusion:

We have provided the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 4 Equations and Inequalities to master your child in maths. If you are lagging in this topic, then this article is the best guide for your preparation. You can download all Pdfs for free of cost. Check our page regularly to get the latest and trending updates on all Grade Mathematics. All your doubts will be clarified on regular basis by us if you tell us in the comment section.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume

Surface Area and Volume is an important concept to learn and score good marks. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pdf is here. Follow the detailed explanation of BIM Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume and maximize your score. Get the detailed and explanatory concept and preparatory material from the upcoming sections.

There are various topics covered in surface area and volume. You can find a surface area and volume for a solid and an opaque object too. There are different objects for which you can find surface area and volume. If you want to imagine the 3-dimensional view of an object then surface area and volume play a major role.

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume

You can get the guided notes for Surface Area and Volume Chapter 10 here. We help to provide you with the best resources that benefit you in understanding the topics in a better way by which you can improve your math skills. The topics in this Chapter include Surface Areas of Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids, Volume of Prism, Pyramids, Cross Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures.

We make sure that you understand these topics by the end of this Chapter. We provide examples and different practice sums that help you to solve the problems on your own. You can practice different sums by taking different examples. For any further doubts refer to this site and you can get clarity on your doubts with a clearcut understanding. You can get line-to-line clarity by referring to our site which helps you to improve your basic skills.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Surface Areas of Prisms

Lesson: 2 Surface Areas of Cylinders

Lesson: 3 Surface Areas of Pyramids

Lesson: 4 Volumes of Prisms

Lesson: 5 Volumes of Pyramids

Lesson: 6 Cross-Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures

Chapter 10 – Surface Area and Volume

Surface Area and Volume STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Paper Measurements
The thickness of a single piece of paper cannot be precisely measured using a ruler. What other method can you use to measure the thickness of a piece of paper?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Paper Measurements.” Then answer the following questions.
1. A stack of 500 pieces of paper is 2 inches tall. How tall is a stack of 250 pieces? 100 pieces? 10 pieces? How thick is a single piece of paper?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 2
2. You have a circular notepad. How can you find the volume of one piece of paper in the notepad?

Answer:
1. for 250 pieces = 46750 cubic inches
2. volume = 187 cubic inches

Explanation:
1. for 250 pieces = l w x h
250 pieces = 250 x 17 x 11
pieces = 46750
100 pieces = 100 x 17 x 11
pieces = 18,700
10 pieces = 10 x 17 x 11
pieces = 1870
piece = 1 x 17 x 11
piece = 187
2. volume = l x w x h
volume = 8.5 x 11 x 2
volume = 187
Performance Task

Volumes and Surface Areas of Small Objects
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the dimensions of a shipping box and the number of bouncy balls that fit in the box.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 3
You will be asked to use the box to estimate the volume of each bouncy ball. Why might it be helpful to use the volume of a container of objects to estimate the volume of one of the objects?

Answer:
The volume of the object =11,809.8 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
The volume of rectangular prism = l x w x h
where l = length, w = width, h = height
rectangular prism = 27 x 27 x 16.2
volume = 11,809.8 cubic centimeters

Surface Area and Volume Getting Ready for Chapter 10

Chapter Exploration
Question 1.
Work with a partner. Perform each step for each of the given dimensions.
• Use 24 one-inch cubes to form a rectangular prism that has the given dimensions.
• Make a sketch of the prism.
• Find the surface area of the prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 4

Answer:
a . 52 inches
b . 98 inches
c . 76 inches
d . 70 inches
e . 68 inches
f . 64 inches
g . 52  inches

prism :

The surface area of the square prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
The surface area of the rectangle prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)

Explanation:
a . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 4 w = 3 h = 2
rectangular prism =2(4 x 3) +(2 x 3) +(4 x 2)
prism = 2(12) + (6) +(8)
surface area =2( 26)
surface area = 52
b . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 1 w = 1 h = 24
rectangular prism =2(1 x 1) +(1 x 24) +(1 x 24)
prism = 2(1) + (24) +(24)
surface area =2( 49)
surface area = 98
c . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 1 w = 2 h = 12
rectangular prism =2(1 x 2) +(2 x 12)+(1 x 12)
prism = 2(2) + (24) +(12)
surface area =2( 38)
surface area = 76
d. The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 1 w = 3 h = 8
rectangular prism =2(1 x 3) +(3 x 8)+(1 x 8)
prism = 2(3) + (24) +(8)
surface area =2( 35)
surface area = 70
e . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 1 w = 4 h = 6
rectangular prism =2(1 x 4) +(4 x 6)+(1 x 6)
prism = 2(4) + (24) +(6)
surface area =2( 34)
surface area = 68
f . The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 2 w = 2 h = 6
rectangular prism =2(2 x 2) +(2 x 6)+(1 x 6)
prism = 2(4) + (12) +(6)
surface area =2( 32)
surface area = 64
g .  The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 2 w = 4 h = 3
rectangular prism =2(2 x 4) +(4 x 3)+(2 x 3)
prism = 2(8) + (12) +(6)
surface area =2( 26)
surface area = 52

Question 2.
REASONING
Work with a partner. If two blocks of ice have the same volume, the block with the greater surface area will melt faster. The blocks below have equal volumes. Which block will melt faster? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 5

Answer:
The first block will melt faster.

Explanation:
The surface area of the square prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
where l = 1ft w = 1ft h = 1 ft
surface area = 2(1 x 1)+2(1 x 1) + 2(1 x 1)
surface area = 2(1)+2(1) + 2(1)
surface area = 2+2+2
surface area = 6
The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 2 w = 1 h = 0.5
rectangular prism =2(2 x 1) +(2 x 0.5) +(1 x 0.5)
prism = 2(2) + (1) +(0.5)
surface area = 4 + 1 + 0.5
surface area = 5.5

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
lateral surface area
the slant height of a pyramid
regular pyramid
cross-section

Answer:
Lateral Surface Area = The lateral surface of an object is all of the sides of the object, excluding its base and top.
Slant Height of a Pyramid = The slant height of an object is the distance measured along a lateral face from the base to the apex along the center of the face.
Regular Pyramid =  In geometry, a pyramid is a polyhedron formed by connecting a polygonal base and a point, called the apex. Each base edge and apex form a triangle.
Cross Section = a surface or shape exposed by making a straight cut through something, especially at the right angles to an axis. ( The cross-section of an octahedron is a square.)

Lesson 10.1 Surface Areas of Prisms

EXPLORATION 1

Writing a Formula for Surface Area
Work with a partner.
a. Use the diagrams to write a formula for the surface area of a rectangular prism. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 1
b. Choose dimensions for a rectangular prism. Then draw the prism and use your formula in part(a) to find the surface area.

Answer:
a :

b : The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height.

EXPLORATION 2

Surface Areas of Prisms
Work with a partner.
a. Identify the solid represented by the net. Then find the surface area of the solid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 2
b. Describe a method for finding the surface area of any prism.

Answer:
a : The surface area of the solid = 94
b :  The surface area of the solid = 2(lw + lh + wh)

Explanation:
a :

b :
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 3

Try It

Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 4

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 52 ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(2 x 3) + 2(3 x 4) +2(2×4)
surface area = 2(6) + 2(12) + 2(8)
surface area = 12 + 24 + 16
surface area = 52 ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 5
Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 288 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(5 x 8) + 2(8 x 8) +2(5×8) where l = 8m,w = 8m, h= 8m
surface area = 2(40) + 2(64) + 2(40)
surface area = 80 + 128 + 80
surface area = 288 sq. m

Question 3.
Find the surface area of the prism at the left.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 6

Answer:
The surface area of the prism at the left  = 288 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(5 x 12) + 2(12 x 13) +2(5×13) where l = 13m,w = 5m, h= 12m
surface area = 2(60) + 2(156) + 2(65)
surface area = 120 + 312 + 130
surface area = 562 sq. m

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.

WRITING
Explain the meaning of each term in the formula for the surface area of a rectangular prism.

Answer:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height

Question 5.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 7

Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 26 sq. cm
The surface area of the bases of the prism = 26 sq. cm

Explanation:

The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 3) + 4 (5)
surface area = 6 + 20
surface area = 26 sq. cm
The surface area of the bases of the prism = ph + 2B
surface area = 4(5) + 2(3)
surface area = 26 sq. cm
The area of the net of the prism = The sum of the areas of the bases and the lateral faces of the prism.

Question 6.
You want to stain the lateral faces of the wooden chest shown. Find the area that you want to stain in square inches.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 8

Answer:
The area that you want to stain in square inches = 3456 square inches.

Explanation:
The surface area of the lateral faces of the prism = ph + 2B
surface area = 4(4) + 2(4)
surface area = 24 ft
1 feet = 144 square inches
144 x 24 = 3456 square inches.

Question 7.
One can of frosting covers about 280 square inches. Is one can of frosting enough to frost the cake? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 9
Answer:
no one can of frosting is not enough to frost the cake.

Explanation:
The cake piece is in the shape of a rectangle
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(39 + 117 + 27)
183 sq. inches.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the surface area of the bench shown. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 10

Answer:
The surface area of the bench = 16 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(1 x 1.5) +(1.5 x 2) +(2 x 5)
surace area = 2(1.5) + 3 + 10
surface area = 16 sq. ft

Surface Areas of Prisms Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh
Classify the pair of angles. Then find the value of x.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 11

Answer:
The value of x = 146

Explanation:
The above-shown angle = obtuse angle
given that 34 degrees
180 – 34 = 146

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 12
Answer:
The value of x = 106

Explanation:
The above-shown angle = right angle
given that 74 degrees
180 – 74 = 106Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 13
Answer:
The value of x = 121

Explanation:
The above-shown angle = acute angles.
given that 59 degrees
x + 10 = 59
x = 49
180 – 49 = 121

Question 3.

Find the area of a circle with the indicated dimensions. Use 3.14 or \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.
Question 4.
radius: 21 in.

Answer:
The area of the circle = 1,384.74 sq. in

Explanation:
The area of the circle = πr2
area = 3.14 x 21 x 21 where π = 3.14 radius = 21 in
area = 1,384.74 sq. in
Question 5.
diameter: 36mm
Answer:
The area of the circle = 530.66 sq. mm

Explanation:
The area of the circle = πr2
area = 3.14 x 13 x 13 where π = 3.14 radius = 13 mm
area = 530.66 sq. mm

Question 6.
radius: 8.5 m

Answer:
The area of the circle = 226.865 sq. m

Explanation:
The area of the circle = πr2
area = 3.14 x 8.5 x 8.5 where π = 3.14 radius = 8.5 m
area = 226.865 sq. m

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

SURFACE AREA OF A PRISM Identify the solid represented by the net. Then find the surface area of the solid. (See Explorations 1 & 2, p. 409.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 14

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 182

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(6 x 8) +(9 x 6) +(10 x 8)
surace area = 2(48) + 54 + 80
surface area = 182

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 15

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 44

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(5 x 2) +(2 x 3) +(3 x 2)
surace area = 2(10) + 6+ 6
surface area = 44 sq. units

FINDING THE SURFACE AREA OF A PRISM Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 16

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 324 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(6 x 16) +(16 x 3) +(3 x 6)
surace area = 2(96) + 48+ 18
surface area = 324 sq. m

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 17

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 294 sq. yd

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(7 x 7)+ 2(7 x 7) +2(7×7)
surface area = 2(49) + 2(49) + 2(49)
surface area = 98 + 98 + 98
surface area = 294 sq. yd

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 18
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 32 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 6) + 4 (5)
surface area = 12 + 20
surface area = 32 sq. m

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 19
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 166 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 15) + 17 (8)
surface area = 30 + 136
surface area = 166 sq. ft

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 20
Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 46.4 yds

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(1.2 x 5) +(5 x 3) +(1.2 x 6)
surace area = 2(1) + 15+ 7.2
surface area = 23.2 x 2
surface area = 46.4 sq. yds

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 21
Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 693 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the paralleloram prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(9 x 10) +(9 x 13.5) +(13.5 x 10)
surace area = 2(90) +121.5 + 135
surface area = 346.5 x 2
surface area = 693 sq. inches

Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the surface area of the prism. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 22
Answer:
yes my friend is correct.

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(5 x 3)+ 2(3 x 4) +2(5×3)
surface area = 2(15) + 2(12) + 2(15)
surface area = 30+ 24 + 30
surface area = 84 sq. cm

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cube-shaped satellite has side lengths of 10 centimeters. What is the least amount of aluminum needed to cover the satellite?
Answer:
The least amount of aluminum needed to cover the satellite = 90 centimeters.

Explanation:
Given that cube has the side lengths of 10 and 10 centimeters
10 x 10 = 100
100 -10 = 90
so the least amount of aluminum needed to cover = 90 centimeters.

FINDING SURFACE AREA Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 23
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 80 in

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 16) + 4 (12)
surface area = 32 + 48
surface area = 80 sq. in

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 24
Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 58 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(4 x 4) +(4 x 2) +(2.5 x 2)
surace area = 2(16) + 8+ 5
surface area = 29 x 2
surface area = 58 sq. m

Question 19.
OPEN-ENDED
Draw and label a rectangular prism that has a surface area of 158 square yards.
Answer:

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(4 x 5) +(5x 6) +(4 x 7)
surace area = 2(20) + 30+ 29
surface area = 79 x 2
surface area = 158 square yards

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
A label that wraps around a box of golf balls covers 75% of its lateral surface area. What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 25
Answer:
The value of x = 25%

Explanation:
Given that the label that wraps around a box of golf covers 75%
That means for 100%
100 – 75 = 25%

Question 21.
STRUCTURE
You are painting the prize pedestals shown(including the bottoms). You need 0.5 pint of paint to paint the red pedestal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 26
a. The edge lengths of the green pedestal are one-half the edge lengths of the red pedestal. How much paint do you t do you need to paint the green pedestal?
b. The edge lengths of the blue pedestal are triple the edge lengths of the green pedestal. How much paint do you need to paint the blue pedestal?
c. Compare the ratio of paint volumes to the ratio of edge lengths for the green and red pedestals. Repeat for the green and blue pedestals. What do you notice?
Answer:
a. The paint you need to paint the green pedestal =1024 in
b. The paint you need to paint the blue pedestal = 5798464 in
c. 1 : 2 for green and red , 1 : 3 for green and blue.
b. Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
where l = length , w= width , h = height
surface area = 2(16 x 16) +(16x 24) +(16 x 24)
surace area = 2(256) + 384+ 384
surface area = 1024 x 2
surface area = 2048 sq. in

Question 22.
NUMBER SENSE
A key chain-sized puzzle cube is made up of small cubes. Each small cube has a surface area of 1.5 square inches.
a. What is the edge length of each small cube?
b. What is the surface area of the entire puzzle cube?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.1 27
Answer:
The edge length of each small cube = 1
The surface area of the entire puzzle cube  = 81

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(0 x 0)+ 2(0 x 0) +1.5(1x 1)
surface area = 2(0) +2(0) +1.5(1)
surface area = 0 + 0 + 1.5
surface area = 1.5
The surface area of the each small cube = 81

Lesson 10.2 Surface Areas of Cylinders

A is a solid that has two parallel, identical circular bases.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 1

EXPLORATION 1

Finding the Surface Area of a Cylinder
Work with a partner.
a. Make a net for the can. Name each shape in the net.
b. How are the dimensions of the paper related to the dimensions of the can?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 2
c. Write a formula that represents the surface area of a cylinder with h a height of and bases with a radius of r.
d. Estimate the dimensions of each can. Then use your formula in part(c) to estimate the surface area of each can.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 3
Answer:
a.
b. The dimensions of the paper = the dimensions of the can
c .

d. The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr (h + r)

Try It

Find the surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 4
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 34138.08 sq. yd

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where r = radius, h = height
2 x 3.14 x 36 + 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 9
226.08 + 33912
34138.08

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 5
Answer:

The surface area of the cylinder = 395.64 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where r = radius, h = height
2 x 3.14 x 9+ 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 18
56.52 + 339.12
395.64 sq. cms

Find the lateral surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 6
Answer:
The lateral surface of the cylinder = 75.36 sq. cms

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 4
area = 75.36 sq. cms

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 7
Answer:
The lateral surface of the cylinder = 150.72 sq. yds

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 8
area = 150.72 sq. yds

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
WRITING
Which part of the formula S = 2πr2 + 2πrh represents the lateral surface area of a cylinder? the areas of the bases?
Answer:
The area of the bases of the cylinder.

Explanation:
The area of the bases of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where r = radius , h = height

Question 6.
CRITICAL THINKING
You are given the height of a cylinder and the circumference of its base. Describe how to find the surface area of the cylinder.
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh

Explanation:
The area of the bases of the cylinder =2πr2 + 2πrh
where r = radius, h = height

Question 7.
FINDING A SURFACE AREA
Find the surface area of the cylinder at the left. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 8
Answer:
The lateral surface of the cylinder = 351.68 sq. in

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
area = 2 x 3.14 x 16 + 2 x 3.14x 4 x 10
area = 100.48 + 251.2
area = 351.68 sq. in

Question 8.
FINDING A LATERAL SURFACE AREA
Find the lateral surface area of the cylinder at the right. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 9
Answer:

The lateral surface of the cylinder = 351 sq. in

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh
area = 2 x 3.14 x 16 + 2 x 3.14x 4 x 10
area = 100.48 + 251.2
area = 351.68 sq. in
IN the question given that round to the nearest tenth
area = 351 sq. in

Question 9.
You remove the lid of the can. What is the percent of change in the surface area of the can?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 10
Answer:
The percent of the change in the surface area of the can = 22,019.25 mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the can = 2π rx r+ 2πrh
2 x 3.14 x 1806.25 + 2 x 3.14 x 42.5 x 40
22,019.25 mm
The surface area of the triangular prism = 166 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 15) + 17 (8)
surface area = 30 + 136
surface area = 166 sq. ft

Question 10.
After burning half of a cylindrical candle, the surface area is 176 square inches. The radius of the candle is 2 inches. What was the original height of the candle?
Answer:
The original height of the

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
The area of the sheet of wrapping paper is equal to the lateral surface area of a cylindrical tube. The tube is 14 inches tall. What is the surface area of the tube, including the bases? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 11
Answer:
The surface area of the tube including the bases = 42.96 inches

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 2 x 3.14 x r x h
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 13 x 14
surface area = 1142.96 inchs

Surface Areas of Cylinders Homework & Practice 10.2

Review & Refresh

Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 12
Answer:

The surface area of the prism = 142 sq. cms

Explanation:
The surface area of the prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(7 x 3)+ 2(3 x 5) +2(5×7)
surface area = 2(21) + 2(15) + 2(35)
surface area = 42+ 30 + 70
surface area = 142 sq. cm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 13
Answer:

The surface area of the triangular prism = 649 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph
where B = area of the base, p = perimeter of the base, h = height
surface area = 2( 20) + 29 (21)
surface area = 40+ 609
surface area = 649 sq. ft

Question 3.
Which of the following is equivalent to 0.625?
A. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
B. \(\frac{625}{100}\)
C. 0.625%
D. 6.25%
Answer:
A is the correct answer

Explanation:
(5/8) = 0.625

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

FINDING SURFACE AREA Find the surface area of the cylinder. (See Exploration 1, p. 415.)
Question 4.
a can with a radius of 60 millimeters and a height of 160 millimeters
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 82,896 millimeters

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 60 millimeters , height = 160 given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 60 x 60 + 2 x 3.14 x 60 x 160
surface area = 22608 + 60,288
surface area = 82,896 sq. millimeters

Question 5.
a hay bale with a diameter of 30 inches and a height of 72 inches
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 8195.4 inches

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 15 inches , height = 72 inches given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 15 x 15 + 2 x 3.14 x 15 x 72
surface area = 1413 + 6,782.4
surface area = 8195.4 sq. inches

FINDING SURFACE AREA Find the surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 14
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 94.2 ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 3 ft , height = 2 ft given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 2
surface area = 56.52 + 37.68
surface area = 94.2 sq. ft

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 15
Answer:

The surface area of the cylinder = 31.4 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 1 m , height = 4 m given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 1 x 1 + 2 x 3.14 x 1 x 4
surface area = 6.28+ 25.12
surface area = 31.4 sq. m

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 16
Answer:

The surface area of the cylinder = 527.52 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 7 ft , height = 5 ft given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 7 x 7 + 2 x 3.14 x 7 x 5
surface area = 307.72+ 219.8
surface area = 527.52 sq. ft

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 17
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 87.92 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 2mm , height = 5 mm given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 2 + 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 5
surface area = 25.12+ 62.8
surface area = 87.92 sq. mm

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 18
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 489.84 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 6 ft , height = 7 ft given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 6 + 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 7
surface area = 226.08+ 263.76
surface area = 489.84 sq. ft

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 19
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 678.24 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 6 cm , height = 12 cm given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 6 + 2 x 3.14 x 6 x 12
surface area = 226.08+ 452.16
surface area = 678.24 sq. cm

FINDING LATERAL SURFACE AREA Find the lateral surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 20
Answer:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 376.8 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 10 ft , height = 6 ft given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 10 x 6
surface area =  376.8 sq. ft
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 21
Answer:
The lateral  surface area of the cylinder = 226.08 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 4 in , height = 9 in given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 4 x 9
surface area =  226.08 sq. in
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 22
Answer:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 87.92 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 7 m , height = 2 m given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 7 x 2
surface area =  87.92 sq. m
Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the surface area of the cylinder. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 23
Answer:
No my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 5 + 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 10.6
surface area = 157 + 332.84
surface area = 489.84 sq. yds

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The tank of a tanker truck is a stainless steel cylinder. Find the surface area of the tank.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 24
Answer:
The surface area of the tank = 1356.48 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 4 + 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 50
surface area = 100.48+ 1256
surface area = 1,356.48 sq. ft

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The Petri dish shown has no lid. What is the surface area of the outside of the Petri dish?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 25
Answer:
The surface area of the outside of the petri dish= 20,410 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the outside of the petri dish = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 50 x 50 + 2 x 3.14 x 50x 15
surface area = 15700+ 4710
surface area = 20410 sq. mm

Question 18.
REASONING
You have two 8.5-by-11-inch pieces of paper. You form the lateral surfaces of two different cylinders by taping together a pair of opposite sides on each piece of paper so that one cylinder has a height of 8.5 inches and the other has a height of 11 inches. Without calculating, compare the surface areas of the cylinders (including the bases). Explain.
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder 1= 44.826012 sq. inches
The surface area of the cylinder 2= 56.915012 sq. inches

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder 1 = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 0.77 x 0.77 + 2 x 3.14 x 0.77x 8.5
surface area = 3.723412+ 41.1026
surface area = 44.826012 inches
The surface area of the cylinder 1 = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 0.77 x 0.77 + 2 x 3.14 x 0.77x 11
surface area = 3.723412+ 53.1916
surface area = 56.915012 inches

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A ganza is a percussion instrument used in samba music.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 26
a. Find the surface area of each of the two labeled ganzas.
b. The smaller ganza weighs 1.1 pounds. Assume that the surface area is proportional to the weight. What is the weight of the larger ganza?
Answer:
a. The surface area of the smaller ganza= 296.73 sq. cm
The surface area of the larger ganza= 1036.2 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the smaller ganza = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3.5 x 3.5 + 2 x 3.14 x 3.5x 10
surface area = 76.93+ 219.8
surface area = 296.73 sq. cm
The surface area of the larger ganza  = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 5.5 x 5.5 + 2 x 3.14 x 5.5x 24.5
surface area = 189.97+846.23
surface area = 1036.2 sq. cm

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The wedge is one-eighth of the wheel of cheese.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 27
a. Find the surface area of the cheese before it is cut.
b. Find the surface area of the remaining cheese after the wedge is removed. Did the surface area increase, decrease, or remain the same?
Answer:
a. The surface area of the cheese before it is cut= 75.36 sq. in
b. The surface area of the cheese after the wedge is removed = 58.875 sq. in
The surface area decreases.

Explanation:
The surface area of the cheese after the wedge is removed = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 1
surface area = 56.52+ 18.84 in
surface area = 75.36 sq. in

The surface area of the cheese after the wedge is removed = 2πr2 + 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x (1/8) (1/8) = 0.125
surface area = 56.52+ 2.355
surface area = 58.875 in
The surface area decreases

Question 21.
REPEATED REASONING
A cylinder has radius r and height h.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.2 28
a. How many times greater is the surface area of a cylinder when both dimensions are multiplied by2? 3? 5? 10?
b. Describe the pattern in part(a). Write an expression for the surface area of the cylinder when both dimensions are multiplied by a number.
Answer:
a. 2 times greater, 3 times greater, 5 times greater,10 times greater.
b. The expression for the surface area of the cylinder when both dimensions are multiplied 2 = 2r + 2h,3r + 3h,5r + 5h, 10r + 10 h

Lesson 10.3 Surface Areas of Pyramids

Many well-known pyramids have square bases, however, the base of a pyramid can be any polygon.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 1

EXPLORATION 1

Making a Scale Model
Work with a partner. Each pyramid below has a square base.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 2
a. Draw a net for a scale model of one of the pyramids. Describe the scale factor.
b. Find the lateral surface area of the real-life pyramid that you chose in part(a). Explain how you found your answer.
c. Draw a net for a pyramid with a non-rectangular base and find its lateral surface area. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
a.
b. The lateral surface of the real life pyramid = A + (1/2 ) ps
where A = area of base ,p= perimeter of base , s = slant height.
c.
The lateral surface area of the rectangular pyramid = A + (1/2)ps
where A = area of base ,p= perimeter of base , s = slant height.
A regular pyramid is a pyramid whose base is a regular polygon. The slant height lateral faces are triangles. The height of each triangle is the of the pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 3

Try It

Question 1.
What is the surface area of a square pyramid with a base side length of 9 centimeters and a slant height of 7 centimeters?
Answer:
The surface area of the square pyramid = 94.5 sq. centimeters

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 63 +(1/2) 9 x 7
surface area = 63 + 0.5 x  63
surface area = 31.5 + 63
94.5 sq. centimeters.

Question 2.
Find the surface area of the regular pyramid at the left.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 4
Answer:

The surface area of the triangle pyramid = 86 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 60 +(1/2) 5.2 x 10
surface area = 60 + 2.6 x  10
surface area = 60+ 26
surface area = 86 sq. ft

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
Can a pyramid have rectangles as lateral faces? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, pyramids have rectangles as lateral faces.

Explanation:
In the pyramid diagram, the rectangles included the lateral surfaces.

FINDING THE SURFACE AREA OF A PYRAMID Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 5
Answer:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = 95 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 65+(1/2) 5 x 12
surface area = 65 + 2.5 x  12
surface area = 65 + 30
surface area = 95 sq. m

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 6
Answer:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = 24 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangle pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 12+(1/2) 2 x 6
surface area = 12 + 1 x  12
surface area = 12 + 12
surface area = 24 sq. cm

Question 6.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which description of the solid does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 7
Answer:
regular pyramid does not belong with the other three;

Explanation:
the remaining are square pyramid, rectangular pyramid, triangular pyramid are the three pyramids with different shapes.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
A building in the shape of a square pyramid is covered with solar panels. The building has a slant height of 12 feet and a base with side lengths of 15 feet. The solar panels cost $70 per square foot to install. How much does it cost to install enough solar panels to cover the entire surface of the building?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 8
Answer:
$ 270 is enough for solar planets to cover the entire surface of the building.

Explanation:
The building is in the shape of square pyramid.
surface area = A + (1/2) ps
area = 180 + (1/2) x 180
area = 180 + 90
area = 270 $

Question 8.
You use the glass pyramid shown to display rainbows on the walls of a room. The pyramid is regular and has a surface area of 105.35 square centimeters. Find the height of each triangular face. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 9
Answer:

Surface Areas of Pyramids Homework & Practice 10.3

Review & Refresh

Find the surface area of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 10
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 182.12 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 3 ft , height = 10 ft given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 10
surface area =  56.52+ 125.6
surface area = 182.12 sq. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 11
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 345.4 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 5 m , height = 6 m given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 5 + 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 6
surface area =  157+ 188.4
surface area = 345.4 sq. m

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 12
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 406.944 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 4mm , height = 12.2mm given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 4+ 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 12.2
surface area =  100.48+ 306.464
surface area = 406.944 sq. mm

Question 4.
The ratio of the distance between bases on a professional baseball field to the distance between bases on a youth baseball field is 3 : 2. Bases on a professional baseball field are 90 feet apart. What is the distance between bases on a youth baseball field?
A. 30 ft
B. 45 ft
C. 60 ft
D. 135 ft
Answer:
The distance between bases on a youth baseball = 60 ft
Explanation:
The ratios between professional base and youth baseball = 3 : 2 already given
90 given
so 60 ft is the distance between bases on a youth baseball field.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A NET Use the net to find the surface area of the regular pyramid. (See Exploration 1, p. 421.)
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 13
Answer:
The surface area of the square pyramid = 18 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 12+(1/2) 4 x 3
surface area = 12 + 0.5x  12
surface area = 12 + 6
surface area = 18 sq. in

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 14
Answer:
The surface area of the square pyramid = 88.3 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of th base, s = slant height
surface area = 43.3+(1/2) 10 x 9
surface area = 43.3 + 0.5x  90
surface area = 43.3 + 45
surface area = 88.3 sq. mm

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 15
Answer:
The surface area of the square pyramid = 79.9 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 61.9 +(1/2) 6 x 6
surface area = 61.9 + 0.5x 36
surface area = 61.9 + 18
surface area = 79.9 sq. m

FINDING THE SURFACE AREA OF A PYRAMID Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 16
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 81 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 54 +(1/2) 6 x 9
surface area = 54 + 0.5x 54
surface area = 54 + 27
surface area = 81 sq. ft

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 17
Answer:

The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 36 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 24 +(1/2) 6 x 4
surface area = 24 + 0.5x 24
surface area = 24 + 12
surface area = 36 sq. cm

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 18
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 36 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 13  +(1/2) 15 x 10
surface area = 13 + 0.5x 150
surface area = 13 + 75
surface area = 88 sq. in

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 19
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 126 sq. yd

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 7.8  +(1/2) 10 x 9
surface area = 7.8 + 0.5x 90
surface area = 7.8 + 48
surface area = 126 sq. yd

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 20
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 13.5 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 4.5 +(1/2) 4 x 4.5
surface area = 4.5 + 0.5x 18
surface area = 4.5 + 9
surface area = 13.5 sq. m

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 21
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular  pyramid = 600.4 sq. mm

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 440.4 +(1/2) 16 x 20
surface area = 440.4+ 0.5x 320
surface area = 440.4+ 160
surface area = 600.4 sq. mm

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The base of the lampshade is a regular hexagon with side lengths of 8 inches. Estimate the amount of glass needed to make the lampshade.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 22
Answer:
The amount of glass needed to make the lampshade = 26.6666667 in

Explanation:
hexagon = 1/3 x b x h
where base = 8 inches , height = 10 in given
hexagon = (80/3)
hexagon = 26.6666667 in
Question 15.
GEOMETRY
The surface area of a square pyramid is 85 square meters. The side length of the base is 5 meters. What is the slant height?
Answer:
The  slant height = 6 meters

Explanation:
The area of the base = side x side = 5 x 5 = 25 m
area of the lateral face = (1/2)bh= (1/2)5h= 2.5 h m
There are  4 identical lateral faces.
area of lateral faces = 4(2.5h) = 10 hm
surface area of regular pyramid = area of base + area of lateral faces
85 = 25 + 10 h
85-25 = 10 h
60 = 10 h
h = (60/10)
h = 6 meters

FINDING SURFACE AREA Find the surface area of the solid.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 23
Answer:
The surface area of the square  pyramid = 20 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 5 +(1/2) 5 x 6
surface area = 5 + 0.5x 30
surface area = 5  + 15
surface area = 20 sq. ft

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 24
Answer:
The surface area of the square  pyramid = 22 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the square pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 10 +(1/2) 4 x 6
surface area = 10 + 0.5x 24
surface area = 10 + 12
surface area = 22 sq. cm

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 25
Answer:
The surface area of the rectangular  pyramid = 22 sq. ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
where A = area of the base ,p = perimeter of the base, s = slant height
surface area = 12 +(1/2) 4 x 5
surface area = 12 + 0.5x 20
surface area = 12 + 10
surface area = 22 sq. ft

Question 19.
GEOMETRY
A tetrahedron is a triangular pyramid with four faces that are identical equilateral triangles. The total lateral surface area of a tetrahedron is 93 square centimeters. Find the surface area of the tetrahedron.
Answer:
The surface area  of the tetrahedron = 124 square cm

Explanation:
Area of lateral face (equilateral triangle) = 93/3 = 31
The tetrahedron has four identical equilateral triangles = 4 X 31 =124 cm

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are making an umbrella that is shaped like a regular octagonal pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 26
a. Estimate the amount of fabric that you need to make the umbrella.
b. The fabric comes in rolls that are 60 inches wide. Draw a diagram of how you can cut the fabric from rolls that are 10 feet long.
c. How much fabric is wasted?
Answer:

Question 21.
REASONING
The height of a pyramid is the perpendicular distance between the base and the top of the pyramid. Which is greater, the height of a pyramid or the slant height? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 27
Answer:
The height of the pyramid is greater .

Explanation:
In the above shown figure the slant height is less than the height of the pyramid.

Question 22.
DIG DEEPER!
Both pyramids at the right have regular bases.
a. Without calculating, determine which pyramid has the greater surface area. Explain.
b. Verify your answer to part(a) by finding the surface area of each pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.3 28
Answer:
The first figure has the greatest surface area.

Explanation:
The surface area of 1st pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 112  + (1/2) 8 x 14
surface area = 112 +(112/2)
surface area = 56 +112
surface area = 168 in
The surface area of 2nd pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 6.9 + (1/2) 8 x 14
surface area = 6.9 +(112/2)
surface area = 56 +6.9
surface area = 62.9 sq. in

Question 23.
REASONING
Is the total area of the lateral faces of a pyramid greater than, less than or equal to the area of the base? Explain.
Answer:
The lateral surface area of a regular pyramid is the sum of the area of its lateral faces.
The total surface area of a regular pyramid is the sum of the areas of its lateral faces and its base.

Lesson 10.4 Volumes of Prisms

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Formula for Volume
Work with a partner.
a. In the figures shown, each cube has a volume of 1 cubic unit. Compare the volume V (in cubic units) of each rectangular prism to the area B(in square units) of its base. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 1
b. Repeat part(a) using the prisms below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 2
c. Use what you learned in parts (a) and (b) to write a formula that gives the volume of any prism.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 3
Answer:
a. The 1st cube has a volume of 1 cubic unit. and it is increased by one horizontal in each cube.
b. The 1st prism has a volume of 1 cubic unit and it is increased by one horizontal in each cube.
c. Triangular prism = 2B + ph
where b = base ,h = height, l = length, p = perimeter of base, B = area of base
Rectangular prism = 2(lw +lh + wh)
where l = length, w = width, h = height
pentagonal prism = (1/2)(5s x a)h
Hexagonal prism = v = bh
octagonal prism = 2(1 +square root )a square

The volume of a three-dimensional figure is a measure of the amount of space that it occupies. Volume is measured in cubic units.

Try It

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 4
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 16 cu. ft

Explanation:
The volume of the prism = bh
where b = 4 ft , h = 4 ft given
volume of the prism = 16 cu. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 5
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 51 cu. cm

Explanation:
The volume of the prism = bh
where b = 8.5 cm , h = 6 cm given
volume of the prism = 8.5 x 6 = 51 cu. cm

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 6
Answer:
The volume of prism = 162 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of triangular prism = a x b x c x h
where a = b = c = base side , h = height
prism = 12 x 9 x 12 x 5
volume = 60 + 102
volume = 162 cu. m

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 7
Answer:

The volume of prism = 9 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of triangular prism = a x b x c x h
where a = b = c = base side , h = height
prism = 0.75x 2 x 2 x 3
volume = 0.75 x12
volume = 9 cu. m

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A PRISM Find the volume of the prism.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 8
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 56 cu. in

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 7 x 8
v = 56 cu. in

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 9
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 75 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 15 x 5
v = 75 cu. ft

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 10
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 96 cu. yd

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 12 x 8
v = 96 cu. yd

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 11
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 4925 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 197 x 25
v = 4925 cu. mm

Question 9.
OPEN-ENDED
Draw and label a prism with a volume of 144 cubic inches. Justify your answer.
Answer:
v = b x h
144 = 12 x 12
so base = 7 and height = 7 inches.

Explanation:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
You visit an aquarium. One of the tanks at the aquarium holds 450 gallons of water. Draw a diagram to show one possible set of dimensions of the tank. Justify your answer. (1 gal = 231 in.3)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 12
Answer:

Question 11.
A stack of paper contains 400 sheets. The volume of the stack is 140.25 cubic inches. Each sheet of paper is identical, with a length of 11 inches and a width of 8.5 inches. Find the height of each sheet of paper. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Each sheet of paper = 0.0075 inches.

Volumes of Prisms Homework & Practice 10.4

Review & Refresh

Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 13
Answer:
Surface area of the regular pyramid = 15 sq. m

Explanation:
Surface area of the regular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
area = 3 +(1/2) 3 x 8
surface area = 3 + 12
surface area = 15 sq. m

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 14
Answer:
Surface area of the regular pyramid =550 sq. mm

Explanation:
Surface area of the regular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
area = 30 +(1/2) 20 x 26
surface area = 30 + 520
surface area = 550 sq. mm

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 15
Answer:
Surface area of the regular pyramid =61 sq. cm

Explanation:
Surface area of the regular pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
area = 7 +(1/2) 6 x 9
surface area = 7 + 54
surface area = 61 sq. cm

Find the selling price.
Question 4.
Cost to store: $75
Markup: 20%
Answer:
Selling price = 1665 $

Explanation:
Selling price = cost to store x markup + cost to store
selling price = $75 x 20% + $75
selling price = $75x 0.20 + $75
s p = 1665 $
Question 5.
Cost to store: $90
Markup: 60%
Answer:
Selling price = 5490$

Explanation:
Selling price = cost to store x markup + cost to store
selling price = $90 x 60% + $90
selling price = $90x 0.60+ $90
s p = 5490 $

Question 6.
Cost to store: $130
Markup: 85%
Answer:
Selling price =10,530 $

Explanation:
Selling price = cost to store x markup + cost to store
selling price = $130 x 85% + $130
selling price = $130 x 0.80+ $130
s p = 10,530$

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING TOOLS In the figure, each cube has a volume of 1 cubic unit. Find the volume of the figure and the area of its base. (See Exploration 1, p. 427.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 16
Answer:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
1 x 3 = 3

Explanation:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
where length = l, width = w ,height = h

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 17
Answer:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
1 x 4 = 4

Explanation:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
where length = l, width = w ,height = h

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 18
Answer:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
1 x 2 = 2

Explanation:
The volume of the cube = length + breadth + height
where length = l, width = w ,height = h

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A PRISM Find the volume of the prism.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 19
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 81 cu. in

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 9 x 9
v = 81 cu.in

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 20
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 48 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 6 x 8
v = 48 cu. cm

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 21
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 48 cu. m

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 7 x 8.5
v = 59.5 cu. m

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 22
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 48 cu. yd

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 8.33 x 6
v = 50 cu. yd

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 23
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 54 cu.ft

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 9 x 6
v = 54 cu.ft

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 24
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 84 cu.mm

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 10.5 x 8
v = 84 cu.mm

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 25
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 48 cu.m

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 10 x 4.8
v = 48 cu.m

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 26
Answer:

The volume of the prism = 645 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 15 x 43
v = 645 cu. mm

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 27
Answer:

The volume of the prism =3320 cu. feet

Explanation:
volume v = B h
v = 166 x 20
v = 3320 cu. ft

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the volume of the triangular prism. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 28
Answer:
Yes my friend is correct.

Explanation:
Volume of triangular prism = B h
volume = 10 x (5 x 7)
volume = 10 x (35)
volume = 350 cubic centimeters

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A battery for an underwater drone is in the shape of a square prism. It is designed to draw in seawater that is then used to produce energy. The base of the battery has side lengths of 15 centimeters and the height of the battery is 10 centimeters. Find the volume of the battery.
Answer:
The volume of the battery  = 2250 cu. centimeters.

Explanation:
Volume of a square prism = a square h
given that a = 15 cm, h = 10 cm
volume = 15 x 15x 10
volume = 2250 cu. centimeters.
Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cereal box has a volume of 225 cubic inches. The length of the base is 9 inches and the width of the base is 2.5 inches. What is the height of the box? Justify your answer.
Answer:
The heightt of the box = 10 inches.

Explanation:
v = length x width x height
v = 225 cubic inches, l = 9 inches,w = 2.5 in
225 = 9 x 2.5 x h
225 = 22.5 h
h = 225/22.5
h = 10 inches

Question 22.
REASONING
Each locker is shaped like a rectangular prism. Which has more storage space? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 29
Answer:
The school locker has the more storage space.

Explanation:
2. The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
area = 2(10 x 12) +(15 x 48) +(12 x 48) where l= 15 in,w = 12 in,h= 48 in
area = 2(120) +(720) +(576)
area = 2(1416)
area = 2832 sq. in
1. The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
area = 2(15 x 12) +(10 x 60) +(12 x 60) where l= 10 in,w = 12 in,h= 60 in
area = 2(120) +(600) +(720)
area = 2(1440)
area = 2880 sq. in

Question 23.
USING TOOLS
How many cubic inches are in 1 cubic foot? Use a sketch to explain your reasoning.
Answer:
1 cubic foot = 1728 cubic inches.

Explanation:

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A concrete construction block has the measurements shown. How much concrete is used to make the block? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 30
Answer:
The concrete used to make the block = 544 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh + wh)
area = 2(16 x 8) +(16 x 6) +(8 x 6) where l= 16in,w = 8 in,h= 6 in
area = 2(128) +(96) +(48)
area = 2(272)
area = 544 sq. in

Question 25.
RESEARCH
The gas tank is 20% full. Use the current price of regular gasoline in your community to find the cost to fill the tank. (1 gal = 231 in.3)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 31
Answer:

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
Two liters of water are poured into an empty vase shaped like an octagonal prism. The base area is 100 square centimeters. What is the height of the water? (1 L = 1000 cm3)
Answer:
The height of the water = 20 centimeters

Explanation:
1 liter = 1000 cubic centimeters.
area of the base = 100 square cm
height = h
the volume of water in the vase = 2 liters = 2000 cubic centimeters
the volume of water in the vase = area of base x-height of the prism
2000 = 100 h
h = 20 cm
Question 27.
LOGIC
Two prisms have the same volume. Do they always, sometimes never, or have the same surface area? Justify your answer.
Answer:
If the volume is the same, they do not have the surface area.

Explanation:
if we take two prisms at random that have the same volume, it’s very likely that they don’t have the same surface area.

Question 28.
CRITICAL THINKING
How many times greater is the volume of a triangular prism when one of its dimensions is doubled? when all three dimensions are doubled?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.4 32
Answer:
The volume is 8 times greater when we double all 3 dimensions.

Explanation:
we are doubling only one dimension means that you are multiplying by 2 only 1 time.

Lesson 10.5 Volumes of Pyramids

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Formula for the Volume of a Pyramid
Work with a partner. Draw the two nets on cardboard and cut them out. Fold and tape the nets to form an open cube and an open square pyramid. Both figures should have the same size square base and the same height.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 1
a. Compare the volumes of the figures. What do you notice?
b. Use your observations in part(a) to write a formula for the volume of a pyramid.
c. The rectangular prism below can be cut to form three pyramids. Use your formula in part(b) to show that the sum of the volumes of the three pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 2
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) Bh

Explanation:
a. the volume of the pyramid =(1/3) B h
1. v = (1/3)  x 2 x2
v = (1/3) x 4
v = 1.33 in

the volume of the pyramid =(1/3) B h
1. v = (1/3)  x 2 x2.5
v = (1/3) x 5
v = 1.66 in
b.  the second figure has a greater volume than the 1st figure
c. the volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
the volume of the prism = Bh
The volume of the 3 pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism.

Try It

Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 3
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 42 cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
B = 21 square feet h= 6 ft
volume = (1/3) x 21×6
volume = (126/3)
volume = 42 cu. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 4
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 290 cubic centimeter

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
B =174 square cm h= 5 cm
volume = (1/3) x 174 x 5
volume = (870/3)
volume = 290 cubic centimeter

Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 5
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 290 cubic centimeter

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
B =18 in h= 7 in
volume = (1/3) x 18x 7
volume = (126/3)
volume = 42 inches

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 6
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 91.66 square centimeter

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
B =25 cm h= 11 cm
volume = (1/3) x 25x 11
volume = (275/3)
volume = 91.66 cm

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
WRITING
How is the formula for the volume of a pyramid different from the formula for the volume of a prism?
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid h = height
the volume of the prism = B h
where B = base of the prism h= height

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid  is 3 times greater the volume of the prism.

Question 6.
PROBLEM SOLVING
How many different pyramids can you draw with the same height and volume? Explain.
Answer:
We can draw the 2 or 3 pyramids with the same height and volume

Explanation:
We can draw the 2 or 3 pyramids with the same height and volume .
it is our wish to draw as many as possible
FINDING THE VOLUME OF A PYRAMID Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 7
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = cubic yard

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 10 and h= 6
v = (1/3) x 10 x 6
v = (60/3)
v = 20 cubic yds

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 8
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 12 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 4 and h= 9
v = (1/3) x 4 x 9
v = (36/3)
v = 12 cu. cm

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
A resort features a square pyramid with a water slide. The length of the water slide is 90% of the height of the pyramid. The base of the pyramid has side lengths of 60 feet. The volume of the pyramid is 60,000 cubic feet. What is the length of the water slide?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 9
Answer:
The length of the water slide = 50 cubic feet

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
To make a candle, you use a mold to create the wax pyramid shown. You cut off the top 3 centimeters of the pyramid to make space for a wick. If the base area of the removed portion is 5.4 square centimeters, what percentage of the wax did you remove?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 10
Answer:
The percentage of the wax we remove = 140 cubic centimeters.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) x 60 x 7
volume =( 420/3)
volume = 140 cubic centimeters.

Volumes of Pyramids Homework & Practice 10.5

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 11
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 189 cubic feets

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular prism = l x w x h
v = 9 x 7 x 3
v = 189 cubic feets

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 12
Answer:
The volume of the prism = 189 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the triangular prism = (b x h x l)/ 2
v = (5 x 3 x 8)/2
v = 60 cubic centimeters

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 3.
r + 0.5 < – 0.4
Answer:
r = – 0.9

Explanation:
r = -0.4 -0.5
r = -0.9

Question 4.
z – 2.4 ≥ – 0.6
Answer:
z = 1.8

Explanation:
z = -0.6  (+ 2.4)
z = 1.8

Question 5.
h – 5 ≤ – 3.7
Answer:
h = -1.3

Explanation:
h = -3.7 +5
h = -1.3

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

VOLUMES OF PYRAMIDS The rectangular prism is cut to form three pyramids. Show that the sum of the volumes of the three pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism. (See Exploration 1, p. 433.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 13
Answer:
The volume of the  3 pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 6 and h= 4
v = (1/3) x 6 x 4
v = (24/3)
v = 8 cubic feet
the volume of the pyramid is 3 times greater than volume of the prism.
The volume of the prism =  B h
where B = base of the prism, h = height
v =  B xh where B = 6 and h= 4
v =  6 x 4
v = 24
8 x 3 = 24

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 14
Answer:
The volume of the  3 pyramids is equal to the volume of the prism.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 6 and h= 6
v = (1/3) x 6 x 6
v = (36/3)
v = 12 inches
the volume of the pyramid is 3 times greater than volume of the prism.
The volume of the prism=  B h
where B = base of the prism, h = height
v =  B xh where B = 6 and h= 6
v =  6 x 6
v = 36 in
12 x 3 = 36

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A PYRAMID Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 15
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid =  0.66 cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 1 and h= 2
v = (1/3) x 1 x 2
v = (2/3)
v = 0.66 cubic feet

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 16
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 6.66  cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 2 and h= 10
v = (1/3) x 10 x 2
v = (20/3)
v = 6.66 cubic feet

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 17
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 16  cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 8 and h= 7
v = (1/3) x 8 x 7
v = (48/3)
v = 16 cubic feet

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 18
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 20  cubic millimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 15 mm and h= 4
v = (1/3) x 15 x 4
v = (60/3)
v = 20 cubic mm

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 19
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 10.666 cu. yds

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 4 and h= 8
v = (1/3) x 4 x 8
v = (32/3)
v = 10.666 cu. yd

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 20
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 36 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 6 and h= 8
v = (1/3) x 6 x 8
v = (48/3)
v = 36 cu. in

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 21
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 70 cu. mm

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 14 and h = 15 mm
v = (1/3) x 14x 15
v = (210/3)
v = 70 cu. mm

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 22
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 2.333 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 1 and h = 7 cm
v = (1/3) x 1 x 7
v = (7/3)
v = 2.333 cubic centimeters

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 23
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 252 cubic millimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 63 and h = 12 mm
v = (1/3) x 63 x 12
v = (756/3)
v  = 252 cubic millimeters

Question 17.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the volume of the pyramid. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 24
Answer:
No my friend is not correct.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) x B x h
volume = (8 x 4 x 7)/3
volume = (224/3)
volume = 74.666 cu. in

Question 18.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A researcher develops a cage for a living cell in the shape of a square-based pyramid. A scale model of the cage is shown. What is the volume of the model?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 25
Answer:
The volume of the model = 133.33 cu. millimeters

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B = 20 and h = 20 mm
v = (1/3) x 20 x 20
v = (400/3)
v  = 133.33 cu. millimeters

Question 19.
FINDING VOLUME
Find the volume of the composite solid. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 26
Answer:
The volume of the  compositte solid =48 cu. feet

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =36 and h = 4 ft
v = (1/3) x 36 x 4
v = (144/3)
v  = 48 cu. feet

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In 1483, Leonardo da Vinci designed a parachute. It is believed that this was the first parachute ever designed. In a notebook, he wrote, “If a man is provided with a length of gummed linen cloth with a length of 12 yards on each side and 12 yards high, he can jump from any great height whatsoever without injury.” Find the volume of air inside Leonardo’s parachute.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 27
Answer:
The volume of the air inside parachute  =48 cu. yd

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =12 and h = 12
v = (1/3) x 12 x 12
v = (144/3)
v = 48 cu. yds

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Which sandcastle spire has a greater volume? How much more sand do you need to make the spire with the greater volume?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 28
Answer:
spire B has greater volume
4 % of sand is needed to make the spire

Explanation:
The volume of the spire A = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =30 and h = 6
v = (1/3) x 30 x 6
v = (180/3)
v = 60 in
The volume of the spire B = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =24 and h = 8
v = (1/3) x 24 x 8
v = (192/3)
v = 64 cu. in

Question 22.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Use the photo of the tepee.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 29
a. What is the shape of the base? How can you tell?
b. The tepee’s height is about 10 feet. Estimate the volume of the tepee.
Answer:
a. The shape of the base is a triangular pyramid .
b . The volume of the triangular pyramid = 3.33

Explanation:
b . The volume of the triangular pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) B 10
volume = (10 b /3)
10 B = 3
B = (10/3)
B = 3.33

Question 23.
OPEN-ENDED
A rectangular pyramid has a volume of 40 cubic feet and a height of 6 feet. Find one possible set of dimensions of the base.
Answer:
The dimensions of the base = 20 feet

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular pyramid = (1/3) xB x h
volume = (1/3) x B x 6 where h = 6 ,v= 40 given
40 = (1/3) x 6 B
2 B = 40
B = 20  feet

Question 24.
REASONING
Do the two solids have the same volume? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.5 30
Answer:
No, the two solids did not have the same volume.

Explanation:
The volume of rectangular prism = l wh
volume = xyz
The volume of the triangular prism = b hl/2
volume = (xy3z/2)

Lesson 10.6 Cross Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures

EXPLORATION 1

Describing Cross Sections
Work with a partner. A baker is thinking of different ways to slice zucchini bread that is in the shape of a rectangular prism. The shape that is formed by the cut is called a cross section.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 1
a. What is the shape of the cross section when the baker slices the bread vertically, as shown above?
b. What is the shape of the cross section when the baker slices the bread horizontally?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 2
c. What is the shape of the cross section when the baker slices off a corner of the bread?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 3
d. Is it possible to obtain a cross section that is a trapezoid? Explain.
e. Name at least 3 cross sections that are possible to obtain from a rectangular pyramid. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Consider a plane “slicing” through a solid. The intersection of the plane and the solid is a two-dimensional shape called a cross section. For example, the diagram shows that the intersection of the plane and the rectangular prism is a rectangle.

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 4

Try It

Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 5
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid = one dimensional

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 6
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid = two dimensional

Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 7
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the cylinder = two dimensional

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 8
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the cone = two dimensional

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
VOCABULARY
What is a cross section?
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid is a two-dimensional is called crosssection.
Question 6.
DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS
Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid at the left.
Answer:
The intersection of the plane and the solid at the left is a two dimensional.

Question 7.
REASONING
Name all possible cross sections of a cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 9
Answer:
The cross-section of the sphere is a circle. The vertical cross-section of a cone is a triangle, and the horizontal cross- section is a circle.

Question 8.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
You slice a square prism. Which cross section does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 10
Answer:
circle crosssection does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
square, triangle, the rectangle does not belong with the three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
A steel beam that is 12 meters long is cut into four equal parts. The cross sections are rectangles with side lengths of 1 meter and 2 meters.
a. What is the perimeter of each cross section?
b. What is the area of each cross section?
c. What is the volume of the original beam?
Answer:
a. The perimeter of each cross-section =  3 meters
b. The area of each cross-section = 2 meters
c.  The volume of the original beam = 12 meters.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
A lumberjack saws a cylindrical tree trunk at an angle. Is the cross-section a circle? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Yes, the cross-section is a circle.

Explanation:
The cross-section of the sphere is a circle

Cross Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures Homework & Practice 10.6

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 11
Answer:
The volume of the  pyramid = 37.33 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =16 and h = 7 in
v = (1/3) x16 x 7
v = (112/3)
v = 37.33 cu. in

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 12
Answer:
The volume of the  pyramid = 2.875 cubic centimeters.

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
where B = base of the pyramid, h = height
v = (1/3) x B xh where B =23 and h = 8
v = (1/3) x23 x 8
v = (112/3)
v = 2.875 cubic centimeters.

Find the sum.
Question 3.
(w – 7) + (- 6w – 5)
Answer:
w = -2

Explanation:
w = -11w+7
w=-4w
2w = -4
w= -2

Question 4.
(8 – b) + (5b + 6)
Answer:
b = 2.33

Explanation:
-b = 5b-2
5b + 6b = 2
b = 2.33

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS Determine whether it is possible to obtain the cross section from a cube. (See Exploration 2, p. 439.)
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 13
Question 5.
circle
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 6.
square
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 7.
equilateral triangle
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Explanation:
equilateral triangle is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 8.
pentagon
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Explanation:
pentagon is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 9.
non-rectangular parallelogram
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Explanation:
non rectangular parallelogram is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Question 10.
octagon
Answer:
No it is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

Explanation:
octagon is not possible to obtain the crosssection from a cube.

DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS OF PRISMS AND PYRAMIDS Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 14
Answer:
The intersection of the prism and the solid is a two dimensional.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 15
Answer:
The intersection of the pyramid and the solid is a one dimensional.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 16
Answer:
The intersection of the pyramid and the solid is a two dimensional.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 17
Answer:
The intersection of the pyramid and the solid is a three dimensional.

DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS OF CYLINDERS AND CONES Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 18
Answer:
The intersection of the plane and the solid is a circle

Explanation:
The cross section of the cylinder is a circle.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 19
Answer:
The intersection of the plane and the solid is a circle

Explanation:
The cross section of the cone is a circle.

DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS Describe the shape that is formed by the cut in the food.
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 20
Answer:
The shape that is formed is circle.

Explanation:
The cross section when it is cut it is formed a circle.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 21
Answer:
The shape that is formed is semi-circle.

Explanation:
The cross section when it is cut it is formed a semi circle.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 22
Answer:
The shape that is formed is  circle.

Explanation:
The cross section when it is cut it is formed  circle.

Question 20.
DESCRIBING CROSS SECTIONS
Describe the intersection of the plane and the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 23
Answer:
The intersection of a plane and a cylinder is a rectangle.

REASONING Determine whether the given intersection is possible. If so, draw the solid and the cross section.
Question 21.
The intersection of a plane and a cone is a rectangle.
Answer:
No the intersection of a plane and a cone is a circle.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 19
Question 22.
The intersection of a plane and a square pyramid is a triangle.
Answer:
Yes the intersection of a plane and a square pyramid is a triangle.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 5

Question 23.
REASONING
A plane that intersects a prism is parallel to the bases of the prism. Describe the intersection of the plane and the prism.
Answer:
when a plane intersects a prism and is parallel to the bases of the prism , the intersection is the same shape as the base.

Question 24.
REASONING
Explain how a plane can be parallel to the base of a cone and intersect the cone at exactly one point.
Answer:
A plane will be parallel to the base and intersecting the cone at only one point is only possible when the plana will pass through

Question 25.
DIG DEEPER!
An artist plans to paint bricks.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 24
a. Find the surface area of the brick.
b. The artist cuts along the length of the brick to form two bricks, each with a width of 2 inches. What is the percent of increase in the surface area? Justify your answer.
Answer:
a. The surface area of the brick = 164 in
b. The surface area of the percent increase = 2 %

Explanation:
b.The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw +lh +wh)
surface area = 2(12 x 6 +12 x5  +6 x 5)
surface area = 2(72 + 60+30)
surface area = 2(162)
surface area = 81 in
a. The surface area of the rectangular prism = 2(lw +lh +wh)
surface area = 2(10 x 4 +10 x3 +4 x 3)
surface area = 2(40 + 30 +12)
surface area = 2(82)
surface area = 164 in
Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cross section of an artery is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 25
a. Describe the cross section of the artery.
b. The radius of the artery is 0.22 millimeter. What is the circumference of the artery?
Answer:
a. The cross section of the artery is a circle.
b. The circumference of the artery = 1.3816 millimeters

Explanation:
The circumference of the circle = 2πr
where r= 0.22 mm given π = 3.14
circumference = 2 x 3.14 x 0.22
circumference= 1.3816 millimeters

Question 27.
REASONING
Three identical square pyramids each with a height of meters and a base area of 100 square meters are shown. For each pyramid, a cross section parallel to the base is shown. Describe the relationship between the area of the base and the area of any cross section parallel to the base.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume 10.6 26
Answer:
The relationship between the area of the base and the area of any cross section parallel to the base  for 1st figure = 1: 2 %
The relationship between the area of the base and the area of any cross section parallel to the base  for 2nd figure = 1: 5%
The relationship between the area of the base and the area of any cross section parallel to the base  for 3rd figure = 1: 10%

Explanation:
In the above 3 figures  the base area is same for all the 3 figures = 100 square meters

Surface Area and Volume Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
A store pays $2 per pound for popcorn kernels. One cubic foot of kernels weighs about 45 pounds. Wha tis the selling price of the container shown when the markup is 30%?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cc 1
Understand the problem.
You are given the dimensions of a container of popcorn kernels and the price that a store pays for the kernels. You also know the weight of one cubic foot of popcorn kernels. You are asked to find the selling price of the container when the markup is 30%.
Make a plan.
Use the volume of the container to find the weight of the kernels. Then use the weight of the kernels to find the cost to the store. Finally, use the percent markup to find the selling price of the container.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:
Selling price = 525 $

Explanation:
Selling price = cost to store x markup + cost to store
selling price = $2 x 30% + $45
selling price = $2x 0.30 + $45
selling price = $525

Question 2.
The pyramid shown has a square base. What is the height of the pyramid? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cc 2
Answer:
The height of the pyramid = 3000 cm

Explanation:
The volume of the triangular pyramid = (1/3) x B h
1500 = (1/3) x 1.5 h
1500 = 0.5 h
h = (1500/3)
h = 3000 cm

Question 3.
A cylindrical can of soup has a height of 7 centimeters and a lateral surface area of 63π square centimeters. The can is redesigned to have a lateral surface area of 45π square centimeters without changing the radius of the can. What is the height of the new design? Justify your answer.
Answer:
The height of the new design can = 5 centimeters.

Explanation:
The can when it is redesigned to have a lateral surface area of 45π = 5 x 9 = 45
The height of the can when it is redesigned = 5 centimeters.

Performance Task

Volumes and Surface Areas of Small Objects
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Paper Measurements.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cc 3

Surface Area and Volume Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary
Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 1

Graphic Organizers
Information Frame You can use an to help organize and remember a concept. Here is an example of an Information Frame for Surface Areas of Rectangular Prisms.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 3
1. surface areas of prisms
2. surface areas of cylinders
3. surface areas of pyramids
4. volumes of prisms
5. volumes of pyramids
6. cross sections of three-dimensional figures

Chapter Self-Assessment
As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 4

10.1 Surface Areas of Prisms (pp. 409–414)
Learning Target: Find the surface area of a prism.

Find the surface area of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 5
Answer:
The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 158 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 8 w = 3 h = 5
rectangular prism =2(8 x 3) +(8 x 5) +(3 x 5)
prism = 2(24) + (40) +(15)
surface area =2(79)
surface area = 158 sq. in

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 6
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 562 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(7 x 8) + 2(8 x 15) +2(15×7) where l = 8m,w = 8m, h= 8m
surface area = 2(56) + 2(120)+ 2(105)
surface area =112 + 240 + 210
surface area = 562 sq. cm
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 7
Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 262 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2wh
surface area = 2(5 x 7) + 2(5x 8) +2(8×7) where l = 5m,w = 7m, h= 8m
surface area = 2(35) + 2(40)+ 2(56)
surface area =70 + 80 + 112
surface area = 262 sq. m

Question 4.
You want to wrap the box using a piece of wrapping paper that is 76 centimeters long by56 centimeters wide. Do you have enough wrapping paper to wrap the box? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 8
Answer:
The enough wrapping  paper to wrap the box = 4180 cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the Rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
where l = 35 w = 50 h = 4
rectangular prism =2(35 x 50) +(50 x 4) +(35 x 4)
prism = 2(1750) + (200) +(140)
surface area =2(2090)
surface area = 4180 sq. cm

Question 5.
To finish a project, you need to paint the lateral surfaces of a cube with side length 2.5 inches. Find the area that you need to paint.
Answer:

10.2 Surface Areas of Cylinders (pp. 415–420)
Learning Target: Find the surface area of a cylinder.

Find the surface area and lateral surface area of the cylinder. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 9
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 169.56 square yards
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 113.04 square yards

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 3  , height = 6  given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 6
surface area =  56.52+ 113.04
surface area = 169.56
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 3  , height = 6  given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 3 x 6
surface area = 113.04 sq. yards

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 10
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 34.196 square centimeters
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =30.144 square centimeters

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 0.8  , height = 6  given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 0.8 x 0.8 + 2 x 3.14 x 0.8 x 6
surface area =  4.0192+ 30.144
surface area = 34.196 square centimeters
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 0.8  , height = 6  given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 0.8 x 6
surface area = 30.144 square centimeters

Question 8.
The label covers the entire lateral surface area of the can. How much of the can is not covered by the label?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 11
Answer:
The can that is not covered =276.32 square centimeters

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 4 , height = 11  given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 4 x11
surface area = 276.32 square centimeters

10.3 Surface Areas of Pyramids (pp. 421–426)
Learning Target: Find the surface area of a pyramid.

Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 12
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid =  5 square inches.

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 2 +(1/2) x 3 x 2
surface area= 2 +3
surface area= 5 sq. in
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 13
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid =  42.5 sq. meters

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 8 +(1/2) x 10 x 6.9
surface area= 8 +34.5
surface area= 42.5 sq. m

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 14
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid = 115.8 sq. cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 84.3+(1/2) x 9 x 7
surface area= 84.3 +31.5
surface area= 115.8  sq. cm

Question 12.
The tent is shaped like a square pyramid. There is no fabric covering the ground.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 15
a. Estimate the amount of fabric needed to make the tent.
b. Fabric costs $5.25 per square yard. How much will it cost to make the tent?
Answer:
a. The amount of fabric needed to make the tent = 12 ft
b. The cost to make the tent =

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = A + (1/2) ps
surface area = 3+(1/2) x 3 x 6
surface area= 3 +9
surface area= 12 sq. ft

10.4 Volumes of Prisms (pp. 427–432)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a prism.

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 16
Answer:
The volume of prism = 96 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of prism = lwh
where l = 8,w=2,h = 6
volume = 8 x 2 x 6
volume = 96 cu. in

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 17
Answer:
The volume of prism = 240 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of prism =( lbh/2)
where l = 4,w=8,h = 7.5
volume = 8 x 4 x 7.5
volume = 240 cu. m

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 18
Answer:
The volume of prism =607.5 cu. mm

Explanation:
The volume of prism = lwh
where l = 15,w=4.5,h = 9
volume = 15 x 4.5 x 9
volume = 607.5 cu. mm

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 19
Answer:
The volume of prism =96 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of prism = lwh
where l = 6,w=3,h = 4
volume = 6 x 3 x 4
volume = 96 cu. m

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 20
Answer:
The volume of prism = 15.6 cu. cm

Explanation:
The volume of prism = lwh
where l = 2.6 ,w=1.5 ,h = 4
volume = 2.6 x1.5 x 4
volume = 15.6 cu. cm

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 21
Answer:
The volume of prism = 105 cubic feet

Explanation:
The volume of prism =( lbh/2)
where l = 7 ,w=5 ,h = 3
volume = 7 x 5 x 3
volume = 105 cu. feet

Question 19.
Two cereal boxes each hold exactly 192 cubic inches of cereal. Which box should a manufacturer choose to minimize the amount of cardboard needed to make the cereal boxes?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 22
Answer:
The first cereal box is used to minimize

10.5 Volumes of Pyramids (pp.433-438)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a pyramid.

Find the volume of the pyramid.
Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 23
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 133.33 cu. ft

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 17 20
volume = (340/3)
volume = 113.33 cu. ft

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 24
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 2100 cubic in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 210 x  30
volume = (6300/3)
volume = 2100 cubic in

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 25
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid = 48 cu. mm

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 16 x  9
volume = (144/3)
volume =48 cu. mm

Question 23.
A pyramid-shaped hip roof is a good choice for a house in an area with many hurricanes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 26
a. What is the volume of the roof to the nearest tenth of a foot?
b. What is the volume of the entire house, including the roof?
Answer:
a. The volume of the pyramid = 800 cu. ft

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 80 x  30
volume = (2400/3)
volume =800 cu. ft
b.
The volume of the pyramid = 400 cu. ft

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 40 x  30
volume = (1200/3)
volume =400 cu. ft

Question 24.
A laboratory creates calcite crystals for use in the study of light. The crystal is made up of two pieces of calcite that form a square pyramid. The base length of the top piece is 2 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 27
a. Find the volume of the entire pyramid.
b. Find the volume of each piece of the pyramid.
Answer:
a. The volume of the entire pyramid = 1.58 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 3.5 x  3
volume = (4.75/3)
volume =1.58 cu. in
b.The volume of the pyramid = 1.458 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of the pyramid = (1/3) B h
volume = (1/3) 3.5 x 1.25
volume = (4.375/3)
volume =1.458 cu. in

10.6 Cross Sections of Three-Dimensional Figures (pp. 439–444)
Learning Target: Describe the cross sections of a solid.

Describe the intersection of the plane and the solid.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 28
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid = two dimensional
The  cross section of a solid = rectangular prism

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cr 29
Answer:
The intersection of the plane of the solid = two dimensional
The  cross section of a solid = triangular prism

Sketch how a plane can intersect with a cylinder to form a cross section of the given shape.
Question 27.
rectangle
Answer:

Question 28.
circle
Answer:

Question 29.
line segment
Answer:

Surface Area and Volume Practice Test

Find the surface area of the prism or regular pyramid.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 1
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid = 7 ft

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = (1/3) x B h
surface area = (1/3) X 7 x 3
surface area = (21/3)
surface area = 7 sq. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 2
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid = 0.66 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = (1/3) x B h
surface area = (1/3) X 1 x 2
surface area = (2/3)
surface area = 0.66 sq. in

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 3
Answer:
The surface area of the pyramid = 47.5 sq. m

Explanation:
The surface area of the pyramid = (1/3) x B h
surface area = (1/3) X 9.5 x 15
surface area = (142.5/3)
surface area = 47.5 sq. m

Find the surface area and lateral surface area of the cylinder. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 4
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 62.8 sq. cm
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 37.68 sq. cm

Explanation:

The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 2 , height = 3 given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 2 + 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 3
surface area =  25.12+ 37.68
surface area = 62.8 sq. cm
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 2  , height = 3 given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 2 x 3
surface area = 37.68 sq. cm

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 5
Answer:
The surface area of the cylinder = 1623.38 sq. in
The lateral surface area of the cylinder = 863.5 sq. in

Explanation:
The surface area of the cylinder = 2πr2 + 2πrh
where  radius = 11 , height = 12.5 given
surface area = 2 x 3.14 x 11 x 11 + 2 x 3.14 x 11 x 12.5
surface area =  759.88+ 863.5
surface area = 1623.38 sq. in
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 11  , height = 12.5 given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 11 x 12.5
surface area = 863.5 sq. in

Find the volume of the solid.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 6
Answer:
Volume of the prism = 324 cu. in

Explanation:
Volume of the prism =( bhl/2)
volume = (9 x `12 x 6/2)
volume =(648 /2)
volume = 324 cu. in

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 7
Answer:
Volume of the prism = 41.6 cu. yd

Explanation
Volume of the prism =lwh
volume = (4 x `2 x 5.2)
volume =(41.6)
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 8
Answer:
Volume of the prism = 72 cu. m

Explanation:
Volume of the prism =( bhl/2)
volume = (3 x `8 x 6/2)
volume =(144/2)
volume = 72 cu. m

Question 9.
A quart of paint covers 80 square feet. How many quarts should you buy to paint the ramp with two coats? (Assume you will not paint the bottom of the ramp.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 9
Answer:
Volume of the prism = 2914.8 cu. ft

Explanation:
Volume of the prism =lwh
volume = (14x 34.7 x 6)
volume =2914.8 cu. ft

Question 10.
A manufacturer wants to double the volume of the graham cracker box. The manufacturer will either double the height or double the width.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 10
a. What is the volume of the new graham cracker box?
b. Which option uses less cardboard? Justify your answer.
c. A graham cracker takes up about 1.5 cubic inches of space. Write an inequality that represents the numbers of graham crackers that can fit in the new box.
Answer:
a. the volume of the new graham cracker box = 108 cu. in

Explanation:
Volume of the prism =lwh
volume = (9 x 2 x 6)
volume = 108 cu. in

Question 11.
The label on the can of soup covers about 354.2 square centimeters. What is the height of the can? Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 11
Answer:
The height of the can = 10,454.5672 cm

Explanation:
The lateral surface area of the cylinder =  2πrh
where  radius = 4.7 , height = 354.2 given
surface area =  2 x 3.14 x 4.7 x 354.2
surface area = 10,454.5672 cm

Question 12.
A lumberjack splits the cylindrical log from top to bottom with an ax, dividing it in half. Describe the shape that is formed by the cut.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume pt 12
Answer:
cylinder.

Explanation:
The shape that formed by the cut = cylinder

Surface Area and Volume Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 1
Question 1.
A gift box and its dimensions are shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 2
What is the least amount of wrapping paper that you need to wrap the box?
A. 20 in.2
B. 56 in.2
C. 64 in.2
D. 112 in.2
Answer:
option C is correct.

Explanation:
The least amount of wrapping paper that need to wrap the box = l x w x h
8 x 4 x 2
64
Question 2.
James is getting ready for wrestling season. As part of his preparation, he plans to lose 5% of his body weight. James currently weighs 160 pounds. How much will he weigh, in pounds, after he loses 5% of his weight?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 3
Answer:
he weigh after he loses 5 % = 128

Question 3.
How far will the tip of the hour hand of the clock travel in 2 hours? (Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 4
F. 44 mm
G. 88 mm
H. 264 mm
I. 528 mm
Answer:
option G is correct

Explanation:
The circumference of circle = 2 π r h

Question 4.
Which value of x makes the equation true?
5x – 3 = 11
A. 1.6
B. 2.8
C. 40
D. 70
Answer:
option B is correct

Explanation:
5x – 3 = 11
5x = 11 + 3
5x = 14
x = (14/3)
x = 2.8
Question 5.
A hockey rink contains 5 face-off circles. Each of these circles has a radius of 15 feet. What is the total area of all the face-off circles? (Use 3.14 for π.)
F. 706.5 ft 2
G. 2826 ft2
H. 3532.5 ft2
I. 14,130 ft2
Answer:
Option G is correct

Explanation:
The surface area of circle = 2rhπ
circle = 2 x 15 x 5 x 3.14

Question 6.
How much material is needed to make the popcorn container?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 5
A. 76π in.2
B. 84π in.2       
C. 92π in.2
D. 108π in.2

Answer:
The material needed to make the popcorn container = 76π in.2

Explanation:
The lateral surface area = 2πrh
surface area = 2 x 9.5 x 4 π
surface area = 76π in.2

Question 7.
What is the surface area of the square pyramid?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 6
F. 24 in.2
G. 96 in.2
H. 132 in.2
I. 228 in.2
Answer:
Option g is correct

Explanation:
surface area = 2 x l x h
surface area = 2 x 8 x 6
surface area = 96 square inches

Question 8.
A rectangular prism and its dimensions are shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 7
What is the volume, in cubic inches, of a rectangular prism whose dimensions are three times greater?
Answer:
The volume of rectangular prism = 24 cu. in

Explanation:
The volume of rectangular prism l w h
volume = 4 x 3 x 2
volume = 24 cu. in
Question 9.
What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 8
A. 20
B. 43
C. 44
D. 65
Answer:
option A  is correct

Explanation:
(2x + 4) = 46
2x = (46 – 4)
2x = 42
x = 21

Question 10.
Which of the following are possible angle measures of a triangle?
F. 60°, 50°, 20°
G. 40°, 80°, 90°
H. 30°, 60°, 90°
I. 0°, 90°, 90°
Answer:
option H is the correct

Explanation:
The angles of a triangle = 30°, 60°, 90°

Question 11.
The table shows the costs of buying matinee movie tickets.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume cp 9
Part A Graph the data.
Part B Find and interpret the constant of proportionality for the graph of the line.
Part C How much does it cost to buy 8 matinee movie tickets?
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 10 Surface Area and Volume

Here you are at the end of the page. You have learned about formula solving and many other things that have helped you to solve the problems at the next level. If you come across some problems of a higher level then this site helps you to attempt those topics and even solve some. If in the future you want to refer by starting from trash, take a look at this site and clear all your doubts. Bookmark the site for future use and reach us whenever needed.

Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data

Students of Grade K can get a strong foundation on mathematics concepts by referring to the Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Classify and Sort Data. It was developed by highly professional mathematics educators and the solutions prepared by them are in a concise manner for easy grasping.

Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key 12 Classify and Sort Data

To achieve high score s in Grade K, students need to solve all questions and exercises included in Go Math Grade K. So, teachers and students can find this Go Math Answer Key for Grade K more helpful in raising students’ scores and supporting teachers to educate the students. With the help of Go Math Primary School Grade K Answer Key, you can think deeply regarding what you are learning, and you will really learn math easily just like that.

Classify and Sort Data Show What You Know

DIRECTIONS 1. Circle the fruits that are red. 2. Circle the triangles. 3. Count and write how many in each set. Circle the set with more objects. 4. Count and write how many in each set. Circle the set with fewer objects.

Color and Shape
Question 1.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 1.1

Answer:
The number of fruits that are in red color = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
the fruits are apple, watermelon, pineapple, orange, cherries, banana, strawberry.
out of all, there are 4 fruits in red color.
The number of fruits that are in red color = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-1

Question 2.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 1.2

Answer:
The number of Triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
Circle the triangles.
the number of triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-2

Compare Sets
Question 3.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 1.3

Answer:
The number of butterflies = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 6 butterflies.
the number of butterflies = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-3

Question 4.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 1.4

Answer:
The number of butterflies = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 6 butterflies.
the number of butterflies = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-4

Answer:
The number of shells = 7.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 7 shells.
the number of shells = 7.

Question 5.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 1.5

Answer:
The number of bees = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 8 bees.
the number of bees = 8.

Answer:
The number of flowers = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 9 flowers.
the number of flowers = 9.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-5

Classify and Sort Data Vocabulary Builder

DIRECTIONS Tell what you know about the ladybugs. Some of the ladybugs are different. Circle those ladybugs and tell why they are different. Tell what you know about the butterflies.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 1.6

Answer:
The number of butterflies = 5.
The butterflies are in a different colors.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 5 butterflies.
the number of butterflies = 5.

Answer:
The number of ladybugs = 8.
Some ladybugs are dancing and some of them are blowing mike.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 8 ladybugs.
the number of ladybugs = 8.

Classify and Sort Data Game At the Farm

DIRECTIONS Use the picture to play I Spy with a partner. Decide who will go first. Player 1 looks at the picture, selects an object, and tells Player 2 the color of the object. Player 2 must guess what Player 1 sees. Once Player 2 guesses correctly, it is his or her turn to choose an object and have Player 1 guess.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 1.7

Answer:
The number of ducks = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 4 ducks.
the number of ducks = 4.

Answer:
The number of baskets = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 3 baskets.
the number of baskets = 3.

Classify and Sort Data Vocabulary Game

Guess the Word
DIRECTIONS Players take turns. A player chooses a secret word from the Word Box and then sets the timer. The player gives hints about the secret word. If the other player guesses the secret word before time runs out, he or she puts a connecting cube in the chart. The first player who has connecting cubes in all his or her boxes is the winner.

MATERIALS timer, connecting cubes for each player
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 1.8

The Write Way
DIRECTIONS Choose one idea.

  • Draw to show how to classify objects by size.
  • Draw to show a graph. Reflect Be ready to tell about your drawing.

Lesson 12.1 Algebra • Classify and Count by Color

Essential Question How can you classify and count objects by color?

Listen and Draw

DIRECTIONS Choose a color. Use that color crayon to color the clouds. Sort and classify a handful of shapes into a set of that color and a set of not that color. Draw and color the shapes.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 1

Answer:
The color of the cloud is the blue color.
The color of the heart symbol is red color.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the color of the cloud is blue color.
The color of the heart symbol is red color.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-1

Share and Show

Question 1.
DIRECTIONS 1. Place shapes as shown. Sort and classify the shapes by the category of color. Draw and color the shapes in each category.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 2

Answer:
The number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The number of shapes that are in blue color = 2.
The number of shapes that are in yellow color = 1.
The number of shapes that are in green color = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are red, blue, yellow, and green.
the shapes are circle, triangle, square, and rectangle.
The number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The number of shapes that are in blue color = 2.
The number of shapes that are in yellow color = 1.
The number of shapes that are in green color = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-2

DIRECTIONS Look at the categories of color in Exercise 1. Count how many in each category. 2. Circle the categories of color that have one shape. Write the number. 3. Circle the category that has two shapes. Write the number. 4. Circle the category that has three shapes. Write the number.
Question 2.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 3

Answer:
The number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The number of shapes that are in blue color = 2.
The number of shapes that are in yellow color = 1.
The number of shapes that are in green color = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are red, blue, yellow, and green.
the shapes are circle, triangle, square, and rectangle.
The number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The number of shapes that are in blue color = 2.
The number of shapes that are in yellow color = 1.
The number of shapes that are in green color = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-3

Question 3.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 4

Answer:
The number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The number of shapes that are in blue color = 2.
The number of shapes that are in yellow color = 1.
The number of shapes that are in green color = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are red, blue, yellow, and green.
the shapes are circle, triangle, square, and rectangle.
The number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The number of shapes that are in blue color = 2.
The number of shapes that are in yellow color = 1.
The number of shapes that are in green color = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-4

Question 4.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 5

Answer:
The number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The number of shapes that are in blue color = 2.
The number of shapes that are in yellow color = 1.
The number of shapes that are in green color = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are red, blue, yellow, and green.
the shapes are circle, triangle, square, and rectangle.
The number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The number of shapes that are in blue color = 2.
The number of shapes that are in yellow color = 1.
The number of shapes that are in green color = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-5

Problem Solving • Applications

DIRECTIONS 5. Ava placed her shapes as shown. How did she sort and classify her shapes? Draw one more shape in each category. 6. Draw to show what you know about sorting and classifying by color.
Question 5.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 6

Answer:
The number of shapes in the 1st category = 6.
The number of shapes in the 2nd category = 6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are
rectangle, triangle, square, circle.
The number of shapes in the 1st category = 6.
The number of shapes in the 2nd category = 6.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-6

Question 6.
Answer:
Sorting = Arrange systematically in groups and separating according to type.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
draw the shapes and sort it.
Sorting = Arrange systematically in groups and separating according to type.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-7

HOME ACTIVITY • Provide your child with different colors of the same objects, such as straws, socks, or toys. Ask him or her to sort and classify the objects into two sets, a set of all one color and a set of all the other colors.

Algebra • Classify and Count by Color Homework & Practice 12.1

DIRECTIONS 1. Place a yellow square, red triangle, red rectangle, yellow square, and red triangle at the top of the page as shown. Sort and classify the shapes by the category of color. Draw and color the shapes in each category. 2. Look at the categories in Exercise 1. Count how many in each category. Circle the category that has 3 shapes. Write the number.
Question 1.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 7

Answer:
The number of squares = 2.
The number of rectangle = 1.
the number of triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the yellow square, red rectangle, red triangle, yellow square, and red triangle.
Sort and classify the shapes by category.
The number of squares = 2.
The number of rectangle = 1.
the number of triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-8

Question 2.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 8

Answer:
The shape that has red color = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of shapes that are in red color = 3.
The shape that has red color = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-9

DIRECTIONS 1. Look at the set of shapes. Which shape belongs in the same category? Draw that shape in the box and color it. How many shapes are in the category now? Write the number. 2. Which shape does not stack? Mark an X on the shape. 3. Count and tell how many pieces of fruit. Write the number.
Lesson Check
Question 1.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 9

Answer:
The number of triangles = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 4 triangles.
the number of triangles = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-10

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 10

Answer:
The shape does not stack = sphere.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are prism, cylinder, sphere, and cylinder.
The shape does not stack = sphere.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-11

Question 3.
Grade K Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.1 11

Answer:
The number of fruits = 20.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 20 fruits.
The number of fruits = 20.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-12

Lesson 12.2 Algebra • Classify and Count by Shape

Essential Question How can you classify and count objects by shape?

Listen and Draw

DIRECTIONS Choose a shape. Draw the shape at the top of each side. Sort and classify a handful of shapes into a set of the shape you chose and a set that is not that shape. Draw and color the shapes.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 1

Answer:
0.93.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the numbers are (3/10), (41/100), and (22/100).
(3/10) = 0.3.
(41/100) = 0.41.
(22/100) = 0.22.
0.3 + 0.41 + 0.22 = 0.93.

Share and Show

DIRECTIONS 1. Place shapes as shown. Sort and classify the shapes by the category of shape. Draw and color the shapes in each category.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 2

Answer:
The number of circles = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There is 1 circle.
the number of circles = 1.

Answer:
The number of squares = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There is 1 square.
the number of squares = 1.

Answer:
The number of triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 2 triangles.
the number of triangles = 2.

Answer:
The number of rectangles = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 3 rectangles.
the number of rectangles = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-1

DIRECTIONS Look at the categories of shapes in Exercise 1. Count how many in each category. 2. Circle the categories of shapes that have one shape. Write the number. 3. Circle the category that has two shapes. Write the number. 4. Circle the category that has three shapes. Write the number.
Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 3

Answer:
The number of circles = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There is 1 circle.
the number of circles = 1.

Answer:
The number of squares = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There is 1 square.
the number of squares = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 4

Answer:
The number of triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 2 triangles.
the number of triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 5

Answer:
The number of rectangles = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 3 rectangles.
the number of rectangles = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-4

Problem Solving • Applications

DIRECTIONS 5. Brandon used his shapes. How did he sort and classify his shapes? Draw one more shape in each category. 6. Using the same shapes, draw to show what you know about sorting and classifying by shape in a different way.
Question 5.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 6

Answer:
The number of squares = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 3 squares.
the number of squares = 3.

Answer:
The number of rhombus = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 2 rhombus.
the number of rhombus = 2.

Answer:
The number of circles = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There is 1 circle.
the number of circles = 1.

Answer:
The number of triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 2 triangles.
the number of triangles = 2.

Answer:
The number of rectangles = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 3 rectangles.
the number of rectangles = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-5

Question 6.

Answer:
Sorting = Distinguish between necessary and unnecessary items and eliminate the unnecessary items.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the meaning of sorting is
Distinguish between necessary and unnecessary items and eliminate the unnecessary items.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.1-7

HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child sort objects in a house into categories of shape.

Algebra • Classify and Count by Shape Homework & Practice 12.2

DIRECTIONS 1. Place a green triangle, blue circle, red triangle, and blue circle at the top of the page as shown. Sort and classify the shapes by the category of shape. Draw and color the shapes in each category. 2. Look at the categories in Exercise 1. Count how many in each category. Circle the categories that have two shapes. Write the number.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 7

Answer:
The number of circles = 2.
the number of triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
green triangle, blue circle, red triangle, and blue circle.
Sort and classify the shapes by category.
The number of squares = 2.
The number of rectangle = 1.
the number of triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-6

Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 8

Answer:
The number of triangles = 2.
The number of circles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes of triangles and circles.
the number of triangles = 2.
the number of circles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-7

DIRECTIONS 1. Look at the set of shapes. Which shape belongs in the same category? Draw that shape in the oval. How many shapes are in the category now? Write the number. 2. Find two crayons. Place one end of each crayon on the line. Compare the lengths. Draw the crayons. Say longer than, shorter than, or about the same length to describe the lengths. Circle the longer crayon. 3. Complete the addition sentence to show the numbers that match the cube train.
Lesson Check
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 9

Answer:
The number of triangles = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There are 4 triangles.
the number of triangles = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-8

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 10

Answer:
The length of the 1st crayon = 4 cm.
The length of the 2nd crayon = 2 cm.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 2 crayons.
the 1st crayon is longer than the 2nd crayon.
The length of the 1st crayon = 4 cm.
The length of the 2nd crayon = 2 cm.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-9

Question 3.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.2 11

Answer:
The number is 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 5.
5 = 1 + 4.
so the number is 5.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.2-10

Lesson 12.3 Algebra • Classify and Count by Size

Essential Question How can you classify and count objects by size?

Listen and Draw

DIRECTIONS Sort and classify a handful of shapes by size. Draw and color the shapes.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 1

Answer:
The objects which are in short length = small objects.
The objects which are in long length = large objects.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of objects is short and large.
The objects which are in short length = small objects.
The objects which are in long length = large objects.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-1

Share and Show

DIRECTIONS 1. Place shapes as shown. Sort and classify the shapes by the category of size. Draw and color the shapes in each category.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 2

Answer:
The number of triangles = 2.
The number of rectangles = 3.
The number of squares = 1.
The number of circles = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are triangle, rectangle, squares, and circle.
The number of triangles = 2.
The number of rectangles = 3.
The number of squares = 1.
The number of circles = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-2

DIRECTIONS Look at the categories of size in Exercise 1. Count how many in each category. 2. Circle the category that has three per category. Write the number. 3. Circle the category that has four per category. Write the number.
Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 3

Answer:
The number of rectangles = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There is 1 small and 2 big rectangles.
the number of rectangles = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-4

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 4

Answer:
The number of rectangles = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
given that,
There is 1 small and 2 big rectangles.
the number of rectangles = 3.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-5
Algebra • Classify and Count by Size Homework & Practice 12.3

DIRECTIONS 1. Place a yellow square, blue circle, red rectangle, and blue rectangle at the top of the page as shown. Sort and classify the shapes by the category of size. Draw and color the shapes in each category. 2. Look at the categories in Exercise 1. Count how many in each category. Circle the category that has one per category. Write the number.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 5

Answer:
The number of circles = 1.
the number of rectangles = 2.
the number of squares = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
yellow square, blue circle, red rectangle, and blue rectangle.
Sort and classify the shapes by category.
The number of squares = 1.
The number of rectangle = 2.
the number of circles = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-6

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 6

Answer:
The number of rectangle = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number of small rectangles = 1.
The number of rectangle = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-7

DIRECTIONS 1. Sort and classify the shapes by the category of size. Draw the shapes in each category. 2. How many flat surfaces does the cylinder have? Write the number. 3. Sarah makes a five-cube train. She takes the cube train apart to show how many cubes are gray. Trace and write to show the subtraction sentence for Sarah’s cube train.
Lesson Check
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 7

Answer:
The number of small objects = 3.
The number of big objects = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are circle, square, rectangle, and triangle.
The number of small objects = 3.
The number of big objects = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-8

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 8

Answer:
The number of flat surfaces = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number of flat surfaces = 2
there are 2 flat surfaces for the cylinder.
the number of flat surfaces = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-9

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 9

Answer:
The number is 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number is 5.
5 – 2 = 3.
The number is 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-10

Classify and Sort Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Concepts and Skills

DIRECTIONS 1. Look at the set at the beginning of the row. Circle the shape that belongs in that set. (K.MD.B.3) 2. Look at the shape at the beginning of the row. Mark an X on the set in which the shape belongs. (K.MD.B.3) 3. Draw lines to match the shapes to the category.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 10

Answer:
The shape of the circle = yellow.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The shapes are blue, green, and yellow.
the yellow color matches the 1st category.
The shapes of the circle = yellow.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-11

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 11

Answer:
The Triangle belongs to the 2nd category.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The shape is a triangle,
the triangle belongs to the 2nd category.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-12

Question 3.
THINK SMARTER
Go Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Classify and Sort Data 12.3 12

Answer:
The circle, square, and triangle in green color.
The triangles are big.
The circle, square, and triangle are small.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are triangles.
The circle, square, and triangle in green color.
The triangles are big.
The circle, square, and triangle are small.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.3-13

Lesson 12.4 Make a Concrete Graph

Essential Question How can you make a graph to count objects that have been classified into categories?

Listen and Draw

DIRECTIONS Place a handful of orange and green cubes on the workspace. Sort and classify the cubes by the category of color. Move the cubes to the graph by category. Draw and color the cubes. Tell a friend how many in each category.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 1

Answer:
The number of orange cubes = 4.
The number of green cubes = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are 4 orange and 3 green cubes.
The number of orange cubes = 4.
The number of green cubes = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-1

Share and Show

DIRECTIONS 1. Place a handful of red and blue cubes on the workspace. Sort and classify the cubes by category. 2. Move the cubes to the graph. Draw and color the cubes. 3. Write how many of each cube.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 2

Answer:
The number of cubes = 5.
the number of green cubes = 3.
the number of orange cubes = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of cubes = 5.
the number of green cubes = 3.
the number of orange cubes = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 3

Answer:
The number of red cubes = 4.
The number of blue cubes = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number of red cubes = 4.
The number of blue cubes = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 4

Answer:
The number of red cubes = 4.
The number of blue cubes = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number of red cubes = 4.
The number of blue cubes = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-4

DIRECTIONS 4. Place a handful of green circles and triangles on the workspace. Sort and classify the shapes by category. 5. Move the shapes to the graph. Draw and color the shapes. 6. Write how many of each shape.
Question 4.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 5

Answer:
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of circles and triangles.
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-5

Question 5.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 6

Answer:
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of circles and triangles.
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-6

Question 6.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 7

Answer:
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of circles and triangles.
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-7

Problem Solving • Applications

DIRECTIONS 7. Use five cubes of two colors. Color the cubes to show the categories. Draw and color to show what you know about making a graph with those cubes. How many are in each category? Write the numbers.
Question 7.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 8

Answer:
The number of green cubes = 3.
the number of orange cubes = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of cubes = 5.
the number of green cubes = 3.
the number of orange cubes = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-8

HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child tell about the graph that he or she made on this page.

Make a Concrete Graph Homework & Practice 12.4

DIRECTIONS 1. Place a handful of green circles and triangles on the workspace. Sort and classify the shapes by category. 2. Move the shapes to the graph. Draw and color the shapes. 3. Write how many of each shape.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 9

Answer:
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of circles and triangles.
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-5

Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 10

Answer:
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of circles and triangles.
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-6

Question 3.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 11

Answer:
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of circles and triangles.
the number of green circles = 3.
the number of green triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-9

DIRECTIONS 1. Look at the shapes. Draw and color the shapes in the graph. Write how many of each shape. 2. Make a cube train that is about the same height as the cube train shown. Draw and color the cube train. 3. How many tiles are there? Write the number.
Lesson Check
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 12

Answer:
The number of triangles = 5.
The number of squares = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The shapes are triangles, and squares.
The number of triangles = 5.
The number of squares = 2.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-10

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 13

Answer:
The number of cubes = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of cubes = 3.
cube train = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-11

Question 3.
Go Math Grade K Answer Key Chapter Classify and Sort Data 12.4 14

Answer:
The number of tiles = 14.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 14 tiles.
the number of tiles = 14.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.4-12

Lesson 12.5 Problem Solving • Read a Graph

Essential Question How can you read a graph to count objects that have been classified into categories?

Try Another Problem

DIRECTIONS 1. Billy made a graph showing his counters. Color the counters to show his categories. How many counters are in each category? Write the numbers. 2. Circle the category that has more counters on the graph.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 1
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 2

Answer:
The number of yellow counter = 5.
The number of red counters = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are yellow and red counters.
The number of yellow counter = 5.
The number of red counters = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 3

Answer:
The number of yellow counter = 5.
The number of red counters = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are yellow and red counters.
The number of yellow counter = 5.
The number of red counters = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-2

Share and Show

DIRECTIONS 3. Rong made a graph of her counters. Color the counters to show her categories. How many counters are in each category? Write the numbers. 4. Circle the category that has fewer counters on the graph.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 4
Question 3.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 5

Answer:
The number of yellow counter = 4.
The number of red counters = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are yellow and red counters.
The number of yellow counter = 4.
The number of red counters = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 6

Answer:
The number of yellow counter = 4.
The number of red counters = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are yellow and red counters.
The number of yellow counter = 4.
The number of red counters = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-4

On Your Own

DIRECTIONS 5. Brian has more blue cubes than red cubes. Draw and color to show his cubes on the graph. Count how many in each category. Write the numbers.
Question 5.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 7.1

Answer:
The number of red cubes = 3.
The number of blue cubes = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number of red cubes = 3.
The number of blue cubes = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-5

HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child tell about the graph he or she made on this page. Ask him or her which category has more cubes and which category has fewer cubes.

Problem Solving • Read a Graph Homework & Practice 12.5

DIRECTIONS 1. Color the counters to show the categories. R is for red, and Y is for yellow. How many counters are in each category? Write the numbers. 2. Circle the category that has more counters on the graph.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 7.2
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 7

Answer:
The number of yellow counter = 3.
The number of red counters = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are yellow and red counters.
The number of yellow counter = 3.
The number of red counters = 4.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-6
Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 8

Answer:
The number of yellow counter = 3.
The number of red counters = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are yellow and red counters.
The number of yellow counter = 3.
The number of red counters = 4.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-7

DIRECTIONS 1. How many counters are in each category? Write the numbers. Circle the category that has more counters. 2. Complete the addition sentence to show the numbers that match the cube train. 3. Make a cube train that is about the same length as the cube train shown. Draw and color the cube train.
Lesson Check
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 9

Answer:
The number of yellow counter = 5.
The number of red counters = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are yellow and red counters.
The number of yellow counter = 5.
The number of red counters = 3.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-8

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 10

Answer:
The number of cubes = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of cubes = 8.
3 + 5 = 8.
cube train = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-9

Question 3.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data 12.5 11

Answer:
The number of cubes = 8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of cubes = 8.
3 + 5 = 8.
cube train = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-10

Classify and Sort Data Review/Test

DIRECTIONS 1. Lin sorted some shapes into categories by color. Look at the shape at the beginning of the row. Mark an X on the category that shows where the shape belongs. 2. Draw and color a shape that belongs in this category. 3. Look at the shape at the beginning of the row. Mark under all of the categories the shape can belong.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 1

Answer:
The number of circles = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The number of circles = 1.
The number of circles = 1.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-11
Question 2.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 2

Answer:
The number of circles = 2.
The number of triangles = 2.
The number of square = 1.
The number of rhombus = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are circle, triangle, square, and rhombus.
The number of circles = 2.
The number of triangles = 2.
The number of square = 1.
The number of rhombus = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-12

Question 3.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 3

Answer:
The number of circles = 2.
The number of triangles = 2.
The number of square = 1.
The number of rhombus = 1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are circle, triangle, square, and rhombus.
The number of circles = 2.
The number of triangles = 2.
The number of square = 1.
The number of rhombus = 1.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-13

DIRECTIONS 4. Draw and color a shape that belongs in this category. 5. Mark an X on each big shape. Write how many big objects. Draw a circle around each of the small objects. Write how many small objects. 6. Draw lines to match the shapes to the way they were sorted.
Question 4.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 4

Answer:
The number of rectangles.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
There are squares and rectangles.
The number of rectangles.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-14

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER+
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 5

Answer:
The number of big objects = 2.
The number of small objects = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the big objects and small objects.
The number of big objects = 2.
The number of small objects = 4.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-15

Question 6.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 6

Answer:
The big objects are square, triangle, and circe.
the small objects are square, circle, and triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are square, triangle, and circle.
The big objects are square, triangle, and circe.
the small objects are square, circle, and triangle.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-16

DIRECTIONS 7. Sort and classify the shapes by category. Draw each shape on the graph. Write how many of each shape. 8. Jake sorted some shapes. Then he made a graph. Count how many shapes there are in each category. Mark an X on the category that has more shapes.
Question 7.
THINK SMARTER+
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 7

Answer:
the number of circles = 3.
the number of triangles = 2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the number of circles and triangles.
the number of circles = 3.
the number of triangles = 2.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-17

Question 8.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 8

Answer:
The number of squares = 2.
The number of circles = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are square and circles.
The number of squares = 2.
The number of circles = 3.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-18

DIRECTIONS 9. Is this chart sorted by color, size, and shape? Choose Yes or No. 10. Choose all of the sets with the same number of objects.
Question 9.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 9

Answer:
The square is red in color.
The circle is blue in color.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the shapes are circle and square.
The square is red in color.
The circle is blue in color.
Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-19

Question 10.
Go Math Grade K Chapter 12 Answer Key Pdf Classify and Sort Data rt 10

Answer:
The number of objects in all sets = 3.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
there are 4 sets.
each set contains different objects.
so we have to choose 3 sets equal.
The number of objects in all sets = 3.

Go-Math-Grade-K-Chapter-12-Answer-Key-12 Classify and Sort Data-12.5-20

Ordered Pair – Definition, Facts, Examples | Equality of Ordered Pairs | How to find Ordered Pairs?

Ordered Pair

Sets are a collection of well-defined objects. In general, we can represent a set in three forms they are statement or description form, roster form, and set builder. The other easy way to represent a set in some situations is an ordered pair. As we already learned that an ordered pair in the coordinate plane has two coordinates namely x-coordinate and y-coordinate. In the same way, ordered pair in the set theory also has two elements. Check the following sections to know more about an ordered pair definition and solved questions.

Also, Read:

What is an Ordered Pair in Math?

The pair of elements that occur in a particular order, separated by a comma and are enclosed in brackets is called a set of ordered pairs. If a, b are two elements of a set, then it is possible to write two different pairs are (a, b) and (b, a). In (a, b) a is called the first component and b is called the second component.

If A and B are two sets and a is an element of set A and b is an element of set B, then the ordered pair of elements is (a, b). Here a is called the 1st component and b is called the 2nd component of the ordered pair. The ordered pair is used to locate a point in the coordinate system. The first integer in the ordered pair s called either x-coordinate or abscissa and the second integer is ordinate or y-coordinate.

Equality of Ordered Pairs

Two ordered pairs are said to be equal if and only if the corresponding 1st components and 2nd components are equal. In case their corresponding components are not equal, then the ordered pairs are not equal. It means (a, b) ≠ (b, a) as their 1st, 2nd components are not equal. For example, two ordered pairs (x, y) and (m, n) are equal if x = m and y = n. Both the elements of an ordered pair can be the same but they are not equal.

Ordered Pairs Examples

Example 1:

Calculate the values of a and b if two ordered pairs (a, b) and (7, 8) are equal.

Solution:

Given two ordered pairs are (a, b) and (7, 8)

Two ordered pairs are equal means their corresponding elements are also equal.

So, 1st components are equal, second components are equal.

a = 7 and b = 8.

Example 2:

If (2x + 5, \(\frac { y }{ 2 } \) – 7) = (10, 16), then find the values of x and y.

Solution:

Given that,

(2x + 5, \(\frac { y }{ 2 } \) – 7) = (10, 16)

Two ordered pairs are equal means their corresponding first components and second components are equal.

So, 2x + 5 = 10 and \(\frac { y }{ 2 } \) – 7 = 16

2x = 10 – 5 and \(\frac { y }{ 2 } \) = 16 + 7

2x = 5 and \(\frac { y }{ 2 } \) = 23

x = \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 } \) and y = 23 x 2

x = \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 } \) and y = 46

Example 3:

Find the values of a, b if both ordered pairs (3a, 3) and (5a – 4, b + 1) are equal.

Solution:

Given two ordered pairs are (3a, 3), (5a – 4, b + 1)

Two ordered pairs are equal means their corresponding first components and second components are equal.

So, Equate 1st components

3a = 5a – 4

5a – 3a – 4 = 0

2a = 4

a = \(\frac { 4 }{ 2 } \)

a = 2

Equate second components

3 = b + 1

b = 3 – 1

b = 2

Therefore, a = 2, b = 2.

FAQ’s on Ordered Pairs

1. What is an ordered pair in the sets?

An ordered pair has a pair of elements that are placed in a particular order and enclosed in brackets. There are formed while doing the cross product of sets.

2. What is the structure of an ordered pair?

The structure of an ordered pair is (a, b). Where a is the 1st component, b is the 2nd component of the ordered pair and a ∈ A, b ∈ B.

3. How to say 2 ordered pairs are equal?

Two ordered pairs are equal only when their corresponding component values are equal. The ordered pair (x, y) is equal to (a, b) means x = a and y = b.

Cartesian Product of Two Sets – Definition, Properties, Examples | How do you find Cartesian Product of Two Sets?

Cartesian Product of Two Sets

Cartesian Product is one of the operations performed on sets. Set is a collection of well-defined objects. Cartesian product is nothing but multiplying two or more sets to get the product set. It is also known as the cross product. Get to know about the Cartesian Product of Two Sets definition, solved examples, and what is an ordered pair and others in the following sections.

Cartesian Product of Two Sets – Definition

The cartesian product of two sets A and B is denoted by A x B. Where A x B is a set of all possible ordered pairs in the form of (a, b), here a ∈ A, b ∈ B. The roster form of the cartesian product of two sets is A x B = {(a, b) | a ∈ A and b ∈ B}. The cartesian product is also called the cross product.

The cartesian product of two sets A x B is not equal to B x A. Because their ordered pairs are not equal. If A = B, then the cartesian product A x B = A x A = A² is called the cartesian square. A² = {(a, b) : a ∈ A and b ∈ A}. Follow these sections to learn the concept of the ordered pair in sets.

Ordered Pairs

Ordered pairs are formed when you perform cross product between two sets. Ordered pairs are the pairs of numbers with coordinates to represent various points on the coordinate place. It is defined as the set of two objects gathered with an order associated with them. These are usually, written in parenthesis and each element are separated by a comma. In an ordered pair (a, b) the element a is called the first component or first entry and element b is called the second component or second entry of the pair.

Two ordered pairs are said to be equal if their corresponding entries are equal. So, (a, b) ≠ (b, a). The equality of ordered pairs is (a, b) = (d, c) only when a = d and b = c.

If an ordered pair has more than two elements in it, then it is called an ordered n-tuple. An ordered n-tuple is formed when a set of n objects are grouped with an order associated with them. Tuples are denoted by (a1, a2, a3, a4, . . . an). Ordered pairs are also called 2-tuples.

Properties of Cross Product

  • The cartesian product is non-commutative.
    • A x B ≠ B x A.
    • A x B = B x A only when A = B.
    • A x B = ∅, if either A = ∅ or B = ∅
  • The cartesian product is non-associative:
    • (A x B) x C ≠ A x (B x C)
  • Distributive Property over Set Union is
    • A x (B U C) = (A x B) U (A x C)
  • Distributive Property over Set Intersection is
    • A x (B ∩ C) = (A x B) ∩ (A x C)
  • Distributive Property over Set Difference is
    • A x (B – C) = (A x B) – (A x C)
  • If A ⊆ B, then A × C ⊆ B × C for any set C.

Cartesian Product of Several Sets

Cartesian product of several sets means the product of more than two sets. The cross product of n non-empty sets is A₁ x A₂ x A₃ x . . . x An is defined as the set of ordered n-tuples (a₁, a₂, a₃, . . an) where ai ∈ Ai. If A₁ = A₂ = A₃ . . . = An = A then A₁ x A₂ x A₃ x . . . x An is the nth cartesian power of set A and is denoted as An.

Also, Read:

Intersection of Sets Operations on Sets
Union of Sets Complement of a Set
Difference of Two Sets

Cartesian Product of Two Sets Examples

Question 1:

If A = {4, 8, 15}, B = {x, y, z}, then find A x B and B x A.

Solution:

Given two finite non-empty sets are

A = {4, 8, 15}, B = {x, y, z}

A x B = {4, 8, 15} x {x, y, z}

= {(4, x), (4, y), (4, z), (8, x), (8, y), (8, z), (15, x), (15, y), (15, z)}

B x A = {x, y, z} x {4, 8, 15}

= {(x, 4), (x, 8), (x, 15), (y, 4), (y, 8), (y, 15), (z, 4), (z, 8), (z, 15)}

The 9 ordered pairs thus formed can represent the position of points in a plane, if A and B are subsets of a set of real numbers.

Question 2:

If A = {a, b, c, d}, then find A x A or A².

Solution:

Given set is A = {a, b, c, d}

A² = A x A = {a, b, c, d} x {a, b, c, d}

= {(a, a), (a, b), (a, c), (a, d), (b, a), (b, b), (b, c), (b, d), (c, a), (c, b), (c, c), (c, d), (d, a), (d, b), (d, c), (d, d)}

The number of ordered pairsare 16.

Question 3:

If A and B are two sets and A × B consists of 6 elements: If three elements of A × B are (2, 5) (3, 7) (4, 7) find A × B.

Solution:

Given that,

A × B consists of 6 elements.

Three elements of A × B are (2, 5) (3, 7) (4, 7)

By observing the above-ordered pairs, we can say that 2, 3, 4 are the elements of setA and 5, 7 are the elements of set B.

So, A = {2, 3, 4}, B = {5, 7}

Then A x B = {(2, 5), (2, 7), (3, 5), (3, 7), (4, 5), (4, 7)}

Thus A x B has 6 elements.

Question 4:

If A = {2, 4, 6}, B = {1, 3, 5}, then find (i) A x B (ii) B x B (iii) B x A (iv) A x A.

Solution:

Given two sets are A = {2, 4, 6}, B = {1, 3, 5}

(i) A x B = {2, 4, 6} x {1, 3, 5}

= {(2, 1), (2, 3), (2, 5), (4, 1), (4, 3), (4, 5), (6, 1), (6, 3), (6, 5)}

(ii) B x B = {1, 3, 5} x {1, 3, 5}

= {(1, 1), (1, 3), (1, 5), (3, 1), (3, 3), (3, 5), (5, 1), (5, 3), (5, 5)}

(iii) B x A = {1, 3, 5} x {2, 4, 6}

= {(1, 2), (1, 4), (1, 6), (3, 2), (3, 4), (3, 6), (5, 2), (5, 4), (5, 6)}

(iv) A x A = {2, 4, 6} x {2, 4, 6}

= {(2, 2), (2, 4), (2, 6), (4, 2), (4, 4), (4, 6), (6, 2), (6, 4), (6, 6)}.

FAQs on Cartesian Product of Two Sets

1. What is the Cartesian product of 3 sets?

The cartesian product of three sets A, B and C are denoted by A x B x C = {(a, b, c) | a ∈ A, b ∈ B, c ∈ C}.

2. What is the cartesian square?

Cartesian square means the cross product of two same sets. A² is the cartesian square.

3. What is the product of two sets?

The product is nothing but the cross product of two sets A and B, denoted A × B. It is the set of all possible ordered pairs where the elements of A are first and the elements of B are second.

4. Write an example for the cartesian product?

Let A = {1, 2, 3}, B = {a, b, c}, C = {apple, grapes, guava} be three sets.

A x B x C = {(1, a, apple), (1, a, grapes), (1, a, guava), (1, b, apple), (1, b, grapes), (1, b, guava), (1, c, apple), (1, c, grapes), , (1, c, guava), (2, a, apple), (2, a, grapes), (2, a, guava), (2, b, apple), (2, b, grapes), (2, b, guava), (2, c, apple), (2, c, grapes), (2, c, guava), (3, a, apple), (3, a, grapes), (3, a, guava), (3, b, apple), (3, b, grapes), (3, b, guava), (3, c, apple), (3, c, grapes), (3, c, guava)}

It has 27 ordered pairs.

Cardinal Properties of Sets – Definition, Formula, Diagrams, Examples | How to find the Cardinal Number of a Set?

Cardinal Properties of Sets

A set is a collection of well-defined elements. Every element in a set is enclosed between the curly braces and separated by a comma. Cardinality means the size of the set. Sets size is nothing but the number of elements present in the given set. Here we will learn more about the Cardinal Properties of Sets. Get the useful formulas and example questions in the following sections.

Cardinal Properties of Sets – Definition

The various basic properties of sets deal with the union, intersection of two or three sets. We already know that the cardinal number of sets means the number of elements of members or well defined-objects available in the set. Similarly, cardinal properties of sets handle with the sets union, intersection along with the number of sets properties. The various formulas that describe sets cardinal properties are listed here.

Formulas

If A and B are two finite sets, then

  • n(A ∪ B) = n(A) + n(B) – n(A ∩ B)
  • If A ∩ B = ф , then n(A ∪ B) = n(A) + n(B)
  • n(A – B) = n(A) – n(A ∩ B)
  • n(B – A) = n(B) – n(A ∩ B)

Cardinal Properties of Sets

Also, Read:

Sets Representation of a Set Operations on Sets Laws of Algebra of Sets
Pairs of Sets Cardinal Number of a Set Complement of a Set Standard Sets of Numbers
Proof of De Morgan’s Law Types of Sets Subset Objects Form a Set
Subsets of a Given Set Intersection of Sets Difference of Two Sets Basic Concepts of Sets
Elements of a Set Basic Properties of Sets Union of Sets Different Notations in Sets

Cardinal Properties of Sets Examples

Question 1:

It was found that out of 70 students, 20 students have passed in mathematics and failed in science and 30 students have passed in mathematics. How many students passed in science and failed in mathematics? How many students passed both subjects?

Solution:

Let M = {Number of students who have passed in mathematics}

S = {Number of students who have passed in science}

Number of students who passed science and failed mathematics = Total number of students – Number of students who passed mathematics

= 70 – 30

= 40

Given that,

n(M – S) = 20, n(M) = 30

Then n(M – S) = n(M) – n(M ∩ S)

n(M ∩ S) = n(M) – n(M – S)

= 30 – 20

= 10

Therefore, the number of students who have passed both subjects is 10 and the number of students who have passed in science and failed in mathematics is 40.

Question 2:

If P and Q are two finite sets such that n(P) = 25, n(Q) = 11 and n(P ∪ Q) = 32, find n(P ∩ Q).

Solution:

Given that,

n(P) = 25, n(Q) = 11 and n(P ∪ Q) = 32

We know that n(P ∪ Q) = n(P) + n(Q) – n(P ∩ Q)

n(P ∩ Q) = n(P) + n(Q) – n(P ∪ Q)

= 25 + 11 – 32

= 36 – 32

= 4

Therefore, n(P ∩ Q) = 4.

Question 3:

In a group of 80 people, 30 like jogging, 20 like swimming and 9 like jogging and swimming both.

Find:

(a) how many like jogging only?

(b) how many like swimming only?

(c) how many like at least one of them?

(d) how many like none of them?

Solution:

Given that,

Total number of people in the group = 80

Let J be the set of people who like jogging, S be the set of people who like swimming.

Number of people like jogging n(J) = 30

Number of people like swimming n(S) = 20

Number of people who like jogging and swimming n(J ∩ S) = 9

(a)

The number of people who like jogging only means n(J – S)

n(J – S) = n(J) – n(J ∩ S)

= 30 – 9

= 21

So, 21 people like jogging only.

(b)

The number of people who like swimming only means n(S – J)

n(S – J) = n(S) – n(J ∩ S)

= 20 – 9

= 11

So, 11 people like only swimming.

(c)

The number of people who like at least jogging or swimming means n(J ∪ S)

n(J ∪ S) = n(J) + n(S) – n(J ∩ S)

= 20 + 30 – 9

= 50 – 9

= 41

Therefore, 41 people like at least one of them

(d)

The number of people who like none of them = Total number of people in the group – number of people who like at least one of them

= 80 – 41

= 39

Therefore, 39 people like none of them.

FAQs on Cardinal Properties of Sets

1. How do you find the cardinal number of a set?

The number of elements in a set is called the cardinal number of a set. The cardinal number for an empty or null set is always zero. If the elements of a set A are {1, 2, 41, 55, 68, 78, 90, 52}, then the cardinal number for A is 8 and it is represented as n(A) = 8.

2. What is the purpose of sets?

The purpose of sets is to collect related objects together. Sets are important everywhere in mathematics because it uses and refers sets in some or other way.

3. What are the various cardinal properties of sets?

The different cardinal properties of sets are n(A ∪ B) = n(A) + n(B) – n(A ∩ B), n(A – B) = n(A) – n(A ∩ B) and if A ∩ B = ф , then n(A ∪ B) = n(A) + n(B).

4. What is a Cardinal Set?

The number of distinct members of a set is called the cardinal set. The cardinality of a set A is represented as n(A), it counts the number of different elements in a set. We can find the cardinality only for the finite sets.

Venn Diagrams Examples with Solutions | How to Draw Venn Diagrams for Set Operations?

Concept of Venn Diagrams

A Venn diagram is a graph that has closed curves especially circles to represent a set. In general, the sets are the collection of well-defined objects. The Venn diagram shows the relationship bets the sets. Circles overlap means they have common things. Venn diagrams are now used as illustrations in business and in many academic fields. Get the definition of the Venn diagram and diagrams for set operations in the following sections.

What is Venn Diagram?

A Venn diagram is a diagram used to represent the relations between various sets. A Venn diagram can be represented by any closed figure, it can be a circle or polygon. Generally, we use circles to represent one set.

Venn Diagrams

In the above diagram, circle A represents the set and the rectangle ∪ represents the universal set. It is a Venn diagram of one set. You can also draw a Venn diagram for different sets and to represent their relationships.

The Venn diagram for two sets is provided here.

Venn Diagrams 7

The Venn diagram for three sets is given here.

Venn Diagrams 8

How to Draw a Venn Diagram?

Follow the below-mentioned rules and instructions to draw a Venn diagram for the sets easily.

  • At first, you need to know the universal set. Every set is the subset of the universal set which is denoted by U. It states that every other set will be inside the rectangle which represents the universal set.

Venn Diagrams for Set Operations

The various set of operations in the set theory are listed here.

  • Union of Sets
  • Intersection of Sets
  • Complement of sets
  • Difference of Sets

Let us have a look at the Venn diagrams for all the set operations.

Union of Two Sets

Union of two sets A and B are given as A ∪ B = {x: x ∈ A or x ∈ B}. Include all the elements of A and B to get the union.

Some of the properties of the union are

  • A ∪ B = B ∪ A
  • (A ∪ B) ∪ C = A ∪ (B ∪ C)
  • A ∪ Φ = A
  • A ∪ A = A
  • U ∪ A = U

The Venn diagram for A ∪ B is given here. The shaded region represents the result set.

Venn Diagrams 1

Complement of Sets

The complement of a set A is A’ which means {∪ – A} includes the elements of a universal set that not elements of set A.

The Venn diagram for A’ is provided below.

Venn Diagrams 2

Complement of Union of Sets

(A ∪ B)’ means the elements which are neither in set A nor in set B. The shaded region in the Venn diagram represents the complement of A union B.

Venn Diagrams 3

Complement of Intersection of Sets

(A ∩ B)’ means the elements of the universal set which are not common between two sets A and B. The shaded region of the diagram represents the complement of A intersection B.

Venn Diagrams 4

The Intersection of Two Sets

The intersection of two finite sets A and B is given as A ∩ B = {x: x ∈ A and x ∈ B}. Here, include the common elements of A and B.

venn diagrams 5

The properties of set intersection are

  • A ∩ B = B ∩ A
  • (A ∩ B) ∩ C = A ∩ (B ∩ C)
  • Φ ∩ A = Φ
  • U ∩ A = A
  • A ∩ A = A
  • A ∩ (B ∪ C) = (A ∩ B) ∪ (A ∩ C)
  • A ∪ (B ∩ C) = (A ∪ B) ∩ (A ∪ C)

Difference Between Two Sets

The difference between two sets A and B is A – B. It represents the elements of A which are not in B. The shaded region in the diagram represents the difference between the two sets.

Venn Diagrams 6

Also, Read

Difference of Two Sets Sets Representation of a Set Operations on Sets
Pairs of Sets Cardinal Number of a Set Complement of a Set Standard Sets of Numbers
Proof of De Morgan’s Law Types of Sets Union of Sets Objects Form a Set
Subsets of a Given Set Intersection of Sets Basic Concepts of Sets Laws of Algebra of Sets
Elements of a Set Subset Basic Properties of Sets Different Notations in Sets

Venn Diagram Questions and Answers

Question 1:

Read the Venn diagram and answer the following questions.

Venn Diagrams 9

(a) A, B

(b) A’, B’

(c) A ∪ B, A ∩ B

(d) B – A

Solution:

From the Venn diagram, we can say that

(a) A = {1, 2, 5, 6}

B = {3, 4, 5, 6}

(b) A’ = U – A

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} – {1, 2, 5, 6}

= {3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10}

B’ = U – B

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} – {3, 4, 5, 6}

= {1, 2, 7, 8, 9, 10}

(c) A ∪ B = {1, 2, 5, 6} ∪ {3, 4, 5, 6}

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}

A ∩ B = {1, 2, 5, 6} ∩ {3, 4, 5, 6}

= {5, 6}

(d) B – A = {3, 4, 5, 6} – {1, 2, 5, 6}

= {3, 4}

Question 2:

Draw Venn diagrams to show the relationship between the following pairs of sets.

(i) A = {All girls in the School}

B = {All girls in the class}

(ii) C = {First 10 multiples of 5}

D = {First 10 multiples of 3}

(iii) E = {x : x is an odd number, less than 20}

F = {x : x is a prime number, less than 20}

Solution:

(i) Venn Diagrams 11

(ii) The first 10 multiples of 5 are C = {5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50}

The first 10 multiples of 3 are D = {3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30}

Venn Diagrams 10

(iii) The set of odd numbers less than 20 are E = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19}

The set of prime numbers less than 20 are F = {1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19}

Venn Diagrams 12

Question 3:

What set is represented by the shaded portion in the following Venn diagrams?

(a) Venn Diagrams 13

(b) Venn Diagrams 14

(c) Venn Diagrams 15

(d) Venn Diagrams 16

(e) Venn Diagrams 17

Solution:

The representation of sets for the shaded regions is given here.

(a) A U B means both sets are shaded.

(A U B)’

(b) B is a proper subset of A

B ⊂ A.

(c) A ∩ B’

(d) B – A

(e) A ∩ B

Frequently Asked Questions on Venn Diagrams

1. What is a Venn Diagram?

A Venn diagram is the pictorial representation of sets. It shows the relationship between two or more mathematical sets.

2. If a Venn diagram shows two circles which do not touch each other, then what does it mean?

In a Venn diagram, if two circles in a rectangle show that two independent sets. And those sets don’t intersect at any point means they are disjoint sets.

3. What are the applications of a Venn Diagram?

Venn Diagrams are used to describe how items relate to each other against a universe, environment or data set. A Venn diagram can be used to compare two companies within the same industry by illustrating the products.

4. Why are they called Venn Diagrams?

They are called Venn Diagrams because those diagrams were developed by John Venn an English logician. So, in the name of the logician, they are called Venn Diagrams.

5. How do you read a Venn Diagram?

A Venn diagram can be read by all circles in the whole diagram. Each circle is a set. The portions of circles overlap mean that area is common amongst the different elements. if portions do not overlap means unique elements.

Complement of a Set – Definition, Venn Diagram, Examples | How to find Complement of a Set?

Complement of a Set

A set of a pack of well-defined objects. Those objects are called the elements or members of a set. The complement of a set is nothing but the subtraction of a universal set from any of the given set. The set complement contains the non-common elements of the universal set. Get to know more about the complement of a set, its definition, and the process to calculate the set complement from this page. You can also see the solved examples for a better understanding of the concept.

Complement of a Set – Definition

Complement of a set A is denoted by Ac or A’.  The complement of set A means Universal set minus set A. The complement set gets the set of elements in the universal set that are not in set A.

The set builder form of set complement is A’ = {x: x ∈ U and x ∉ A}

The Venn diagram of the complement of a set A is

Complement of a Set

The important points about the set complement are provided here.

  • The set and its complement are disjoint sets
  • The complement of an empty set is a universal set.
  • The complement of a universal set is an empty set.

How to find the Complement of a Set?

Grab the detailed step-by-step explanation on how to calculate the complement of a set from the following sections.

  • At first, you need to take two sets universal set and anyone set.
  • Set complement = Universal_Set – Given_Set
  • In the resultant complement set, you need to write the elements of a universal set that are not elements of the given set.

Properties of Complement Sets

(i) Complement Law

A U A’ = A ‘ U A

(A ∩ B’) = ϕ

(ii) Law of Complementation

(A’)’ = A

(iii) De Morgan’s Law

(A ∩ B’) = ϕ

(A U B) = A’ ∩ B’

(iv) Law of Empty Set

ϕ’ = ∪

(v) Law of Universal Set

∪’ = ϕ

Have a look at the solved example problems on the set complement to get a better idea of the concept easily.

Also, Read

Union of Sets Representation of a Set Laws of Algebra of Sets
Subsets of a Given Set Cardinal Number of a Set Basic Properties of Sets
Proof of De Morgan’s Law Elements of a Set Objects Form a Set
Sets Intersection of Sets Basic Concepts of Sets
Subset Different Notations in Sets Pairs of Sets
Types of Sets and their Symbols Standard Sets of Numbers

Complement of a Set Examples

Example 1:

If A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11}, ∪ = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}, find the complement of A.

Solution:

Given sets are

A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11}, ∪ = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}

Ac = ∪ – A

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} – {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11}

= {2, 4, 6, 8, 10}

Therefore, Ac = {2, 4, 6, 8, 10}

Example 2:

If ∪ = {5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35}, B = {10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60}, evaluate the complement of set B.

Solution:

Given sets are

∪ = {5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35}, B = {10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60}

B’ = ∪ – B

B’ means include the elements of the universal set that are not in set B.

B’ = {5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35} – {10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60}

= {5, 15, 25, 35}

Therefore, B’ = {5, 15, 25, 35}.

Example 3:

If P = {2, 3, 5, 7, 9}, Q = {1, 4, 5, 8, 10}, ∪ = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}, then prove that (P ∩ Q)’ = P’ ∪ Q’

Solution:

Given sets are

P = {2, 3, 5, 7, 9}, Q = {1, 4, 5, 8, 10}, ∪ = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}

P’ = ∪ – P

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} – {2, 3, 5, 7, 9}

= {1, 4, 6, 8, 10}

Q’ = ∪ – Q

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} – {1, 4, 5, 8, 10}

= {2, 3, 6, 7, 9}

P ∩ Q = {2, 3, 5, 7, 9} ∩ {1, 4, 5, 8, 10}

= {5}

L.H.S = (P ∩ Q)’

= ∪ – (P ∩ Q)

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} – {5}

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}

R.H.S = P’ ∪ Q’

= {1, 4, 6, 8, 10} ∪ {2, 3, 6, 7, 9}

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 7, 9, 10}

L.H.S = R.H.S

Hence, proved.

Example 4:

If A = {l, a, d, r}, ∪ = {a, b, c, d, k, l, r, s t, y},  then show that A ∪ A’ = A’ ∪ A = ∪

Solution:

Given sets are

A = {l, a, d, r}, ∪ = {a, b, c, d, k, l, r, s t, y}

To prove that, A ∪ A’ = A’ ∪ A = ∪

A’ = ∪ – A

= {a, b, c, d, k, l, r, s t, y} – {l, a, d, r}

= {b, c, k, s, t, y}

A ∪ A’ = {l, a, d, r} ∪ {b, c, k, s, t, y}

= {l, a, d, r, b, c, k, s, t, y} = ∪

A’ ∪ A = {b, c, k, s, t, y} ∪ {l, a, d, r}

= {b, c, k, s, t, y, l, a, d, r} = ∪

Hence, shown.

FAQs on Set Complement

1. Which law deals with the complement of a set?

The various laws which deal with the set complement are listed here.

Complement laws (union and intersection) A ∪ A’ = U, A ∩ A’ = ∅

Law of double complementation (A’)’ = A

Law of empty and universal set ∅’ = U, U’ = ∅

De Morgan’s Complement Law (A∪B)’ = A’ ∩ B’, (A ∩ B)’ = A’ ∪ B’

2. How do you solve complements of a set?

The complement of a set is obtained by subtracting the universal set from the given set. The resultant set complement has the set of elements that are in the universal set and not in the given set.

3. What is the symbol of a complement of a set?

The complement of a set M is represented as M’ or Mc.

4. What is a universal set?

A universal set is a set that includes all the elements of other sets, including its own elements. It is represented by ‘U’.

Difference of Two Sets in Set Theory – Definition, Examples | How do you Subtract Two Sets?

Difference of Two Sets

Sets are the collection of well-defined elements. When you try to combine two sets under some conditions to form a new set, it is called a difference of two sets. Moreover, the set difference is one of the operations on sets. By using the set difference, you can just perform operations between only two sets. Check out what is set difference, how to find the difference between two sets, and solved examples in the following sections.

What is meant by Set Difference?

The difference between two sets A and B is represented as A – B. The set difference of A and B is another set that includes the elements A and but not the elements of B. “A – B” can be read as set A minus set B. A – B can also be written as A / B.

Therefore, A – B = {x : x ∈ A and x ∉ B}

difference of two sets

The two important properties of the difference of two sets are

  • A – B ≠ B – A
  • If A, B are two disjoint sets, then A – B = A and B – A = B.

Also, Read

Sets Representation of a Set Laws of Algebra of Sets
Pairs of Sets Cardinal Number of a Set Standard Sets of Numbers
Proof of De Morgan’s Law Types of Sets Objects Form a Set
Subsets of a Given Set Intersection of Sets Basic Concepts of Sets
Elements of a Set Basic Properties of Sets Different Notations in Sets
Subset Union of Sets

How to find the Difference of Two Sets?

Follow these simple steps to calculate the difference between the two sets.

  • Let us take two sets having well-defined objects of the same type.
  • The two sets names can be P and Q.
  • In P – Q, you must include the elements of P but not elements of Q.
  • Q – P means include elements of Q but not elements of P.

Difference of Two Sets Example Questions and Answers

Example 1:

If A = {25, 5, 50, 23}, B = {1, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50}, then find A – B and B – A.

Solution:

The given two sets are A = {25, 5, 50, 23}, B = {1, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50}

A – B = {25, 5, 50, 23} – {1, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50}

= {23}

B – A = {1, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50} – {25, 5, 50, 23}

= {1, 10, 20}

Therefore, A – B = {23} and B – A = {1, 10, 20}.

Example 2:

If P = {m, n, o, p, q, x, y, z}, Q = {o, p, q, y}

find P – Q and Q – P.

Solution:

The given two sets are P = {m, n, o, p, q, x, y, z}, Q = {w, r, s, t, o, p, q, y}

P – Q means elements of P but not the elements of Q.

P – Q = {m, n, o, p, q, x, y, z} – {w, r, s, t, o, p, q, y}

= {m, n, x, z}

Q – P means the elements of Q but not the elements of P.

Q – P = {w, r, s, t, o, p, q, y} – {m, n, o, p, q, x, y, z}

= {w, r, s, t}

Therefore, P – Q = {m, n, x, z}, Q – P = {w, r, s, t}.

Example 3:

If A = {x : x is a natural number between 10 and 20}, B = {x : x is a even number between 10 and 25} and C = {3, 6, 7, 14, 4, 8}

find B – C, A – B, C – A, A – C, and C – B

Solution:

The given three sets are A = {x : x is a natural number between 10 and 20}, B = {x : x is a even number between 10 and 25} and C = {3, 6, 7, 14, 4, 8}

The roster form of A = {10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20}

The roster form of B = {10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24}

B – C = {10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24} – {3, 6, 7, 14, 4, 8}

= {10, 12, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24}

A – B = {10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20} – {10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24}

= {11, 13, 15, 17, 19}

C – A = {3, 6, 7, 14, 4, 8} – {10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20}

= {3, 6, 7, 4 8}

A – C = {10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20} – {3, 6, 7, 14, 4, 8}

= {10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20}

C – B = {3, 6, 7, 14, 4, 8} – {10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24}

= {3, 6, 7, 4, 8}

Example 4:

If X = {21, 23, 25}, Y = {32, 34, 36} find X – Y and Y – X

Solution:

The given two sets are X = {21, 23, 25}, Y = {32, 34, 36}

X – Y = {21, 23, 25} – {32, 34, 36}

= {21, 23, 25}

Y – X = {32, 34, 36} – {21, 23, 25}

= {32, 34, 36}

Therefore, X – Y = X and Y – X = Y.

FAQs on Difference of Two Sets

1. What is the difference of set?

The difference between the two sets is denoted as the first set – the second set. While you are evaluating the difference, just include the non common elements of the first set in the result set.

2. How do you subtract two sets?

The subtraction (difference) of two non-empty sets A and B is A – B. A – B = {x : x ∈ A and x ∉ B}. The difference between the two sets means includes the elements of A but not elements of B.

3. How do you solve the complement of sets?

The complement of a set means subtract U and that set. Complement of set B = U – B. Here U is the universal set. The complement of B means the elements of U but not the elements of B.

4. Why A – B is not equal to B – A?

A – B means the elements of A by eliminating the common elements between A and B. B – A means the elements of B by removing the common elements between A and B. So, A – B is not equal to B – A.

Operations on Sets – Union, Intersection, Difference, Cross Product | Set Operations Examples and Solutions

Operations on Sets

Sets are a collection of well-defined objects. If two are more sets are combined to form one set under the special conditions, then set operations are carried out. Students who want to know more about the Operations on Sets can check the below sections. On this page, we will provide detailed information like set operations definitions, examples, and Venn diagrams to understand them clearly.

What are Set Operations?

Sets operations come into existence when two or more sets are joined to form one set under some conditions. Basically, we have 4 types of operations on sets. They are

  • Union of Sets
  • Intersection of Sets
  • Complement of the Sets
  • Cartesian Product of Sets

Operations on Sets

Here we will discuss each of the sets operations in detail along with the examples.

1. Union of Sets

The union of two sets A and B is a set of elements that are in both A and. It is denoted by A U B.

So, A U B = { x | x ∈ A or x ∈ B }.

Examples:

If A = {1, 4, 8, 16, 32}, B = {3, 9, 27, 1, 6}

Now write every element of A and B in A U B without repetition.

A U B = {1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 16, 27, 32}

Operations on Sets 1

2. Intersection of Sets

The intersection of two sets A and B means the set of elements that are common in both A and B. It is denoted by A ∩ B.

Therefore, A ∩ B = { x : x ∈ A and x ∈ B }.

Examples:

If A = {1, 4, 5, 10, 15, 8, 9}, B = {5, 10, 20, 25, 30}

Now we write the common elements from both sets A and B.

A ∩ B = {5, 10}

Operations on Sets 2

3. Difference or Complement of Set

when A and B are two sets, then their difference A – B means the elements of A but not the elements of B.

A minus B can be written as A – B.

A – B = {x : x ∈ A, and x ∉ B}

A – B never equal to B – A. i.e A – B ≠ B – A

If A and B are disjoint sets, then A – B = A and B – A = B.

Examples:

If A = {2, 4, 3, 6, 4, 8, 5, 10} and B = {1, 2, 3, 4}

Then, A – B includes elements of A but not elements of B.

A – B = {5, 6, 8, 10}

Operations on Sets 3

Complement of a Set

The complement of a set is the set of elements that are not in that set. The complement of set a is denoted by A’.

Therefore, A’ = {x | x ∉ A }

A’ = (U – A) here U is the universal set that contains all elements.

Examples:

A = { x : x belongs to set of even integers }

U = {x : x belongs to set of integers}

A’ = U – A

So, A’ = {x : x belongs to set of odd integers}

Operations on Sets 5

4. Cartesian Product or Cross Product

The cartesian product of two non-empty sets A and B are denoted by A x B. The cross product is the set of all ordered pair of elements from A and B. The cartesian product is also known as the cross product.

A x B = { (a, b) | a ∈ A and b ∈ B }

The cross product of two sets A x B and B x A do not contain exactly the same ordered pairs.

So, A x B ≠ B x A.

Examples:

If A = {4, 5, 6} and B = (a, b}

The cross product of A and B have 6 ordered pairs.

A x B = {(4, a), (4, b), (5, a), (5, b), (6, a), (6, b)}

B x A = {(a, 4), (a, 5), (a, 6), (b, 4), (b, 5), (b, 6)}

Properties of Cartesian Product

  • It is non-commutative. i.e A x B ≠ B x A
  • A x B = B x A, when A = B
  • A x B = { }, if either A = ∅ or B = ∅
  • The cartesian product is non-associative. i.e (A x B) x C ≠ A x (B x C)
  • Distributive property over intersection, union and set difference are
    • A x (B U C) = (Ax B) U (A x C)
    • A x (B ∩ C) = (A x B) ∩ (A x C)
    • A x (B/C) = (A x B) / (Ax C)

Set Operations and Examples

Question 1:

If A = {1, 3, 5, 7}, B = {2, 4, 6, 8}, C = {1, 2, 3, 4}, D = {5, 6, 7, 8}, U = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} find

(i) A U B

(ii) A ∩ C

(iii) D’

Solution:

Given sets are

A = {1, 3, 5, 7}, B = {2, 4, 6, 8}, C = {1, 2, 3, 4}, D = {5, 6, 7, 8}, U = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}

(i) A U B = {1, 3, 5, 7} U {2, 4, 6, 8}

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}

So, A U B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}

(ii) A ∩ C = {1, 3, 5, 7} ∩ {1, 2, 3, 4}

= {1, 3}

So, A ∩ C = {1, 3}

(iii) D’ = U – D

= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} – {5, 6, 7, 8}

= {1, 2, 3, 4}

So, D’ = {1, 2, 3, 4}

Question 2:

If A = {10, 12, 15, 18}, B = {11, 15, 14, 16}, C = {15, 16, 18, 7} find

(i) A – B

(ii) B – A

(iii) A – C

Solution:

Given sets are

A = {10, 12, 15, 18}, B = {11, 15, 14, 16}, C = {15, 16, 18, 7}

(i) A – B = {10, 12, 15, 18} – {11, 15, 14, 16}

= {10, 12, 18}

So, A – B = {10, 12, 18}

(ii) B – A = {11, 15, 14, 16} – {10, 12, 15, 18}

= {11, 14, 16}

So, B – A = {11, 14, 16}

(iii) A – C = {10, 12, 15, 18} – {15, 16, 18, 7}

= {10, 12}

So, A – C = {10, 12}

Question 3:

If P = {a, b, d}, Q = {m, n, o}, R = {l, e, t, t, e, r} find

(i) P x Q

(ii) P x R

(iii) Q x R

Solution:

Given sets are

P = {a, b, d}, Q = {m, n, o}, R = {l, e, t, t, e, r}

(i) P x Q = {a, b, d} x {m, n, o}

= {(a, m), (a, n), (a, o), (b, m), (b, n), (b, o), (c, m), (c, n), (c, o)}

So, P x Q = {(a, m), (a, n), (a, o), (b, m), (b, n), (b, o), (c, m), (c, n), (c, o)}

(ii) P x R = {a, b, d} x {l, e, t, t, e, r}

= { (a, l), (a, e), (a, t), (a, r), (b, l), (b, e), (b, t), (b, r), (d, l), (d, e), (d, t), (d, r) }

So, P x R = { (a, l), (a, e), (a, t), (a, r), (b, l), (b, e), (b, t), (b, r), (d, l), (d, e), (d, t), (d, r) }

(iii) Q x R = {m, n, o} x {l, e, t, t, e, r}

= {(m l), (m, e), (m, t), (m, r), (n, l), (n, e), (n, t), (n, r), (o, l), (o, e), (o, t), (o, r)}

So, Q x R = {(m l), (m, e), (m, t), (m, r), (n, l), (n, e), (n, t), (n, r), (o, l), (o, e), (o, t), (o, r)}

Read More Related Articles:

Union of Sets Representation of a Set Laws of Algebra of Sets
Subsets of a Given Set Cardinal Number of a Set Basic Properties of Sets
Proof of De Morgan’s Law Elements of a Set Objects Form a Set
Sets Intersection of Sets Basic Concepts of Sets
Types of Sets Pairs of Sets Different Notations in Sets
Subset Standard Sets of Numbers

FAQs on Sets Operations

1. What are the 4 operations of sets?

The four basic operations on sets are the union of sets, the intersection of sets, set difference, and the cartesian product of sets. When two sets are combined under some constraints, then we use these set operations.

2. How can operations be performed on sets?

Based on the constraints when joining two sets, operations on sets are performed. Union means adding the elements of both sets, intersection means adding common elements from two sets, difference means adding the elements of the first set but not the second set. Cross product gives the ordered pairs, by taking the elements from both sets.

3. How to find A x B in sets?

A x B means the cross product of two sets A and B which means the set of ordered pairs (a, b) where a ∈ A, b ∈ B. The set builder form is A x B = { (a,b) |a ∈ A,b ∈ B }.

4. What are the properties of set operations?

The properties of set operations are commutative property, distributive property, associative property, identity property, idempotent, and complement.